Full text of "Graduate catalog"

See other formats

Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive

in 2009 with funding from

Lyrasis IVIembers and Sloan Foundation

http://www.archive.org/details/graduatecatalog1991indi

The Graduate School

Kiujip

The Graduate School at I UP - J

Indiana University
of Pennsylvania

1991-1993

Graduate School Catalog ^

lUP

Indiana, Pennsylvania 15705-1081

2 - The Graduate School at lUP

lUP is committed to providing leadership in taking affirmative ac-
tion to attain equal educational and employment rights to all per-
sons without regard to race, religion, national origin, ancestry,
gender, physical handicap, or affectional or lifestyle preference.
This policy is placed in this document in accordance with state and
federal laws including Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of
1964, Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972, and Sec-
tions 503 and 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as well as fed-
eral and state executive orders. This policy extends to disabled
veterans and veterans of the Vietnam era. Please direct inquiries
concerning equal opportunity and affirmative action to

Cynthia Cronk, Director

Office of Human Resources

G-30 Sutton Hall, lUP, Indiana, PA 15705

According to lUP's Mission Statement, "... The university com-
munity must be supportive of and open to all scholars regardless
of race, religion, creed, age, sex, disability, or ethnic heritage . . ."
Full participation from each member of the university community
in activities that support this mission is encouraged. Each member
of the university community has a right to study and work in an
environment free from any form of racial, ethnic, and sexual dis-
crimination. In accordance with federal and state laws, the univer-
sity will not tolerate racial and ethnic discrimination.

lUP is accredited by the Middle States Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools, the National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education, the National Association of Schools of Music
for its music curricula, and the American Psychological Associa-
tion for its psychology curricula. The university is a member of the
Council of Graduate Schools in the United States and of the
Northeast and the Pennsylvania Association of Graduate Schools.

lUP reserves the right to repeal, change, or amend the policies,
regulations, and courses contained in this catalog at any time. Tui-
tion and fees are also subject to change.

Press date: July, 1991

Table of Contents - 3

Table of Contents

General Information 5

lUP 6

Admission 13

Tuition and Fees 18

Programming and Registration 24

Financial Aid 26

Master's Degree Programs 31

Doctoral Degree Programs 35

General Graduate School Procedures, Regulations, and Policies 40

Course Abbreviation Key 50

General Service Courses 51

Graduate Programs and Courses 54

Anthropology 54

Art 55

Biology 60

Business 66

Chemistry 84

Communications Media 90

Computer Science 94

Consumer Services 96

Counselor Education 97

Criminology 106

Economics 113

Educational Psychology 117

English 122

Food and Nutrition 1 34

Foreign Languages 137

Foundations of Education 138

Geography and Regional Planning 140

Geoscience 144

Health and Physical Education 148

History 151

Home Economics Education 156

Industrial and Labor Relations 159

Mathematics 163

Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers 170

Music 175

Nursing 181

Philosophy and Religious Studies 184

4 - The Graduate School at lUP

Physics 185

Political Science 192

Professional Growth 198

Professional Studies in Education 198

Psychology 207

Reading 217

Safety Sciences 220

Sociology 225

Special Education and Clinical Services 229

Speech-Language Pathology 234

Sport Sciences (See Health and Physical Education)

Student Affairs in Higher Education (See Counselor Education)

Theater 237

Graduate School Deadlines 238

Index 241

Telephone Numbers 245

Trustees 247

Administrative Officers 248

General Information - 5

The Graduate School at lUP

General Information

Graduate education was inaugurated at lUP in September, 1957.
Master of Arts, Master of Business Administration, Master of Education,
Master of Fine Arts, Master of Science, Doctor of Education, Doctor of
Philosophy, and Doctor of Psychology degrees are currently available.
Nondegree programs leading to certification in various teaching and school
service fields are also available.

In all graduate programs the objectives are (1) to encourage excellence and
scholarship; (2) to provide depth in the student's special field; and, (3) to
stimulate enthusiasm for continued cultural and professional growth on
the part of the student.

The Graduate School staff is assisted in its daily functioning by a) the
Graduate Council, a standing committee of the University Senate con-
cerned with graduate program curricular and policy matters; b) the Gradu-
ate Student Assembly, an elected graduate student body representative of
all campus academic departments offering graduate programs, and c) the
chairpersons and graduate studies coordinators of departments offering
graduate course work.

6 - The Graduate School at lUP

lUP

Location

lUP, the largest state-owned university in Pennsylvania's State System of
Higher Education, is located in Indiana, Pennsylvania, a community of
28,000 about fifty-five miles northeast of Pittsburgh and thirty miles north
of Johnstown. Situated in the Allegheny foothills, Indiana has a moderate
climate conducive to study the year round and a wide variety of historical,
cultural, and recreational facilities both immediately at hand and in neigh-
boring population centers.

Library

The lUP Libraries consist of the Stapleton/Stabley central facility, Cogs-
well Music Library, campus libraries in Kittanning and Punxsutawney, and
the University School Library. Collectively, the University Libraries con-
tain over 600,000 book volumes, 95,000 bound periodicals, 1.7 million
items of microforms, 4,500 periodical subscriptions, and 35,000 media
holdings. A wide range of resources and services are available to support
teaching and research. The University Libraries are a select U.S. and State
Government Depository, an associate member of the Center for Research
Libraries, and a member of OCLC. Records of holdings in the lUP
Libraries are accessible through an advanced version of the Carlyle online
catalog system called lUP-TOMUS. TOMUS, (The OnHne Muhiple User
System) may be accessed through a modem by telephoning 357-7700 or via
the lUP CHIEF (electronic communications) network and entering
LIBRARY in response to the question, "Which service would you like?"

Dialogue online searching services are available to faculty and students of
lUP. Online searching is supplemented by a number of CD-ROM data-
bases (available within Stapleton Library) which run on a local area net-
work. Located on the first floor of Stapleton Library within close
proximity to the Reference Desk, databases include Dissertation Abstracts,
ERIC, ABI/Inform, MLA, PsychLit, and Disclosure.

Interlibrary Loan services are available. Borrowing from other libraries is
often curtailed between Thanksgiving and Christmas.

The University - 7

Staplcton Library has a limited number of shared and individual locked
carrels for faculty and graduate students who are working on research re-
quiring library resources. Application for locked study carrels should be
made within the first two weeks of each semester at the Circulation Desk.

A $10.00 key deposit is required.

Stapleton Library is open ninety-nine hours per week when classes are in

session.

Hours are:

Monday-Thursday 7:45 a.m. - 11:45 p.m.

Friday 7:45 a.m. - 9:00 p.m.

Saturday 9:00 a.m. - 8:00 p.m.

Sunday 1:00 p.m. - 11:45 p.m.

Media Production and Distribution (Stabley 103) is open 8 a.m. to 4:30
p.m. Monday through Friday; Media Resources (Stabley second floor) and
the Information Services (Reference) Desk are open when Stapleton
Library is open with the exception that Media Resources closes at 10 p.m.
Sunday through Thursday; and Special Collections and Archives is open 9
a.m. through 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday.

A complete schedule of Library hours for the academic year may be ob-
tained from the Stapleton Circulation Desk.

Book loans are made for three-week periods to students and may be
renewed. Materials are subject to recall for the use of other borrowers.
Periodicals do not circulate outside the building.

Periodicals, newspapers, and microform serials are located on the Ground
Floor of Stapleton. Journals are shelved in closed stacks but are accessible
to faculty and doctoral students.

The Computer Center

The Information Systems and Communications Center is located on the
ground floor of Stright Hall. The center provides computational support
for undergraduate and graduate courses, faculty and student research, and
the administrative requirements of the university. The computing capacity
of the center is provided by a large-scale, disk-oriented central processor
which supports both time-sharing and batch processing services for the
university community. Computer terminals, located both in the center and
in various departments on campus, permit the use of the computer on a
time-sharing basis. Aid in use of the computer and facilities may be ob-
tained from user assistants on duty at the center and from the center's
professional staff.

8 - The Graduate School at lUP

lUP Centers and Institutes

Centers and institutes serve a variety of functions. Each center/institute is
unique in its focus and is created to meet a specifically identified need.
Centers provide an opportunity for faculty to utilize their expertise
through consultation, technical assistance, and research-related activities.
Centers/institutes provide excellent opportunities for students to learn, to
demonstrate their knowledge and skills, and to become involved in
meaningful projects in the community. Centers/institutes strengthen the
research and public service missions of the university and, therefore, en-
hance the quality of education.

Center/Institute
American Language Institute
Athletic and Sports Institute
Business Development Center
Cardiac Rehabilitation Center
Center for Applied Communications

and Information Systems
Center for Applied Psychology
Center for Drug-Free Schools
Center for Economic Education

Center for Research in Criminology

Center for Vocational Personnel

Preparation
Child Study Center
Criminal Justice Training Center
Highway Safety Center
Institute for Research and

Community Service:

Applied Research Lab

Archaeological Services

Mid-Atlantic Addictions
Training Institute
Pennsylvania Center for the Study

of Labor Relations
Pennsylvania/OSHA Consultation
Principal Assessment Center
Small Business Institute
Southwestern Pennsylvania Energy

Center
Southwestern Pennsylvania

Industrial Resource Center
Speech and Hearing Clinic

Program Director Telephone

Dan Tannacito 357-2402

Frank Condino 357-2757

Robert Boldin 357-2465

Edward Sloniger 357-4031

Ron Lester 545-9664

Richard Magee 357-2446

Robert Witchel 357-7820

Arthur Martel 357-4775

Nicholas Karatjas 357-4775
Sherwood Zimmerman 357-6244

Randy Martin 357-6244

Tom O'Brien 357-4434

Mike Spewock 357-4434

John Quirk 357-2445

Gary Welsh 357-4505

Richard Hornfeck 357-4050

Ginger Brown 357-2439

Robert Sechrist 357-4530

Phillip Neusius 357-2733

Robert Ackerman 357-4405

Edward Gondolf 357-4405

Martin Morand 357-2645

Richard Christensen 357-2561

Robert Millward 357-5593

Tom Falcone 357-2535

Mark Geletka 357-5781

Sara Crumm 357-7574

Ron Lester 545-7989

Esther Shane 357-2451

77?^ University - 9

Journal Publications

Five scholarly journals arc published by the faculty at lUP. They are Ben-
jamin Mays Monofiraph Series, Criminal Justice Policy Review, The Liter-
ary Griot, Hispanic Journal, Studies in the Humanities and Works and
Days: Essays in the Socio-Historical Dimensions of Literature and the
Arts.

The Foundation for lUP

The Foundation for lUP is a nonprofit agency established in 1967 to de-
velop and maintain private support for lUP. It is governed by a twenty-
four-niember Board of Directors. The offices of Executive Director An-
thony F. Lenzi '54 and his staff are located on campus in John Sutton
Hall. Funds raised through contributions from alumni, friends, faculty
and staff, corporations, and foundations are used to support scholarships,
academic and athletic enrichment, departmental programs, and other pri-
ority needs of the university. In 1989-90, contributions received totaled
over $2.2 million, and the foundation's endowments are valued at over
$2.4 million.

University Testing Services

lUP is formally recognized as an official testing site by several national
testing agencies. These include American College Testing, Educational
Testing Service, Psychological Corporation, Law School Admissions
Council, and College Board. The Office of Career Services sponsors lUP's
University Testing Services as part of its comprehensive mission to place
students in appropriate occupations and professional and graduate educa-
tion programs. The following are of particular interest to potential
students.

The Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is administered on nationally
established dates five times each year. In the Saturday morning sessions
the general examinations (formerly called aptitude examinations) are
offered; the advanced examinations (specializations) are offered in the af-
ternoon sessions. Information and registration booklets are available from
the Graduate School or from the Office of Career Services. Registration
forms must be sent directly to ETS in Princeton, New Jersey.

The Miller Analogies Test (MAT) is administered by University Testing
Services frequently — usually monthly on a weekday afternoon. To register,
contact the Office of Career Services at (412) 357-2235. All Graduate
School applicants with a GPA below 2.6 must take the MAT.

The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) is administered on
nationally established dates. lUP is a regular center for some dates and
can be a special center for other dates if fifteen registrations are submitted

10 - The Graduate School at I UP

to University Testing Services before the "special requests" deadline.
Registrations for regular center dates, as listed in the GMAT booklet, are
submitted directly to ETS. Information-registration booklets are available
from the M.B.A. coordinator in the College of Business or from the
Office of Career Services.

The National Teacher Examination (NTE) is administered on four nation-
ally established dates. On two dates the common examinations are
offered. The instrument is used generally by participating school systems
for qualification and/or selection of instructional staff. This test is used at
lUP in admission to the program for certification as a supervisor of
guidance.

Information on graduate and professional school exams other than those
used for lUP Graduate School programs is available through the Office of
Career Services. Law School Admission Test (LSAT) information is also
available in the office of the College of Humanities and Social Sciences.

Medical College Admission Test (MCAT) information is available through
the dean of the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics.

Arrangements can be made by advance contact for administration of tests
adapted to visual, auditory, or physical handicaps.

University Testing Services is a center for the administration of tests and
neither makes testing requirements nor offers interpretations of testing
results. Commercial "How to Prepare for..." materials are available in
the Co-op Store and other local bookstores. Questions regarding test re-
quirements and desirable scores should be addressed to the Graduate
School. Questions regarding specific registration matters and the test agen-
cy information-registration materials may be directed to the Office of
Career Services, 302 Pratt Hall, (412) 357-2235.

Career Services

The Office of Career Services, 302 Pratt Hall, is open to all lUP graduate
students and alumni. Individuals and classes are encouraged to utilize the
resources of professional staff, career-related materials, and physical facili-
ties for ongoing assistance in the process of career planning and successful
entry into meaningful and productive employment.

The primary functions of the program include career planning assistance
through voluntary conferences with professional career counselors; assem-
bling a Career Credential File for transmission to prospective employers
who request the individual's file (Note: the academic transcript is not in-
cluded as part of the Career Credential File); cooperating with lUP
faculty members to encourage increased awareness of current career plan-
ning, job seeking assistance, and employment trends; arranging campus in-
terviews; publicizing career-related information. Other functions include
receiving and assembling current job vacancies listings which are available

The University - II

on a regular schedule; maintaining a career information library; arranging
for the dispersal of occupational information through extensive meetings
with representatives from education, business, industry, and government;
and conducting frequent statistical studies of graduates to assemble "sup-
ply/demand" data.

Each student is urged to obtain a career credential packet which presents
appropriate procedures to register for career services. Establishing a
Career Credential File is each individual's privilege and opportunity. Em-
ployment is not guaranteed by the university, but lUP graduates have es-
tablished an outstanding reputation of success in the working world.

Publications

The Penn, lUP's campus newspaper, is published three times a week dur-
ing the fall and spring semesters by students wishing to gain practical
newspaper experience. Interested students are advised to attend organiza-
tional meetings held in the beginning of each semester.

Student Handbook is distributed to all students, free of charge. It includes
rules and regulations, extracurricular programs, and general information
of interest to students.

Graduate Student Handbook is available to all graduate students and is
free of charge. It includes rules and regulations and general information
of interest to graduate students.

Thesis/ Dissertation Manual is available to all graduate students and is free
of charge. It includes guidelines, deadlines, and forms for students prepar-
ing theses or dissertations.

Disabled Student Services

Disabled Student Services (a unit of the Advising and Testing Center) is
the primary agent for the provision of access for physically and learning
disabled students at lUP. Students with disabilities are urged to register
with the office. Services provided include early registration; assistance in
locating accessible housing; equipment loan; test proctoring and reading;
liaison with faculty, OVR, and BVS; and general advising and counseling.
Further information may be obtained in 106 Pratt Hall or by calling
(412) 357-4067. (VOICE/TDD)

Housing

lUP maintains and operates fourteen traditional residence halls and two
apartment buildings, all of which are available for graduate students. In
an effort to create a graduate environment, twelve two-person one-

12 - The Graduate School at lUP

bedroom apartments located on the fifth floor of Campus Towers have
been reserved for the graduate population.

Students interested in living in any of lUP's residence facilities should
write or call the Office of Housing and Residence Life, G-14 Sutton Hall,
lUP, Indiana, PA 15705, (412) 357-2696.

A brochure enumerating privately owned apartment complexes located on
the perimeter of the campus is available upon request to students who
prefer to reside off campus.

Religious Life

The religious life of students is cared for through the activities of some
twelve organizations. Three of these, the Newman Center, the United
Campus Ministry, and the Lutheran Center, maintain private facilities
near the campus. Others affiliate with and meet in local churches for
worship.

Pechan Health Center

The University Health Service operates an outpatient clinic and provides
routine health care to students while classes are in session. The outpatient
clinic is staffed with physicians, nurse practitioners, nurses, and educators.
It is located at the Pechan Health Center, at the corner of Maple Street
and Pratt Drive. For emergency care of students when the Health Center
is closed, Indiana Hospital emergency room is available. The university
has a contract to cover the cost of transporting a student to Indiana
Hospital for an emergency, if the student's health insurance policy does
not include coverage of ambulance services.

In addition to primary medical care, including minor surgery, laboratory
tests, allergy injections, and dispensing of medications, the University
Health Service offers a self-care cold clinic, evening gynecology clinic, and
programs in chemical health, health education, wellness, and nutrition
counseling. Free transportation to area medical facilities also is available.
See Tuition and Fees for health fee information.

Students are required to complete a Student Health Form which includes
documentation of immunization status prior to starting classes. If a stu-
dent is not adequately immunized s/he will be allowed to enroll and at-
tend classes during the first semester with the understanding that second
semester enrollment shall be contingent upon obtaining the necessary im-
munizations and documentation. The following vaccines are included in
this policy: Measles, Mumps, Rubella, Tetanus Toxoid-Diphtheria, and
Polio. Persons born after 1956 should receive a second measles immuniza-
tion prior to entering college. It has always been important to update
diphtheria and tetanus immunizations every ten years.

Admission - 13

Admission

Admission to the Graduate School is required of all students who wish to
take graduate courses for graduate credit. Each student applying for ad-
mission, either as an applicant for a graduate degree program or as an ap-
plicant for a nondegree program, must file with the Graduate School an
application for admission and such other supporting documents as the
school may specify. An admissions packet is supplied by the Graduate
Office upon request. As a general rule, application materials must be on
file in the Graduate Office at least two months prior to the beginning of
the semester or term in which the applicant plans to begin graduate work.
Some exceptions to these deadlines exist; please refer to the Graduate
Calendar on the closing pages of this catalog for specific program dates.

Requirements for Admission

1. An applicant must have a bachelor's degree from a college or
university accredited by the Middle States Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools or an equivalent regional accrediting agency.

2. The applicant's undergraduate transcript (or transcripts, collective-
ly) must show a minimum cumulative quality point average of 2.6 on a
4.0 maximum scale. Occasionally, additional evidence of academic ability
is required. Applicants whose grade point average is below 2.6 will be re-
quired to take the Miller Analogies Test (MAT).

3. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores must be submitted pri-
or to admission or during the student's first semester of course work by
all students except M.B.A. and M.S. in Business program applicants; the
latter must submit Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) scores.
(These tests are described in detail earlier in this catalog.)

4. Most applicants requesting admission to programs leading to an
M.Ed, degree are required to have a Provisional Pennsylvania Teachers
Certificate or its equivalent; all M.Ed, degree applicants should be sure to
inquire at their program's sponsoring department. M.Ed, applicants who
do not already have such certification where required must complete a
planned program leading to certification prior to applying for M.Ed,
degree candidacy at lUP.

5. Effective Fall, 1991, lUP requires documentation of dates of im-
munizations from new students for the following vaccines: Measles,
Mumps, Rubella, Tetanus Toxoid-Diphtheria, and Polio. Individuals born
after 1956 should receive a second measles immunization prior to entering
college. It has been important to update diphtheria and tetanus immuniza-

14 - The Graduate School at IV P

tions every ten years. The documentation must be included on the Student
Health Form and can take the form of one of the following:

1. dates of vaccinations and name of the health care provider who gave
them

2. date of illness with the disease diagnosed by a physician

3. serum antibody level as determined by a blood test

Students will receive a copy of the Student Health Form with their notifi-
cation of admission to the Graduate School; the form must be returned to
the University Health Service before students start classes. If a student is
not adequately immunized, s/he will be allowed to enroll and attend class-
es during the first semester with the understanding that second semester
enrollment shall be contingent upon obtaining the necessary immunizations
and documentation of immunity.

Graduate School admission means that students may program and register
for graduate courses. Admission does not guarantee subsequent admission
to candidacy for a degree, nor does it guarantee successful completion of
requirements for a degree.

Admission Procedures

1. Each applicant must file with the dean of the Graduate School a
completed application form. Applications along with forms pertaining to
items 2 and 3 below are included in the admissions packet. (The admis-
sions packet sent to Doctor of Psychology applicants differs somewhat
from the regular packet, especially regarding item 3 below.)

2. The application must be accompanied by one copy of an official
transcript from each graduate and undergraduate institution attended,
regardless of whether or not a degree was earned, including lUP if the ap-
plicant attended lUP previously. lUP graduates must ask the Registrar's
Office to forward official transcripts to the Graduate School.

3. Each applicant must submit statements of recommendation from
two individuals who are familiar with his/her background. These individu-
als must be persons familiar with the applicant's academic background
(e.g., persons who have taught the applicant at the graduate or under-
graduate levels).

4. All applicants must submit Graduate Record Examination (GRE)
scores during their first semester of course work. Students applying to the
following programs must submit GRE scores prior to admission: Biology,
Criminology (Ph.D.), Food and Nutrition, Geography, Psychology, and
School Psychology (D.Ed.). M.B.A. and M.S. in Business degree appli-
cants must submit Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) scores.
Information about both tests is contained in the admissions packet.

Admission - 15

5. A nonrefundable application fee in the amount of $20 must accom-
pany the application. JMeasc pay by check and make the check payable to
lUP.

Admission Classifications

Applicants for admission to the Graduate School are notified of their ad-
mission status by the Graduate School dean prior to the beginning of the
term of planned study. Admission classifications are as follows:

1. Precandidacy Status. Given to an applicant who plans to work
toward a graduate degree and whose application file with the Graduate
School is both complete and satisfactory. The precandidacy student may
program, under departmental guidance, six to twelve graduate hours
toward the degree being sought. Precandidacy Status does not guarantee
subsequent admission to candidacy.

2. Special Graduate Standing. Granted to applicants who indicate they
do not plan to work toward a graduate degree but who wish to take
graduate courses for which they are qualified. Applicants granted this
standing who later wish to work toward a graduate degree must request
reclassification by the Graduate School before the completion of twelve
graduate hours. Credits earned by a student having Special Graduate
Standing may or may not be applied to an lUP degree after the reclassi-
fied student has been awarded degree candidacy, depending on whether or
not the credits are deemed appropriate to the degree by the program's
sponsoring department.

3. Admission Denied. Applicants denied admission to the Graduate
School will receive a letter from the Graduate School dean indicating the
reason for the denial.

Graduate Record and Other Examinations

All Graduate School applicants must take the general section (formerly
called the Aptitude section) of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE)
during their first semester of course work, regardless of how many credits
they are enrolled for. The following programs require submission of GRE
results prior to admission: Biology, Criminology (Ph.D.), Food and Nutri-
tion, Geography, Psychology, and School Psychology (D.Ed.). The fol-
lowing programs also require that the examination's advanced section be
taken:

Biology

Educational Psychology (M.Ed, and School Psychology programs)

Music (M.A.)

Psychology (M.A., Psy.D.)

16 - The Graduate School at I UP

Applicants with undergraduate GPAs below 2.6 will be required to submit
MAT (Miller Analogies Test) scores of not less than 47. Both Graduate
Record and Miller Analogies examinations are administered by lUP's
University Testing Services; specific information about test availability can
be obtained from the services director. Applicants taking such examina-
tions, whether at lUP or elsewhere, should request that their scores be
sent to Dean, The Graduate School, lUP, Indiana, PA 15705-1081.

Foreign Student Applicants

in addition to following the general procedures for admission to the
Graduate School, foreign students must present evidence of fluency in En-
glish. Applicants whose native language is not English are required to take
the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). The Graduate
School will not process applications from such students until satisfactory
TOEFL scores are filed with the dean of the Graduate School. (Students
requesting information about the TOEFL should write to TOEFL, Educa-
tional Testing Service, Princeton, NJ 08540, U.S.A.)

Foreign applicants must also present evidence to the Graduate School of
having financial resources sufficient to meet the cost of living in Indiana,
Pennsylvania; the cost of travel to and from the student's native country;
and, the cost of graduate education at lUP. Such evidence should be sent
directly to Dean, The Graduate School, lUP, Indiana, PA 15705-1081,
U.S.A. The Graduate School notifies the university's international student
adviser of foreign student applications received. The international student
adviser mails to the prospective foreign student information on housing,
arrival dates, and other general information about the university. Appli-
cants who have questions about legal or other matters such as the issuance
of certificates of eligibility (1-20) and the like should address those ques-
tions directly to lUP International Student Adviser, lUP, Indiana, PA
15705-1081.

Foreign Student Candidacy Test - All foreign students will be required to
take the GRE if they have received a degree in an American college or
university. If a foreign student has not studied in an American college or
university, the test required for candidacy will be the TOEFL. Business
students in M.B.A. or M.S. programs must take the GMAT regardless of
foreign status.

Applicants for Specialist for Supervisory
Certification Programs

lUP offers specialist or supervisory certificate programs in Instructional
Technology Specialist (Communications Media department). Elementary
School Counselor, Secondary School Counselor, School Psychology certifi-
cation (Educational Psychology department), Reading Specialist (Profes-

Admission - 17

sional Studies in Education department), and Supervisor in Special Educa-
tion (Special Education and Clinical Services department).

Applicants for these programs should follow the same procedures for ad-
mission, programming, and registration as described in this catalog for
special programs requirements. However, potential applicants should check
with the department chair or graduate coordinator responsible for the
specialized program in order to gather information before beginning the
admissions process.

18 - The Graduate School at lUP

Tuition and Fees

Regular Semester Tuition
(Fall and Spring)

Full-Time Tuition for Pennsylvania Residents

$1,139 for 9-15 semester hours (s.h.), then $127 for each additional
s.h.
Part-Time Tuition for Pennsylvania Residents

$127 per semester hour (s.h.) for fewer than 9 s.h.
Full-Time Tuition for Non-Pennsylvania Residents

$1,442 for 9-15 semester hours (s.h.), then $160 for each additional
s.h.
Part-Time Tuition for Non-Pennsylvania Residents

$160 per semester hour (s.h.) for fewer than 9 s.h.

Summer Session Tuition

Pennsylvania Residents

$127 per semester hour (s.h.)
Non-Pennsylvania Residents

$160 per semester hour (s.h.)

Other Fees

Application Fee (nonrefundable) $20.00

Activity Fee — Semester Full-Time Students **

(9 s.h. or more) $45.50

Semester Part-Time Students

(8 s.h. or fewer) $19.50

Summer Sessions

All Graduate Students $29.50

Health Fee — Semester Full-Time (1991/92) $51.00

Part-Time Fee Optional (1991/92) $26.00

Summer Sessions (per 5-week session 1991/92) $17.00

Semester Full-Time (1992/93) $52.00

Part-Time Fee Optional (1992/93) $26.00

Summer Sessions (per 5-week session 1992/93) $18.00

Tuition and Fees - 19

The Student Health F'ee is waived for students commuting from a distance
outside a 6()-niile radius of Indiana and for students taking fewer than six
credits per semester.

Educational Service Fee

Full-Time $75.00

Part-Time $35.00

Summer Sessions (per 5-week session) $35.00

Late Fee
After Late Registration $100.00

Audit Fee (Same as Tuition)

Graduation Fee $30.00

Master's or Doctoral Cap, Hood, and Gown Fee Nominal

** Activity Fee does not include full activities.

All fees are subject to change without notice.

Grades and transcripts may be withheld by lUP if a student is delinquent
in paying any bill owed to the university. Payment of the bill or establish-
ment of a payment plan satisfactory to the university will be required for
release of grades and/or transcripts.

University Refund Policy

The university must engage its faculty, assign residence hall space, and
make various other arrangements in advance of each term in accordance
with the number of students who expressed their intent to be enrolled.
When students withdraw from the university, they create vacancies which
cannot be filled, and financial commitments for salaries and services by
the university must be honored. The refund policy at lUP applies to all
students enrolled in credit-producing programs at the university either full-
time or part-time.

Graduate students withdrawing from the university must process such
withdrawal through the Graduate School Office. The official withdrawal
date will be established by the Graduate School.

Students totally withdrawing from courses, upon receiving approval from
the Graduate School, will forfeit a portion of the semester charges in ac-
cordance with the following schedule:

Withdrawal on Calendar Percentage of Student's

Day Basis Charges to be Forfeited
4 days prior to the start

of classes through 14 days 20%

15 through 21 days 30%

22 through 28 days 40%

29 through 35 days 50%

36 or beyond 100% (no reduction of fees)

20 - The Graduate School at lUP

The start of calendar days is defined as the first day of classes as sched-
uled on the university calendar.

Refunds for students receiving financial assistance from scholarships,
loans, and/or grants will be returned to the source of aid in accordance
with the provisions prescribed by the funding source.

During summer sessions, students totally withdrawing from the university,
upon receiving approval from the Graduate School, will forfeit a portion
of the total session charges in accordance with the following schedule:

Calendar Day Percentage of Student's

of Total Session Charges

Withdrawal to be Forfeited

First class day through

Fourth calendar day 50%

Fifth calendar day and beyond 100% (no reduction of charges)

The associate provost will determine the official start of classes for each
semester or session. Refunds to students enrolled in credit-bearing summer
conferences, institutes, workshops, or tours of less than five weeks dura-
tion will be granted a fifty-percent refund through the first day of the
class (unless a no-refund policy is required by the sponsor).

Individual Course Withdrawal

A graduate student may cancel an individual course(s) up to four days pri-
or to the first day of classes by notifying the registrar in writing. If a stu-
dent cancels a course(s) prior to the fourth day preceding the start of
classes, no penalty will be charged and the student will receive a
100-percent reduction of charges for the course(s) cancelled. No reduction
of charges will be made to full-time students who withdraw from individu-
al courses after the fourth day preceding the first day of classes. Individu-
al course withdrawal is defined as a reduction in class load but not total
withdrawal from the university. Example: A student who registers for
three courses and then withdraws from one or two classes.

Part-time students will forfeit a portion of the credit-hour fee in accor-
dance with the following schedule:

Calendar Day of Percentage of Student's

Individual Course Withdrawal Instructional Fee to be Forfeited
Fourth day prior to the first

class day through 35 days 50%

36 days and beyond 100% (no reduction of charges)

Reduction of charges will be granted only for instructional fees. No reduc-
tion will be granted to students who drop and add a like number of credit
hours.

Tuition and Fees — 21

Part-time students attending graduate courses at off-campus locations
should refer to the appropriate section.

Withdrawal From University Services

Termination of Residence Hall or Dining Service Contract
Academic Year (Fall and Spring Semester)

1. Residence Hall Termination - Release from a residence hall contract is
on a replacement basis except under those conditions outlined in the con-
tract. Students who request in writing and are released from the Residence
Hall Contract by the Office of Housing and Residence Life prior to the
fourth day preceding the start of classes will be assessed no forfeiture and
the student will receive 100 percent reduction of the residence hall fee, less
applicable advance deposits. Students who request in writing to terminate
their University Residence Hall Contract on or after the fourth day
preceding the first day of classes and are granted a contract release from
the Office of Housing and Residence Life will forfeit one week's residence
hall rental for each week or portion thereof the student is assigned to a
university residence hall. A week's rental charge is determined by dividing
the semester's fee by the number of weeks in the semester. The specific
date of release will be determined by the Office of Housing and Residence
Life.

2. Dining Service Termination - Students who are released from their Din-
ing Service Contract by the Office of Housing and Residence Life prior to
the fourth day preceding the start of classes, will be assessed no forfeiture,
and the student will receive a 100 percent reduction of charges of the food
service fee, less applicable advance deposit. Students who request in writ-
ing to terminate their University Food Service Contract on or after the
fourth day preceding the first day of classes and are granted a contract
release from the Office of Housing and Residence Life will forfeit a por-
tion of the semester charges in accordance with the following schedule:

Date of Termination from Percentage of Semester fee
Food Service Contract to be Forfeited

Fourth day prior to the first

class day through 35th calendar day 50%

36th calendar day and beyond 100*Vo

Summer Session

Once a student applies for and receives housing and/or food service as-
signment, he or she must request in writing and obtain a release of that
assignment from the Office of Housing and Residence Life in order to be
eligible for a reduction of charges in accordance with the following
schedule:

22 - The Graduate School at lUP

Date of Termination from Residence Percentage of Session Charges

Halls and/or Food Service to be Forfeited

Check-in date* through fourth

calendar day of classes SO^Io

Fifth calendar day and beyond 100%

*The Office of Housing and Residence Life will publish the date students
are to check into the residence halls for each summer session. The check-
in date is the effective date of the student's contract.

Graduate students wishing to terminate residence hall or food service con-
tracts must do so through the Office of Housing and Residence Life. This
same office can provide information on dates and percentage of for-
feiture.

No reduction of charges will be granted unless formal withdrawal proce-
dure has been initiated through the Graduate School by the student at the
point of withdrawal. Written and dated notice is required by the student,
or the student's family, in special circumstances such as sickness, within
thirty days of the student's withdrawal.

Off-Campus Graduate Programs
Withdrawal and Refund Policy

Part-time students taking graduate courses supported by the School of
Continuing Education at off-campus locations must request refunds on an
official Request for Refund Form. The form may be obtained from the
instructor or by calling the director of Off-Campus Studies, School of
Continuing Education at (412) 357-2227. The official withdrawal date will
be established by the School of Continuing Education. Students will for-
feit a portion of the semester charges in accordance with the following
schedule:

1 . Total Withdrawal

IVithdrawal
Prior to Week 1
Week 1 or 2
Week 3
Week 4
Week 5
Week 6 or later

2. Individual Course Withdrawal

Part-time students who reduce their course credit load will receive a fifty-
percent refund from the fourth day prior to the first class meeting through

Refund

Forfeiture

100%

80%

20%

70%

30%

60%

40%

50%

100%

Tuition and lees - 23

the fifth week of the course. After the expiration of the fifth week, no re-
fund will be granted for reduction of class load.

Note: For refund purposes, Week One (I) will begin on the day of the
first class meeting. Example: If a course meets every Thursday, the week
is defined as Thursday through the following Wednesday.

Other Refund Policy Provisions

No refunds will be granted to students who arc suspended or expelled
from classes, residence halls, and/or food service.

The Accounts Receivable Office, Administrative Annex, is responsible for
implementing the refund policy. Students who wish to appeal a decision
rendered by Accounts Receivable may do so through the treasurer to the
vice president for Finance.

24 ' The Graduate School at lUP

Programming
and Registration

Advisement

After a student has been admitted to the Graduate School, he/she should
consult the department chairperson or coordinator of graduate studies in
his/her intended field of study about a program of courses. If the student
is a special graduate student, consultation should be with the director of
Graduate School Academic and Administrative Services. Many depart-
ments feel strongly that their students should be advised well before regis-
tration for each semester or summer term; these departments are identified
each term in the schedule of graduate course offerings. Students are
responsible for knowing their department's scheduling advisement rules.

Telephone Registration (TELREG)

To facilitate graduate student registration in fall and spring classes, the
Graduate School offers telephone registration (TELREG). TELREG is
available to all graduate students admitted to the Graduate School who
enrolled in at least one class during the preceding two years. TELREG
gives graduate students the opportunity to register for classes without at-
tending an on-campus registration, as well as provides the advantage of
securing a schedule of classes before other students using either the mail
or walk-in registration procedures. Details on TELREG are provided in
each semester schedule.

Final Registration

After students have returned their registration materials to the Graduate
School, they will receive from the Accounts Receivable Office a bill for
tuition and fees. Students registering at final or "walk-in" registration
may also arrange for housing, meals, parking, and "I" cards at that time.

"Walk-in" registration is for students who have not pre-registered by tele-
phone or mail and is held shortly before the start of classes. Check the
graduate class schedule or call the Graduate School at (412) 357-2222 for
the time and date.

Programming and Registration - 25

Continuous Registration

For all doctoral students admitted or commencing course work during the
fall, 1990, semester and therealter, the tbilowing policy is binding. Follow-
ing the completion of all course requirements and the comprehensive ex-
aminations, doctoral students must enroll for at least one graduate credit
of dissertation or extended dissertation each fall semester annually through
the defense of the dissertation.

Drop/Add Policy

At the beginning of each semester, a few days are set aside for dropping
and adding courses. The Drop/Add period was established to permit en-
rolled students to make schedule adjustments. It was not designed to allow
unregistered students to build schedules from scratch. Students using the
Drop/Add period for anything other than schedule adjustments will be
charged a late registration fee. Drop/Add dates are set at the beginning of
each semester, and students should check with their departments to learn
the dates, times, and procedures for dropping and adding courses.

26 - The Graduate School at lUP

Financial Aid

The Financial Aid Office, located at 308 Pratt Hall, offers financial infor-
mation and counseling to all students attending lUP. The types of finan-
cial assistance offered by the Financial Aid Office include student
employment, loans, and scholarships. In most cases the Pennsylvania State
Grant Application is used to determine eligibility for these programs.

In order to be considered for financial aid administered through the
university, a Pennsylvania State Grant Application must be submitted to
Harrisburg. The preferred filing deadline is May 1 of each year. Students
attending lUP on at least a half-time basis (five credit hours or more) will
be awarded assistance based on demonstrated financial need. To be eligi-
ble for continued funding, applicants must remain in satisfactory academic
standing at the university and show continued academic progress.

The cost of attending lUP and the university's refund policy are listed in
this catalog. Please refer to the index for further information.

Assistantships

lUP offers both half-time assistantships (twenty hours per week of as-
sistantship service) and quarter-time assistantships (ten hours per week of
assistantship service) to full-time graduate students. Duties will vary some-
what from assistant to assistant and may include supervised teaching,
research or assistance with research, and university service activities.
Duties are under the supervision of a faculty member or administrator.
Assistantships are looked upon as an encouragement or reward for aca-
demic excellence rather than as a means to relieve financial need.

Half-time assistantships carry a full tuition waiver for the two semesters
of the assistantship and the following summer. With some exceptions,
quarter-time assistantships carry one-half tuition waiver for the two
semesters of the assistantship and a six semester-hour waiver for the fol-
lowing summer.

Since stipends for assistantships may be raised from year to year, potential
applicants should check with the Graduate School for current stipend
levels.

The deadline for applying for a fall assistantship is March 15 of the same
calendar year. Applications and further information are available at the
Graduate School.

Financial Aid - 27

The Graduate Scholars Program

The Graduate Scholars Program at lUF* is a resource committed to the
education of graduate students of minority heritage. The Graduate Scho-
lars Program provides financial aid in the form of graduate assistantships.
The terms of the graduate assistantships are as follows: (I) an academic
year stipend of $4,410 to $6,000, depending on the department and level
of study; (2) tuition waiver during the academic year; and (3) tuition
waiver for both sessions the following summer. Graduate assistants work
twenty hours per week during the academic year but have no work assign-
ments during the summer. Assistantship assignments are in academic
departments or other academic units and are designed to be a valuable
part of students' educations. All American citizens of racial minority
heritage (African-American, Hispanic, Asian-American, American Indian)
are invited to apply for entrance to the Graduate Scholars Program. A
minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of 2.6 "B-" is re-
quired; 3.0 "B" is preferred. An undergraduate degree from an accredited
institution must be completed prior to the beginning of graduate work at
lUP. Prospective Graduate Scholars should write for an admissions packet
to

Evelyn S. Mutchnick, Director

The Graduate Scholars Program

The Graduate School and Research

lUP

Indiana, PA 15705-1081

Teaching Associates

Each year the Graduate School offers a limited number of teaching associ-
ate positions to qualified doctoral students. Usually an associate teaches
six credit hours of undergraduate courses, but other teaching-related serv-
ice is sometimes assigned in lieu of teaching. These positions carry a
stipend and a tuition waiver and require the associate to be enrolled for
graduate credit during each semester of the appointment. Tuition waiver
includes up to nine hours of graduate credits during the summer following
the appointment. Activity and health fees, as well as tuition during the fall
and spring semesters, must be paid by the associate.

Minimum requirements: Associates must hold a master's degree or have
completed thirty-six graduate semester hours prior to the appointment and
must be enrolled in an lUP doctoral program and remain in good stand-
ing during the term of the appointment. Departments may have additional
requirements.

For further information, contact the director of Doctoral Studies in the
department offering your doctoral program.

28 - The Graduate School at lUP

Scholarships

Margaret Flegal Harte Scholarships - Two $450 scholarships are awarded
yearly to needy new full-time graduate students. All new Graduate School
applicants except for those who receive other lUP scholarships are consid-
ered for the Margaret Flegal Harte Scholarships based on academic
records and financial need. No application forms for the scholarships are
required; the Pennsylvania State Grant Application submitted to Harris-
burg serves as the need analysis document for need assessment.

Employment Programs

Federal College Work-Study Program (CWSP) - The College Work-Study
Program provides an opportunity for graduate students to earn money to
help finance educational expenses. Students may be employed on campus
for up to twenty hours per week when classes are in session and forty
hours per week during vacation periods. College Work-Study jobs not
only help to defray the cost of education but can add valuable practical
experience accompanying the student's graduate education. Eligibility is
based on financial need as determined by an analysis of the Pennsylvania
State Grant Application submitted to Harrisburg. The form is available in
the Financial Aid Office.

University Employment (UE) - The University Employment Program pro-
vides an opportunity for students to work as an accompaniment to their
studies program. Maximum UE hours are twenty hours per week when
classes are in session and forty hours per week during vacation periods.
No application is necessary. This employment program is not based on
financial need.

Special Funded Grant Employment - Grant employment opportunities are
also available to graduate students from time to time. Interested students
should check with the Graduate School Office.

Loan Programs

Stafford Loan - The Stafford Loan can be obtained through private lend-
ing institutions such as banks and credit unions and is administered in
conjunction with the state and federal governments. In addition to filing a
Stafford Application with your lender, you must also complete a Pennsyl-
vania State Grant/Federal Student Aid Application. For students demon-
strating sufficient financial need, loans of up to $7,500 per academic
grade level are available. The interest rate for new borrowers is eight per-
cent for the first four years following the expiration of a six-month grace
period and ten percent thereafter. A maximum of $54,750 including all
amounts received as an undergraduate may be borrowed. Students must be
enrolled in a degree or certificate granting program in order to receive
Stafford funds. Repayment of principal and interest begin six months after

Financial Aid - 29

you cease half-time attendance. There are no cancellation privileges, but
deferments are available in specific situations.

To students who apply through the Pennsylvania Higher Education As-
sistance Agency and who do not meet the financial need criteria required
of federally subsidized loans, an unsubsidized Stafford Loan may be
offered. On this type of loan, all of the provisions are the same as with
the subsidized GSL except that interest of eight percent is paid quarterly
during periods of enrollment.

Parental Loans for Students (PLUS) and Supplemental Loans for Students
(SLS) - Applications for both of these loans may be obtained from private
lending institutions such as banks and credit unions. PLUS loans are for
parent borrowers of dependent graduate students, and SLS loans are for
student borrowers. Students must be enrolled in a degree or certificate
granting program of study. Up to $4,000 per academic level may be bor-
rowed at a variable interest rate no to exceed 12%. For students who are
enrolled full-time, principal payments may be deferred, while interest pay-
ments begin immediately. Some deferment options are available.

PHEAA Higher Education Loan Plan (Alternative Loan) - Applications
for this loan program may be obtained through the Pennsylvania Higher
Education Assistance Agency in Harrisburg. The current interest rate is a
variable 9.5 percent with repayment of principal and interest beginning
thirty days after the funds are received. Up to $10,000 per academic level
may be requested. There are no deferment provisions for this loan
program.

Veterans

lUP is approved to offer training under the various G.I. Bills. Students
who are entitled to training under one of these bills should contact the
veterans counselor immediately after being accepted for admission to lUP
in order to secure additional instructions. This procedure is necessary so
veterans may be included on the monthly payrolls. The Office of the
Veterans Counselor is in 302 Pratt Hall, (412) 357-2234.

Health Insurance

Students are encouraged to purchase their own health insurance. Health
insurance not only helps defray some of the additional health care costs,
but it also provides total confidentiality to the policyholder. The university
does not sponsor a group health insurance program for students. An in-
formation booklet designed to assist individuals in purchasing private
health insurance is available upon request from the Administrative Office,
Pechan Health Center, lUP, Indiana, PA 15705-1083.

30 - The Graduate School at lUP

The University Health Service does offer primary care services to lUP stu-
dents. Students pay a per-semester student health fee which entitles them
to unlimited visits at the Health Center. Minimal fees are charged for
medications, laboratory tests, and procedures. The University Health Serv-
ice does not bill insurance companies for services; however, students
receive a copy of a bill for each visit which can be used if the individual
chooses to bill his/her insurance company directly. Services available at
the Pechan Health Center include gynecology care, laboratory services in-
cluding blood drawing, minor surgery, allergy clinic, self-care cold clinic,
health education, nutrition counseling, and chemical health education and
intervention services.

Master's Degree Programs - 31

Master's Degree Programs

The Graduate School offers Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees
in most academic fields plus the professional degrees Master of Business
Administration, Master of Education, and Master of line Arts. (See be-
low for specific degree fields.) All students working toward a master's
degree must satisfy the Graduate School policies set forth in this catalog
and any additional special program requirements imposed by a
department.

Under certain circumstances, a specific Graduate School requirement for
the master's degree may be satisfied by means of substitution. In no case
are requirements waived. Requests for substitutions must be made by peti-
tion to the Graduate School dean after approval by the student's
department.

Master of Arts degrees are offered in the following:

Adult/Community Education History

Art Industrial and Labor Relations

Chemistry Music

Counseling Services Physics

Criminology Public Affairs

English: Generalist Sociology

Literature Student Affairs in Higher Education

Teaching English

TESOL
Geography

Master of Science degrees are offered in:

Biology Mathematics

Business Nursing

Chemistry Physics

Exceptionality (Adult) Safety Sciences

Food and Nutrition Speech-Language Pathology

Geography

A Master of Business Administration degree (M.B.A.) is offered.

Master of Education degrees are offered in the following:

Business Elementary or Secondary

Education of Exceptional School Counseling

Children Elementary and Middle School

Educational Psychology Mathematics Education

Elementary Education Mathematics

Reading

Speech-Language Pathology

A Master of Fine Arts degree (M.F.A.) is offered.

32 - The Graduate School at IV P

The Thesis/No-Thesis Option -
Master's Programs

Several lUP master's degree programs offer the graduate student a
thesis/no-thesis option.

When the no-thesis option is chosen, additional approved course work —
usually six or more credit hours — is frequently required.

The typical committee thesis arrangement (3-6 s.h.) has the student work-
ing with a committee of three or four faculty members including the stu-
dent's adviser and two faculty members, one of whom may or may not be
a member of the program's department. On some occasions, a college
dean or a Graduate School representative may sit on a thesis committee.
The committee may include an off-campus person with special expertise as
one of the four if this is requested by the department and approved by the
Graduate School dean. The Thesis/ Dissertation Manual provides addition-
al information and is available through the Graduate School.

Department

Degree

Thesis

Credits

Comments

Adult/Community

M.A.

Optional

- AC645 may be

Education

substituted for
the thesis.

Art

M.A.

Required

Biology

M.S.

Required

Business

M.B.A.

No Thesis

M.Ed.

Optional

30
30

- Thesis

- No Thesis

M.S.

Optional

30
30

- Thesis

- No Thesis

Chemistry

M.A.

Optional

30
30

- Thesis

- No Thesis

M.S.

Required

Counselor Education

M.Ed.

Optional

33
33

- Thesis

- No Thesis

M.A.

Optional

36
39

- Thesis

- No Thesis

Criminology

M.A.

Optional

36
36

- Thesis

- No Thesis

Educational Psychology

M.Ed.

Optional

33
36

- Thesis

- No Thesis

Elementary Education

M.Ed.

Optional

30
36

- Thesis

- No Thesis

English:

Generalist

M.A.

Required

Literature

M.A.

Required

Teaching English

M.A.

Required

TESOL

M.A.

Required

Exceptionality

M.S.

Optional

33
36

- Thesis

- No Thesis

Master's Degree Programs - 33

Food and Nutrition

M.S.

Optional

30
33

- Thesis

- No Thesis

Geography and Regional

M.A.

Optional

- Thesis

Planning

- No Thesis

M.S.

Optional

30
36

- Thesis

- No Thesis

History

M.A.

Optional

30
36

- Thesis

- No Thesis

Industrial and Labor

Relations

M.A.

Optional

- Thesis

Mathematics

M.Ed.

Optional

30
30

- Thesis

- No Thesis

M.S.

Optional

30
30

- Thesis

- No Thesis

Music

Music Performance

M.A.

Recital

Theory or Musical

Composition

M.A.

Optional

- Musical
Composition

Music History

M.A.

Required

Music Education

M.A.

Optional

- Course Work
or Thesis or
Recital

Nursing

M.S.

Optional

45
45

- Thesis

- No Thesis

Physics

M.S.

Required

M.A.

Optional

30
33

- Thesis

- No Thesis

Political Science

M.A.

International Studies

Optional

- Internship
required if
Thesis Option
or field-based
research
project
not chosen

Public Affairs

Optional

- Internship
required if
thesis option
or field-based
research
project
not chosen

Professional Growth

M.Ed.

Required

M.S.

Required

M.A.

Required

Psychology

M.A.

Clinical Psychology

Required

Reading

M.Ed.

Optional

33
36

- Thesis

- No Thesis

34 - The Graduate School at lUP

Safety Sciences

Sociology

M.S.

Optional

M.A. Optional

Special Education
Emotionally
Disturbed M.Ed. Optional

Learning Disabilities M.Ed. Optional

Mental Retardation M.Ed. Optional

Speech-Language
Pathology M.S. Optional

Student Affairs in M.A. Optional

Higher Education

30
36

33
36
33
36
33
36

33
33

3-6 credits of
thesis option
is included
Thesis
No Thesis

Thesis
No Thesis
Thesis
No Thesis
Thesis
No Thesis

Thesis
No Thesis
Thesis
No Thesis

Doctoral Degree Programs - 35

Doctoral Degree Programs

The Graduate School offers work leading to the doctorate through the fol-
lowing departments: Counselor Education, Criminology, Educational
Psychology (School Psychology), Professional Studies in Education
(Elementary Education), English (Literature and Criticism; Rhetoric and
Linguistics), and Psychology (Clinical Psychology).

Applicants should keep in mind that the doctorate is conferred for distin-
guished achievement in a particular field of scholarship and for demon-
strated ability to perform independent research in an area of that field.
No specific number of course credits entitles a student to the degree.

Those interested in any of the doctoral programs should read the descrip-
tions provided by sponsoring departments later in this catalog. Deadlines
for submitting applications and supporting documents vary from program
to program, as do degree requirements. Therefore, it is important for stu-
dents to check with the sponsoring department at the very start of the ap-
plication process.

The following doctorates are offered:

Doctor of Psychology in Clinical Psychology
Doctor of Philosophy in Criminology
Doctor of Education in Elementary Education
Doctor of Philosophy in English
Doctor of Education in School Psychology

The doctoral programs in school psychology and elementary education
maintain cooperative arrangements with other universities in the State Sys-
tem of Higher Education (SSHE), whereby some part of the requirements
may be fulfilled at these schools.

Requirements for the Doctoral Degree

Students seeking a doctoral degree must satisfy the minimum Graduate
School requirements described below. Sponsoring departments may have
additional requirements, and students must be familiar with these, since
they are equally binding.

Under certain circumstances, Graduate School requirements for the doc-
toral degree may be satisfied by means of substitution. Requests for the

36 - The Graduate School at lUP

acceptance of substitutions should be made in the form of a petition to
the Graduate School dean, after first obtaining the approval of the stu-
dent's department.

Credit requirement

A minimum of sixty graduate semester credits, exclusive of dissertation
credits, must be earned beyond the bachelor's degree for any of the doc-
torates offered at lUP.

Residency Requirements

Doctoral candidates will find that residency requirements vary from doc-
toral program to doctoral program. Doctoral students should check with
their departments to learn which of the following residency options apply
to their specific doctoral program: completion of a minimum of nine
graduate credits at lUP in each of at least two consecutive semesters; com-
pletion of a minimum of nine graduate credits at lUP for at least one
semester immediately preceding or following a summer of nine-hour study;
completion at lUP of at least nine graduate credits in each of two con-
secutive summers plus six graduate credits during the intervening academic
year; or completion of twelve graduate credits at lUP in each of two con-
secutive summers.

Transfer credit

Transfer credit is limited to the credit equivalent of a recognized master's
degree, except in those special cases recommended by the student's depart-
ment and approved by the Graduate School dean, and to up to twelve
graduate credits through approved interinstitutional agreements.

In order to have credits considered for transfer purposes, the student
should provide the Graduate School with a catalog course descrip-
tion/course syllabus of the course(s), an official transcript showing the
earned credits, and a letter requesting the course(s) to be transferred as
either program elective credits or as program requirements.

Degree Candidacy

Each student admitted to a doctoral program must receive doctoral degree
candidacy after completing at lUP no less than nine nor more than fifteen
graduate credits beyond the master's degree. The student must have a
minimum quality point average of 3.0. The student's minimum grade
point average may be set higher than the foregoing Graduate School re-
quirement by the program's sponsoring department, but in no case may it
be lower.

Doctoral Degree Programs - 37

Candidacy Examination

The candidacy examination, which may be written, oral, or both, as deter-
mined by the sponsoring department, and which may serve also as the fi-
nal examination lor the master's degree if a department so prescribes, is
administered by the department in the student's field of specialization.
The examination may not be taken until the student has completed at least
one year of study beyond the bachelor's degree. Examination scores must
satisfy the student's dissertation committee.

The Dissertation Committee

The candidate's dissertation committee supervises the student's degree pro-
gram from the point at which he/she is admitted to doctoral degree can-
didacy through defense of the dissertation. The committee approves the
student's plan of study; arranges for the candidacy examination; arranges
for the comprehensive examination; and oversees the candidate's general
supervision related to research, the dissertation, and the general meeting
of degree requirements.

The Comprehensive Examination

This examination is given, usually upon the candidate's completion of
course work, to determine the student's progress in the degree field and
fields related to it and the student's likelihood of success in his/her
research-dissertation phase. The examination may be written, oral, or both
and is not necessarily limited to areas in which the candidate has taken
course work.

Foreign Language/
Research Tool Options

Foreign language and/or research tool requirements for doctoral degrees
vary from program to program. In most cases, programs offer options for
meeting these requirements. Students should consult with the department
sponsoring the degree for specific information and guidance on meeting
these requirements.

Research Proposal

After the candidate has passed the comprehensive examination and has
done extensive preliminary proposal research, he/she must present and de-
fend a research proposal before the dissertation committee and the aca-
demic community. A copy of the proposal must be placed in the hands of

38 - The Graduate School at lUP

all committee members at least two weeks in advance of the scheduled
meeting. The proposal must be found satisfactory by all members of the
committee before the candidate may proceed with the dissertation. The
Thesis/Dissertation Manual outlines this procedure and is available
through the Graduate School.

The Dissertation

A dissertation is required of all doctoral candidates and must demonstrate
the candidate's mastery of his/her research and reflect the results of an
original investigation in the principal field of study. The goal should be to
make a definite original contribution to knowledge in the field.

Dissertation Process

Upon acceptance of the dissertation by the candidate's adviser, the candi-
date must follow procedures acceptable to his/her department and dean in
providing copies for review by the dissertation committee, college dean,
and graduate coordinator. The candidate shall then request a formal meet-
ing of the dissertation committee, at a time convenient to all members, to
secure dissertation approval. The dissertation must be approved in writing
by each member of the committee, as well as the Graduate School's
associate dean for research.

Publication of the Dissertation

Following dissertation approval by the committee, three copies of the dis-
sertation and two copies of an abstract must be submitted to the Graduate
School's associate dean for research. The program's sponsoring depart-
ment may also require a copy for its archives. The dissertation must be
microfilmed according to the plan provided by University Microfilm, Ann
Arbor, Michigan.

Reexamination

A student who fails the candidacy examination, or any part of the com-
prehensive examination, or any of the examinations in foreign languages
and/or computer language, may request reexamination not earlier than
one semester following the time of failure, nor later than one year after
that date. No student is permitted a third examination without a recom-
mendation to that effect from the degree program's sponsoring depart-
ment and the approval of the Graduate Council.

Doctoral Degree Programs - 39

Application for Graduation

Formal application lor graduation must be lilcd in the Graduate School
on or before the published date in the back ol" this catalog. Deadline dates
are also available in the Thesis/Dissertation Manual, as well as in each
semester's schedule of classes.

40 - The Graduate School at lUP

General Graduate School
Procedures, Regulations,
and Policies

The graduate student is expected to assume full responsibility for knowing
graduate program procedures and regulations. General Graduate School
requirements are set forth in this catalog; a description of special depart-
mental degree requirements is available at each department sponsoring the
specific degree or certification program. Requests for exceptions to policy
are given consideration when unique circumstances exist; questions con-
cerning the proper routing of such requests should be addressed to the
Graduate School dean.

Academic Credits and Student Status

Although many graduate students work part-time or full-time, such work
must not interfere with academic achievement. Graduate education at lUP
is offered only to students in a position to benefit from it, and students
are expected to maintain a sensible balance between graduate program
commitments and outside commitments.

Students may schedule full-time academic loads in most graduate pro-
grams. Full-time graduate student status is defined as nine to fifteen
semester hours of graduate courses per semester, while part-time status is
defined as eight or fewer semester hours per semester. Graduate assistants
may not register for more than twelve total hours in any semester and
must maintain full-time status throughout their assistantship award.

Academic Good Standing

lUP master's students must maintain a minimum of 3.0 "B" cumulative
graduate quality point average to be in good standing academically. Stu-
dents falling below good standing are placed on probation for their next
active semester or summer term, during which the cumulative average
must be raised to 3.0. Students who fail to raise their cumulative averages
to at least 3.0 during their probation schedule will be dropped from degree
programs and Graduate School rolls and will not be permitted to register
for further courses. A student must be in good standing to be admitted to

Graduate School Procedures - 41

degree candidacy and to graduate. This policy remains the same for stu-
dents pursuing a graduate degree at the doctoral level, except the required
minimum grade point average is between 3.0 and 3.5, depending upon the
program.

Course Auditing

Auditing is not permitted in a graduate course unless the student has been
admitted to the Graduate School, has received permission to audit from
the course's instructor, and has been approved for course enrollment by
the dean of the Graduate School. Auditors must pay normal tuition and
related fees. An auditor will, with permission from the instructor, partici-
pate in class discussion, do practicum work, take examinations, and share
generally in the privileges of a class member, if the student completes all
course requirements, an "audit" notation is posted to the student's aca-
demic record. No student who is required to carry a certain number of
credits may count among those credits the credit for an audited course.

Class Cancellation

It is the policy of the Graduate School not to cancel regularly scheduled
classes because of weather conditions, nor does it make announcements
via radio, newspaper, or through its switchboard that classes are being
suspended because of such conditions. In the case of hazardous travel
conditions, students should decide to attend or not, based on their own
particular circumstances.

Course Numbering

All dual-level courses, open to enrollment by both graduate and qualified
undergraduate students, carry 500-599 course numbers; all courses open
only to graduate students carry 600-series and above numbers.

Dual-Level Courses

The number of 500-599 course credits applicable to a degree program shall
be a maximum of fifty percent of the credits required for that degree.
Some programs may call for less than fifty percent. Students should check
this requirement with their advisers.

Graduate students who enroll in dual-level courses should be aware that
dual-level courses commonly impose greater obligations on graduate stu-
dents than on undergraduate students taking the same courses.

42 - The Graduate School at lUP

Course Overlaps in Degree Programs

Within set limits, a student may use the same course to count in two
different master's degree programs, if the course is acceptable in both pro-
grams. However, the number of overlap credits counted toward a second
master's degree will be limited to twenty percent of the credits in the sec-
ond master's degree program.

Course Repeat Policy

No graduate credit is given for "F" grades, and graduate grading policy
does not permit "D" grades. Students may repeat "C" or "F" grades ac-
cording to the following policy:

1. Only one course can be repeated for each graduate degree program
the student attempts or completes.

2. This one course can be repeated up to two times, for a total of
three attempts (the original registration for the course plus two repeat at-
tempts).

Semester hours for repeated courses will be counted only once for all at-
tempts made, and the hours and grade earned when the course was last
taken will be used to compute the grade point average. However, all at-
tempts and the original grade(s) will continue to appear on the graduate
transcript.

Course Scheduling by
Certain Undergraduates

lUP undergraduate students with an academic grade-point average of at
least 2.6 who are within thirty-two semester hours of graduation are per-
mitted, after receiving appropriate approvals, to take up to six semester
hours of graduate work whether or not they have applied for acceptance
into an lUP graduate program. Graduate hours so earned have no neces-
sary bearing upon the meeting of undergraduate degree requirements, and
no assurance is given or implied as to their later applicability toward
graduate degrees should the students be admitted to lUP graduate pro-
grams. Should these credits later be approved toward a graduate degree
program, they will be treated as transfer credits, in accordance with the
policy stated below.

Credit Transfers

Up to six credits of graduate work taken at another institution may, under
certain circumstances, be incorporated as part of the graduate student's

Graduate School Procedures - 43

program at lUP. These courses must have been completed at a regionally
accredited institution, and the grade earned must be a "B" or its equiva-
lent or better. The time limitation rule for lUP degrees (cited later in this
catalog) pertains without modification to transfer credits.

Transfer credits are not necessarily posted to the student's lUP graduate
record until the student has been admitted to degree candidacy. Accep-
tance of transfer credit must be approved by the candidate's department
and the Graduate School dean. Students wishing to transfer back to lUP
credits taken at another institution while enrolled in an lUP graduate pro-
gram must receive advance written authorization for credit acceptance
from the department and the Graduate School dean. If approved, only the
credit, not the grade or accompanying quality points, will transfer and ap-
pear on the student's lUP transcript.

Degree Candidacy - Master's Degrees

Students with especially strong credentials may be granted candidacy upon
admission to the Graduate School if their academic department so recom-
mends and if their files are complete in every respect, including GRE or
GMAT scores.

Those not receiving candidacy at the time of admission will undergo a
candidacy review at the beginning of the semester or summer after which
they have completed twelve hours of graduate credits. (This applies to
both full-time and part-time students.) To be admitted to candidacy upon
completing twelve hours, students must have achieved an average of 3.0 or
higher in all graduate course work, have completed their admissions file,
including GRE or GMAT scores, and have met all program requirements
to the satisfaction of the department.

Students who are not granted candidacy after completing twelve graduate
credits must satisfy all candidacy requirements during the term immediate-
ly following the Fall, Spring, or Summer in which they have completed
twelve graduate hours. At the end of this additional term, students will
either be granted candidacy or be asked to leave the master's degree
program.

It is not necessary for students to file an application with the Graduate
School to be considered for candidacy. Candidacy reviews take place auto-
matically. However, to facilitate their own record keeping, some academic
departments may require those students not granted candidacy at admis-
sions time to file an application within the department.

44 - The Graduate School at lUP

Final Credits Policy

All degree candidates must complete their program's final six credits of
graduate work in courses offered by lUP. Under unique circumstances,
appropriate substitutions may be authorized by petitioning the Graduate
School dean after obtaining departmental approval.

Discrete Course Withdrawal

During the fall and spring semesters, graduate students may ask to with-
draw from a graduate course without prejudice and with the grade of
"W" by petitioning the Graduate School dean within the first two-thirds
of the semester as determined by the published university calendar. The
request must first be endorsed by the course instructor and the student's
department chair or graduate studies coordinator, in that order. Graduate
students wishing to withdraw from an undergraduate course within the
prescribed period must do so by processing the standard Discrete Course
Withdrawal form.

For summer classes and labs, withdrawals must be processed within the
first six days for each of the summer sessions.

Following the close of the established six weeks (or sixth or twelfth day)
withdrawal period, graduate students may withdraw from a course, either
graduate or undergraduate, without grade penalty only with the written
approval of their department chair or graduate studies coordinator and the
Graduate School dean (in that order) for such reasons as accident, severe
illness, or extreme personal disturbance. A student dropping a course un-
der any other circumstances will automatically receive an "F" at the end
of the semester or summer term.

Degree Eligibility of lUP Teaching Staff

Members of the faculty at lUP with a rank of assistant professor or above
(or equivalent) may not receive a graduate degree from this institution.
This regulation applies also to any faculty member employed at this insti-
tution full-time at the instructor rank unless such an individual is already
an approved candidate for a degree in the Graduate School of lUP at the
time he or she is given full-time employment as an instructor. Faculty
members may, however, register for work in the Graduate School and ap-
ply the credits earned toward graduate degrees to be conferred by other
institutions. Special cases will come before the Graduate Council.

Grading System

The following grades are used in reporting the standing of students at the
end of each semester or summer term:

Graduate School Procedures - 45

A - Excellent I - Incomplete

B - Good R - Research in Progress

C - Fair W - Withdrawal

F - Faihire

No "D" grade is recognized in lUP graduate work but may be earned by
a graduate student enrolled in an undergraduate course.

Quality points are assigned as follows: A - 4; B - 3; C - 2. No quality
points are carried by the notations F, I, R, and W.

The notation "I" is used to record work which, as far as it has
progressed, is of passing grade but is incomplete because of accident, ill-
ness, pregnancy, or extreme personal disturbance. "1" grades must be
made up within 180 calendar days after the grade was issued; otherwise,
the "I" grade will be converted to an "F." The "R" notation pertains
only to thesis and dissertation research credits when such research is in
progress as a semester or summer terms ends, or in certain practicum-type
courses approved for this notation by the Graduate School dean. All "R"
grades are replaced by the grade eventually assigned when the research is
completed. The "W" notation applies to certain withdrawals from
courses. Withdrawals from the university and discrete course withdrawals
are discussed in other sections of this catalog. Note that an "F" is entered
in the student's permanent academic record if a withdrawal of either type
has not been processed in accordance with established procedures.

Graduate Student Assembly

Each lUP department offering a graduate program is required to establish
a graduate studies committee and is urged, but not required, to form an
association for its graduate students. On a universitywide basis, the
Graduate Student Assembly (GSA) is the graduate students' organization.
GSA is composed of two representatives (and frequently an alternate)
elected by the full-time and part-time graduate students of the department.
GSA serves graduate students through voting representation on the Gradu-
ate Council and the University Senate, by making recommendations about
graduate student affairs to the Graduate Council and/or the Graduate
School dean, and by working through university channels to improve the
social, intellectual, and cultural life of graduate students.

Graduate Study Beyond the
Master's Degree

It is not unusual to find graduate students enrolling in more courses than
they need to meet the requirements of a master's degree. Such action can
be beneficial beyond the personal satisfactions which accrue, because the
added studies may be well received by employers whether in business,
government, or the school system in such matters as certification.

46 - The Graduate School at lUP

However, students should understand that most graduate schools have
residency requirements at the doctoral as well as master's level and fre-
quently will accept no more than thirty graduate semester hours earned
elsewhere as applicable to a doctorate.

Graduation

Early in their final semester or summer session, students must file an ap-
plication for graduation. Forms are in the Graduate School and require
departmental and Graduate School approvals. Applications must be filed
by the deadlines shown on the Graduate School calendar. If all require-
ments have been met, the degree will be awarded at the next established
diploma-award date. An official diploma will be presented to the student
at that time. Deadline dates are published in the back of this catalog.

Independent Study/Individualized
Instruction Maximum

Only six credits of Independent Study and/or Individualized Instruction
work may apply toward a graduate degree unless prior written authoriza-
tion for hours in excess of six is obtained from the student's graduate
coordinator and the Graduate School dean, in that order.

Internship Policy

To qualify for a graduate internship appointment, the graduate student
must have a minimum of twelve lUP graduate credits earned and a mini-
mum 3.0 grade point average; must have been in full-time enrollment
(nine graduate credits or more) during the semester or summer sessions
(the latter taken as a whole) immediately preceding the academic period
for which internship is requested;* and must meet departmental internship
criteria. No more than six internship credits may apply to a graduate
degree unless written approval of the student's department chair or gradu-
ate coordinator and the Graduate School dean (in that order) is obained.
Continuation in an internship experience by a given graduate student is
contingent upon the student's maintenance of satisfactory performance in
all aspects of his/her degree program. Programmatic exceptions to the
foregoing policy can be made only with the approval of the Graduate
Council.

*For graduate students active during summers only, or during fall-spring
semesters only, the phrase "immediately preceding the academic period,"
etc., refers to the student's last preceding active semester or summer
session.

Graduate School Procedures - 47

Principal Certification

lUP offers a performance-based school principal certification program in
elementary and secondary education. Those who wish to pursue this pro-
gram must first be granted admission to the Graduate School, liefore ap-
plying, however, potential apphcants should consult with the director of
the principal's certification program (Dean's Office, College of Education,
Stouffer Hall).

Program Changes

To insure their quality and relevance, graduate programs at lUP are sub-
ject to review and change by duly appointed and responsible university
groups. Because of this, the university recognizes that provisions must be
made to prevent hardship to students already enrolled in programs if
changes later occur in specific or general program requirements. Students
affected by changes in programs, policies, and regulations are therefore
given the option of following those requirements in effect when the stu-
dent was first admitted to the program or those in effect at the time of
expected graduation. The student cannot, of course, combine chosen ele-
ments of the two. Should a question of rule interpretation arise with
respect to changes, the student, the student's adviser, or both should peti-
tion the Graduate School dean for a decision about which requirements
apply.

Residency

Master's degree candidates have no formal residency requirements, but all
credits applied toward the degree (except a possible six transfer credits)
must be taken through lUP. In addition, all candidates must complete
their programs's final six credits of graduate work in courses offered by
lUP.

Student Rights and Responsibilities

Upon admission to the Graduate School, students assume responsibility
for knowing program requirements and following departmental advising
requirements when selecting and registering for courses. Students are also
responsible for knowing the procedures for paying fees, processing class
drop-adds and withdrawals, and applying for and meeting all requirements
for graduation. Conversely, students have the right to expect that program
requirements will be made clear, that course requirements — including grad-
ing criteria and procedures — will be made known early in a course, and
that course grades will represent the instructor's professional and objective
evaluation of performance. Students have the right to instruction that en-
courages the free and open discussion of ideas and that respects reasona-
ble student needs and aspirations. Students share with instructors the

48 - The Graduate School at lUP

responsibility for creating a classroom atmosphere that encourages maxi-
mum learning and exhibits a more intense scholarly zeal than that expect-
ed in undergraduate studies.

Teacher Certification

Students admitted to the Graduate School who wish to work toward cer-
tification in a specific field(s) should check the descriptions of certification
programs found in this catalog for requirements related to their pro-
gram(s) of interest. If a given certification program requires completion of
a master's degree, the master's degree procedures and regulations set forth
in this catalog apply. The Graduate School does not, however, certify stu-
dents; certification is processed by the dean of the College of Education.
For specific information about all certification requirements, please con-
tact the Office of Professional Laboratory Experiences, 104A Stouffer
Hall, (412) 357-2485.

Time Limitations

Program credits earned at lUP or accepted by transfer are applicable to
lUP master's degrees over a period not to exceed five years from the date
of their earning unless the period is extended through student petition ap-
proved by the student's department and the Graduate School dean. Doc-
toral candidates must complete degree requirements no later than seven
years after beginning lUP doctoral program course work unless an exten-
sion similarly is authorized.

Withdrawals from the University

Graduate students withdrawing from the university (from all courses) for
any reason must process such withdrawals through the office of the dean
of the Graduate School. The official withdrawal date to be recognized will
be established by the Graduate School dean.

Please refer to the early pages of this catalog for a detailed description of
the university's refund policy and related matters.

Official notification of course withdrawal will be sent by the Graduate
School dean to the student's course instructor(s) and graduate studies
coordinator.

No person shall be considered withdrawn from the university unless the
withdrawal process described herein has been employed.

Graduate School Procedures - 49

Workshops and Special Credits

The following policy governing workshop and other special-offering
credits was passed by the University Senate on May 8, 1979:

The individual master's degree candidate may submit for credit for
his or her degree no more than six (6) semester hours of workshop
and other special-credit offerings approved by the department offer-
ing the degree. Doctoral candidates may submit a further six (6)
semester hours of such work beyond the master's or its equivalent if
approved by the degree-granting department. Should the work-
shop(s) or special credit offering(s) later become a catalog-listed
course which is part of the degree program, while the student is still
working toward his/her degree, the student may request of the
department a retroactive reclassification of credits so earned and
upon approval may again use workshop or special offering credits,
up to the above maximum, toward a degree. However, the graduate
transcript will continue to show the original special topics number
and course title under which the course was registered.

50 - The Graduate School at lUP

Course Abbreviation Key

The following departmental abbreviati

ions are used to identify courses

referred to in the catalog:

Adult Education

Foundations of Education

Accounting

Geography and Regional

Administrative Services

Planning

Art History

Geoscience

Applied Music

Graduate School

Anthropology

Health and Physical

Art

Education

Art Education

History

Business Education

Home Economics

Biology

Education

Chemistry

Industrial and Labor

Communications Media

Relations

Computer Science

Management

Consumer Services

Marketing

Counselor Education

Mathematics

Criminology

Music

Distributive Education

Nursing

Education Administration

Philosophy

Economics

Physics

Early Childhood Education

Political Science

Education

(Public Affairs)

Educational Psychology

Psychology

Elementary Education

Religious Studies

Elementary Mathematics

Safety Sciences

Elementary Science

Science

English

Social Science

Fine Art

Sociology

Finance/MIS

Special Education

Food and Nutrition

Education of Exceptional

Foreign Language:

Children

Critical Language

Speech-Language

French

Pathology

German

Student Affairs in Higher

Greek

Education

Latin

Theater

Spanish

General Service Courses - 51

General Service Courses

The following Graduate School courses are taught by selected departmen-
tal faculty and arc open to all qualified graduate students independent of
degree or certification program. The student should check program ap-
plicability with his/her adviser, department chairperson, or graduate
studies coordinator.

Research

GR 615 Elements of Research
3 s.h.
Selection of a research problem, data collection, types of research,
research reports, and use of the library and computer in connection with
research problems are studied. Elements of statistics are introduced. This
course provides background for preparation of the thesis and enables the
student to become an intelligent consumer of products of academic
research. Required of all students working toward the M.Ed, degree.

*XX 850 Thesis
1-6 s.h.
For students writing the thesis. XX 850 should be scheduled for the
semester in which the student plans to complete his/her work.

*XX 851 Recital
2-4 s.h.
Required for students enrolled in the program Master of Arts in
Music-Performance. Graduate students in music education have the option
to prepare and perform a formal recital in their major performing area
under the guidance of their private teacher. Approval is granted from the
area faculty of the student's performance major. XX 851 should be sched-
uled for the semester in which the student plans to give the recital.

*XX 950 Dissertation
1-12 s.h.
Students preparing a doctoral dissertation for credit must register for
this course. The number of credits assigned and the extent of time for
which research activity is scheduled depend upon the nature and scope of
the individual student's research problem and his/her general doctoral
program.

*Each academic department utilizes its own two-letter prefix.

52 - The Graduate School at lUP

Note: Credits for both thesis and dissertation if not completed during the
semester scheduled are recorded as "R," research in progress. They re-
main so until the paper is approved. They do not automatically revert to
the grade of "F" in a specific length of time. Also, thesis and dissertation
can be programmed above the regular load.

Statistics

GR 516 Statistical Methods I
3 s.h.
Measurement and statistical techniques as used in administration and
educational research. Basic descriptive statistics, including measures of
central tendency, variability, and correlation are developed. Reliability and
validity of test scores with emphasis on use of statistical techniques
studied and their interpretation.

GR 517 Statistical Methods II
3 s.h.
Using computer programs, a wide array of statistical procedures for
research workers are explored. Basic concepts of statistical inference and
prediction are reviewed, including regression analysis and prediction,
hypothesis testing, analysis of variance and covariance, and partial and
multiple correlation. Emphasis on use of computer and interpretation of
computer print-outs along with understanding techniques employed. No
computer knowledge is necessary. Prerequisite: GR 516 or equivalent.

Other Courses

GR 681 Special Topics
1-3 s.h.
Group study of course material not offered in other graduate courses.

GR 699 Independent Study
1-3 s.h.
Individualized in-depth study of an approved topic directed by a par-
ticipating faculty member and approved administratively.

Note: Neither GR 681 nor GR 699 may be scheduled without prior written
approval of the Graduate School dean.

SS 599 Contemporary Europe
3 s.h.
A study/tour program in Europe, commonly of three weeks' duration
each summer. Itinerary varies but normally includes London, Paris, and
Rome, Florence, Austria, and Switzerland, among others. Program at-
mosphere is informal and always fun and tiring (lots of walking). Infor-
mal lectures on site, guided tours. Academic work includes reading before
departure and keeping a daily log.

General Service Courses - 53

ED 595 International Study Tour in Education
3 s.h.
Provides an analysis of educational programs and methodology in
selected countries. Introduces students to series of diverse educational ex-
periences. Special attention to teaching techniques, innovative curricula,
and school organizational patterns. Teaching takes place on site in selected
countries.

Supervised Laboratory Experience
(Teaching)

The following course, designed for cooperating teachers and others
working with student teachers, is open to persons having a teaching cer-
tificate and teaching experience.

ED 540 Supervision of Student Teaching

Designed for cooperating teachers and others working with student
teachers, this course provides opportunity for the development of pertinent
materials and for continuous evaluation of various aspects of the student
teaching program. Stress is also given to evaluating procedures used in
working with prospective teachers. Basic principles underlying an effective
student teaching program are examined from a theoretical and applied
viewpoint. Prerequisites: teaching certificate and teaching experience.

54 - The Graduate School at IVP

Graduate Programs and
Courses

Anthropology

Anthropology is the study of human biological and cultural evolution. The
discipline is organized into four subfields: sociocultural anthropology,
physical anthropology, linguistics, and archaeology. The breadth of an-
thropology gives the discipline wide applicability to a variety of careers
and lifetime undertakings.

Although there is presently no graduate degree program in anthropology,
courses in anthropology may be used as electives for M.A. degrees in
other programs.

Course Descriptions

AN 514 Native Americans
3 s.h.
Survey of culture history and culture area characteristics of the Indi-
ans of North America. Detailed study of representative groups related to
historical, functional and ecological concepts.

AN 520 Archaeological Field School
6 s.h.
Introduction to archaeological survey, field excavation, and laborato-
ry processing. Field school students participate in one or more of the on-
going research projects of the lUP Archaeology Program.

AN 694 Anthropology Seminar
3 s.h.
Considers conceptual problems and definitions in anthropology. For-
mulations of a variety of research problems central in anthropology em-
phasized.

Programs and Courses - 55
Art

Art

The two advanced studio degrees offered by the Department of Art, the
Master of Arts and the Master of Fine Arts, focus on breadth and depth
of icnowledgc in the visual arts, cmphasi/e performance and competency
as an artist, and foster artistic growth and maturity across a wide range of
creative endeavor.

Admission may be granted for the Master of Art degree in studio only.
This degree program requires the successful completion of a minimum of
thirty graduate credits that are distributed across a number of required
categories. A thesis/exhibition is the culminating requirement within the
degree program.

Those students who intend to teach studio in higher education settings, or
those who wish to become professional artists, will usually seek admission
to the Master of Fine Arts degree. The overall M.F.A. degree program at
lUP requires the successful completion of a minimum of sixty credits of
course work distributed across several required categories of study. An
M.F.A. work exhibition marks the final formal step in degree completion.
The Department of Art has structured the overall M.F.A. degree as an ini-
tial thirty-credit program (culminating in an M.A. degree in studio) and
the final thirty credits focusing on the completion of the terminal degree
in the visual arts, the Master of Fine Arts.

The Master of Fine Arts degree program at lUP follows the guidelines
and standards that have been adopted by the College Art Association and
the National Association of Schools of Art and Design. Nationally, the
M.F.A. is used as a guarantee of a high level of professional competence
in the visual arts.

Admission Requirements

Individuals seeking admission to graduate study within the Department of
Art must meet the general admission standards and adhere to academic
policies set by the Graduate School at lUP. The specific policies of the
Graduate School are set forth in this catalog.

Standard Departmental Admission Requirements

A. The applicant must either be a graduate of an accredited B.F.A., B.A.,
or equivalent degree program with a major in one of the studio concentra-
tions offered by lUP or be judged by the Graduate Committee of the
Department of Art to possess necessary prerequisite studio proficiency.
Admission to study in graduate studio is based upon the nature, extent,
and quality of preparation in art history, studio, criticism, and related
academic and art-related content areas.

B. If the applicant is deemed to be deficient in a particular area of under-

56 - The Graduate School at lUP

graduate preparation (art history, studio, or a related area) the Graduate
Committee of the Department of Art may recommend and require satis-
factory completion of undergraduate credits that will eliminate any areas
of deficiency. Undergraduate credits will not count toward any segment of
graduate course work at either the M.A. or M.F.A. degree levels. The sole
purpose of the completion of the recommended undergraduate course
work is to ensure entry-level competency and ability to engage in serious
scholarly and creative studies.

C. Those seeking admission at either the Master of Arts level or the
Master of Fine Arts level must declare upon application the studio areas
that will constitute the major and minor areas of studio concentration.

D. A slide portfolio of twenty slides reflecting the best and most recently
completed work in the applicant's major and minor areas of concentration
must be submitted with materials that are required by the Graduate
School. Students will not be admitted into the M.A. or the M.F.A. pro-
grams unless the portfolio requirement has been met at the point of appU-
cation.

E. A goal statement must be submitted by the applicant specifying the
areas of concentration and articulating substantive reasons for seeking a
graduate degree in the visual arts at either the M.A. or M.F.A. level.

Master of Arts: Initial Degree

Major Studio Concentration: Minimum

Minor Studio Concentration: Minimum

Graduate Seminar (AR 615)

Art History

Elective

M.A. Thesis/Exhibition (AR 850)

s.h.

30 s.h.

Master of Fine Arts: Terminal Degree

Major Concentration: Minimum 15 s.h.

Minor Concentration: Minimum 6 s.h.

Art History 9 s.h.
M.F.A. Exhibition

30 s.h.

The total minimum number of credits for the M.F.A. degree: 60 s.h. lUP
brackets the (M.A. /M.F.A.) as a means of building toward the minimim
sixty-credit standard. Those with an M.A. from other accredited institu-
tions of higher learning may be considered for the M.F.A. degree at I UP.

Programs and Courses -57
Art

Residency Requirement:
Master of Fine Arts Degree

The residency requirement for the M.F.A. is the same as that for a stu-
dent within a doctoral program at lUP. Please refer to that section of the
catalog for details.

In addition to the information that appears in this catalog, applicants are
encouraged to request a copy of the Program Overview and Admission
Procedures document from the Department of Art that describes in slight-
ly more detail the policies and procedures relative to the Master of Art
and Master of Fine Arts degree program.

Course Descriptions

AH 506 Ancient Migratory Art
3 s.h.
Survey of painting, architecture, and sculpture of Prehistoric Man;
Egypt and the Near East; as well as Art of Primitive Man of later
times — the American Indian, African Art, and Art of the Oceanic.

AH 507 Medieval Art
3 s.h.
Art and architecture of Europe during Middle Ages, beginning with
the study of Early Christian and Byzantine Art and concluding with art of
the Romanesque and Gothic periods. Prerequisite: Art History majors or
by special arrangement.

AH 508 Italian Renaissance Art
3 s.h.
Art History majors, by special arrangement. Covers span of Italian
art from 1400s through 1850 and Mannerist movement. Special attention
paid to great masters of the period.

AH 509 Baroque and Rococo Art
3 s.h.
General survey of art from 1575 to 1775. Will include architecture,
sculpture, painting, and other arts.

AH 519 Museology
3-6 s.h.
The student will work in the University Museum under the supervi-
sion of the museum director. Museum techniques and practices will be
stressed in an "on-the-job" training situation. The role of the graduate
student will be that of "acting curator" of specific areas of his/her
choice; the student will supervise selection and hanging of shows.

AH 522 Art in America
3 s.h.
Surveys American art and its relation to the development of American
ideas and ideals.

58 - The Graduate School at lUP

AH 523 Seminar in Art Criticism
3 s.h.
Explores philosophic theories of art and art products. An attempt to
relate these theories to senses and form itself — and to technical, psycho-
logical, and cultural values. Primary concepts explored are play, illusion,
imitation, beauty, emotional expression, imagination, empathy, creativity,
and experience. Time will be given to forms of art that are not primarily
visual, including music, dance, literature, and poetry.

AH 524 Art of the East
3 s.h.
Nature of Eastern art's meaning and place in contemporary world
culture.

AH 625 Architectual Influences in a Contemporary Society
3 s.h.
Experimental problems in structure and aesthetics as related to ar-
chitecture. Attempts are made to search out the historical roots of many
contemporary styles of architecture.

AH 626 Pre-Columbian Art
3 s.h.
Art of Mezo-American cultures, Mayas, Aztecs, and Incas, as in-
fluenced by Oceanic migrations.

AH 628 World Art Since 1875
3 s.h.
Discoveries and advances in artistic expression in modern times. Sub-
ject matter for study may be found in any or all of the arts.

AR 615 Art Seminar
3 s.h.
Opportunities for students to discuss problems in art related to studio
interests. Thesis/show proposals will also be prepared. For M.A. candi-
dates only.

AR 616 Directed Studies
3-6 s.h.
Offered in instances where a particular course is needed by a student
but is not on the regular schedule rotation. Approval must be secured
from the adviser, the instructor involved, and the graduate coordinator.

AR 640 Graduate Studio in Ceramics
3-18 s.h.
All aspects of handforming, decorating, glazing, and firing will be
dealt with. This may include body and glaze formulation and reduction,
oxidation, salt, wood, and raku firing, as well as thrown, coiled, or slab
construction or combinations thereof. Includes historic and contemporary
ceramics and philosophies of the craft. Prerequisite: at least one year of
undergraduate ceramics.

Programs and Courses - 59
Art

AR 644 Ciraduatc Studio in Fibers
3-18 s.h.
Fundamentals of fiber construction and processes. Emphasis on ex-
perimental approaches to fiber design and construction. Designed to meet
the needs of beginning as well as advanced students.

AR 647 Graduate Studio in Jewelry and Metal Work
3-18 s.h.
Advanced study dealing with specialized problems in design and exe-
cution of metal work and jewelry. A thesis may be developed depending
on research in one of the areas relating to this field: history, materials,
tools, processes, or teaching techniques of the craft.

AR 650 Graduate Studio in Sculpture
3-18 s.h.
An advanced course in which students are expected to work on
challenging problems in sculpture. A student may explore one or several
sculpture or modeling media.

AR 653 Graduate Studio in Woodworking
3-18 s.h.
Specialized study and experiences in the design and execution of
problems relating to wood as a crafts material. Opportunity is presented
to more intensively explore materials and processes of this craft employing
both hand and power tools.

AR 661 Graduate Studio in Drawing
3-18 s.h.
Drawing as a language and continued development of skill in commu-
nication and expression in all kinds of materials and media. Drawing as
an intimate work of the artist will be expressed.

AR 662 Graduate Studio in Oil Painting
3-18 s.h.
Traditional and contemporary methods and techniques in the area of
plastic painting media. Composition, in relation to modern painters'
problems. Opportunity is presented for exploration and specialization in
depth as well as breadth.

AR 665 Graduate Studio in Watercolor Painting
3-18 s.h.
Painting in transparent watercolor, gouache, mixed media, and with
new water-soluble paints, such as casein and acrylic polymer tempera.
Traditional, current, and experimental approaches with emphasis on de-
sign and emotional content.

60 - The Graduate School at lUP

AR 668 Graduate Studio in Printmaking
3-18 s.h.
Modes, media, material, techniques, and processes of graphic arts and
their use in expression. The student may concentrate on intensive explora-
tion of one media in depth or explore a number of media for breadth of
experience. Prerequisite: AR 217 or its equivalent.

Studio courses may be taken for a total of eighteen semester hours in one
studio. No more than six semester hours in one studio may be taken dur-
ing one semester.

AT 610 Art and the Exceptional Child
3 s.h.
Designed to consider characteristics and needs of the mentally retard-
ed and the intellectually gifted child with particular emphasis on art
aspects of the child's education.

AT 611 Art Curriculum Development in Art Education
3 s.h.
A seminar and study of curriculums at all levels. Particular attention
given to individual needs of class participants in development of curricu-
lums pertinent to their own teaching situations. For those students who
have not yet taught, theoretical and practical problems will be examined.

AT 612 Supervision and Administration in Art Education
3 s.h.
Responsibilities, functions, and duties of art supervisors and adminis-
trators.

AT 613 Research in Art Education
3 s.h.
Required of all Art Education majors. Reviews past and present
research focusing upon the methodologies pertinent to the field. Prerequi-
site for this course, GR 615, is to be scheduled within the first four to
eight semester hours. AT 613 must be taken as soon thereafter as possible
but within the first twelve semester hours.

AT 614 History and Philosophy of Art Education
3 s.h.
Considers art education in Europe, the United States, and Canada.
Designed to give the student background.

Biology

Requirements for admission: To be admitted to the Department of Biolo-
gy, the applicant must have completed the requirements for a bachelor's
degree from an accredited college or university. These requirements should

Programs and Courses - 61
Biology

include a major in Biology, one year of inorganic chemistry, one semester

of organic chemistry, and one semester of calculus or statistics. Applicants

with undergraduate deficiencies may be required to register for appropriate

courses.

The requirements for candidacy for the M.S. degree are

• Satisfactory completion of 15 semester hours of graduate work, with at
least 8 hours in core courses.

• The selection of a thesis adviser and a committee of at least two addi-
tional faculty members (in the case of the thesis student) or a research
adviser (in the case of non-thesis student) to guide the candidate in com-
pleting the program.

• An official application to candidacy, including a research proposal
which has been approved by the adviser, must be submitted to the Biol-
ogy Department Graduate Committee.

Candidates are expected to maintain an average not lower than 3.0. Con-
tinuance in the graduate program for those receiving two individual course
grades below a "B" is contingent upon favorable review of the Graduate
Committee.

Master of Science in Biology

Students working for this degree will complete 35 semester hours of work
in accordance with the following divisions. Students may pursue either a
thesis or a non-thesis option.

I. Core Courses

Thesis option - 20 semester hours
Non-thesis option - 17 semester hours

A. Required Courses

Thesis option (11 semester hours)
BI 602 Biometry (3 cr)
Bl 610 Seminar (2 cr)
BI 850 Thesis (2-6 cr)

Non-thesis option (8 semester hours)

BI 602 Biometry (3 cr)

BI 610 Seminar (2 cr)

BI 699 Independent Study (3 cr)

B. Core Elective Requirement

For both options, the 9 remaining hours of course credit are to be
selected from biology electives and must include one cell/molecular
course, one organismal course, and one ecology course.

II. Elective Courses — 15-18 hours
Thesis option: 15 semester hours
Non-thesis option: 18 semester hours

62 - The Graduate School at lUP

Courses to be selected with the approval of the adviser from the 500- and
600-level biology elective courses or from related science and mathematics
courses.

III. Competency Exam

Every student must take a competency exam administered by the
candidate's advisory committee. The purpose of this examination is
to assure that all graduates have a broad-based knowledge of biol-
ogy, as well as a mastery of their subject matter pertaining directly
or indirectly to their research project.

This examination must be scheduled after completion of 18
semester hours but before completion of 27 semester hours. If a
student fails this exam, a second exam will be administered which,
at the discretion of the committee, can be oral or written. This
exam must be taken within a four-month period following the first
exam. Failure of the second exam will result in dismissal from the
program.

IV. Research Requirement for the M.S.

A. Non-thesis option - The candidate must conduct an original
research project under the direction of a faculty adviser. A
report in the format of a journal article must be submitted at
the conclusion of the study. This requirement is programmed as
BI 699, Independent Study.

B. Thesis option - The candidate must conduct original research
under the direction of the thesis advisory committee and
present a research thesis at the conclusion of the program. The
candidate registers for BI 850, Thesis, while engaged in research
and preparation of the thesis. The candidate will present a pub-
lic seminar reporting results of the research to be followed by
an oral defense before the thesis committee.

Course Descriptions

In many courses in the Department of Biology, additional laboratory time
may be required beyond the regularly scheduled periods.

BI 525 Herpetology
3 s.h.
A comprehensive survey of the classes of Amphibia and Reptilia, in-
cluding their classification, structure, origin, evolution, phylogenetic rela-
tionships, distribution, and natural history. Special emphasis is placed on
the herpetofauna of Pennsylvania.

Programs and Courses - 63
Biology

BI 532 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
3 s.h
Diseussion of anatomy of representative vertebrates from a compara-
tive point of view. Stresses major organizational changes observed in ver-
tebrate history. Two-hour lecture, three-hour lab per week.
Prerequisite: BI 120.

Bl 546 Dendrology
3 s.h.
Identification and the study of taxonomy, distribution, silvics, wood
properties, mensuration, and utilization of woody plants. Two-hour lec-
ture and three-hour lab per week. One or more Saturday and/or weekend
field trips.

BI 551 Taxonomy of Plants

3 s.h.

Includes collection, identification, and classification of vascular plant
species with special emphasis on family characteristics and phylogeny.
Prerequisite: Plant Biology.

BI 553 Physiology of Plants

4 s.h.

A comprehensive study of physiological bases for organization and
function of living plants. Current literature is emphasized. Prerequisite:
Biochemistry. Closed to students with undergraduate BI 351 Plant Phys-
iology.

BI 563 Limnology
3 s.h.
An investigation into the physical, chemical, and biological aspects of
inland waters and their interrelationships. Saturday or Sunday labs may be
required. Prerequisite: Ecology.

BI 575 Mammalogy
3 s.h
General discussion of mammals, emphasizing systematics, distribution,
and structure-function modifications related to their evolution. A paper is
required.

BI 576 Parasitology
3 s.h.
The parasitic protozoa, flatworms and roundworms. Major emphasis
is on species infesting man and includes their structure, physiology, ecolo-
gy, life cycles, and pathogenicity. Arthropods involved in parasite trans-
mission included. Prerequisites: one year Biology, Vertebrate and
Invertebrate Zoology.

BI 578 Mycology
3 s.h.
The systematics, morphology, and physiology of fungi, with emphasis
on economically important and experimentally useful Myxomycophyta and
Eumycophta. Not open to students with undergraduate BI 381 Mycology.

64 - The Graduate School at lUP

BI 597 Introduction to Rocky Mountain Ecology
4 s.h.
Flora and fauna of each of the life zones described, collected, and
identified. Takes place in Bridger-Teton National Forest, Wyoming. Tents,
food, horses, etc., are provided by a professional outfitter. Offered only
in the summer. No prerequisites.

BI 602 Biometry
3 s.h.
The choice and application of standard, efficient, and practical
statistical techniques for data analyses in common biological research situ-
ations.

BI 603 Advanced Techniques in Biology
1-3 s.h.
Introduction to advanced techniques and procedures used in biological
research. Topics vary. Students may take up to 3 s.h. for credit toward
the degree. Prerequisite: Permission.

BI 610 Biology Seminar
1 s.h.
An opportunity to become acquainted with current research in biolo-
gy. One-hour meeting per week.

BI 622 Advanced Ornithology
3 s.h.
A detailed study of bird populations, behavior, and movement, in-
cluding the annual cycle. Prerequisite: ability to identify local birds visual-
ly and by their songs.

BI 623 Animal Morphogenesis
3 s.h.
Factors that influence and control the differentiation of organs, tis-
sues, and cells. Emphasis placed on experimental procedures and methods.
Prerequisites: Embryology or Comparative Anatomy, Organic Chemistry,
and Genetics.

BI 624 Advanced Entomology
3 s.h.
Insect morphology, including external and internal organization of
different species of insects. Comparisons between species included. An in-
dependent research study and seminar presentation required.

BI 631 Plant Ecology
3 s.h.
Nature and distribution of vegetation in relation to environmental fac-
tors. Field investigations of local plant communities constitute bulk of lab
work. Prerequisites: Field Botany, Plant Taxonomy, or general knowledge
of local flora.

Programs and Courses - 65
Biology

BI 635 Taxonomy and Ecology of Bacteria
3 s.h.
Isolation, cultivation, classification, and ecology of major groups of
bacteria. Special emphasis on principles of bacterial taxonomy and ecolo-
gy. Prerequisite: Microbiology.

BI 640 Animal Ecology

3 s.h.

Effect of environmental factors on animals, animals as members of
communities, their trophic relationships, their ecological distribution,
population dynamics, and aspects of animal behavior. A field or lab
problem is required.

BI 652 Microbial Physiology

4 s.h.

Physiological reactions involved in growth, reproduction, and death
of microbes. Energy production, substrate transport, metabolism, and
regulatory and control mechanisms are discussed. Prerequisites: Microbiol-
ogy and Biochemistry.

BI 653 Animal Physiology

4 s.h.
Digestion and molecular transport of nutrients, gaseous exchanges,
excretion, muscular activity and control, and endocrine and neural ele-
ments. Prerequisite: Animal Biology.

BI 654 Endocrinology
4 s.h.
Phylogeny, embryology, microanatomy, and physiology of the endo-
crine tissues. Prerequisites: course in Anatomy and Physiology.

BI 662 Molecular Genetics
3 s.h.
Study of chemical structure of the gene in relation to its molecular
function in control of specific protein biosynthesis. Emphasis will be
placed on genetic systems of bacteria, fungi, and viruses. Prerequisites:
Genetics, Organic Chemistry, and Biochemistry or permission of the in-
structor.

BI 663 Immunology

3 s.h.

Study of anatomy and function of immune system, physical and
chemical properties of antigens and antibodies, nature of antigen-antibody
interactions, humoral and cell mediated immune responses, and im-
munopathology. Prerequisites: Biochemistry and Microbiology.

BI 664 Pathogenic Microbiology
3 s.h.
Study of disease caused by microorganisms with emphasis on human
pathogens. Both epidemiology and aspects of host-parasite relationships.

66 - The Graduate School at IVP

Lab stresses methods of isolation and identification of pathogens. Prereq-
uisite: Microbiology.

BI 699 Independent Studies
1-3 s.h.
Individual or small group instruction, by tutorial and intensive litera-
ture survey, in a particular area not covered by a student's course work or
thesis research. By arrangement with instructor and approval of graduate
director. Maximum of six hours to be used toward the degree.

MI 500 Problems in Marine Science
3 s.h.
Independent study for the advanced student in marine sciences.
Topics are selected from areas offered by the Marine Consortium, and
studies are directed by the instructor in that area. Prerequisite: consent of
instructor.

BI 850 Thesis
2-6 s.h.

NOTE: Summer courses offered at the Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology
may be taken for biology elective credit.

Business

The College of Business offers three separate graduate programs: The
Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.), the Master of Education in
Business (M.Ed.), and the Master of Science in Business (M.S.).

Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.)

The Master of Business Administration degree program is designed to
serve the needs of junior- and intermediate-level business executives who
are seeking additional knowledge and skills to do a more efficient job of
problem solving and decision making. Also, the program is structured to
give recent college graduates advanced training in business management
prior to entry into a business career. The M.B.A. may be taken on either
a part-time or full-time basis. Courses are scheduled for both day and
night sessions, including a full schedule of course offerings in the summer.

Core I of the program consists of ten undergraduate prerequisite courses
(31 s.h.) that are designed to provide a foundation in the basic concepts
and techniques used in today's business world and prepare the student for
the graduate courses in business administration.

Core II of the program consists of 33 credit hours in courses that provide
advanced knowledge in the functional and applied areas of business. The
33 credit hours consist of eleven graduate courses (eight required courses

Programs and Courses - 67
Business

and three elective courses chosen by the student from an approved Hst).
Students are not required to have a specific major in the M.B.A. pro-
gram. The objective of the program is to offer the student either the op-
portunity to sample a variety of fields of business or to develop depth in
one special area of interest. Students who wish to develop a stronger con-
centration than the M.B.A. program allows should consider the Master of
Science in Business degree.

Normally, a student with a recent bachelor's degree in Business Adminis-
tration from a fully accredited university will have completed all of the
Core I courses. This will enable the student to complete the M.B.A. pro-
gram in one year of full-time study, whereas a nonbusiness major will re-
quire two years — one year for the Core I or undergraduate courses and
one year for the Core II or graduate course requirements. Part-time stu-
dents typically require between two and five years to complete the
program.

Students who have been admitted to the M.B.A. program and who have
Core I prerequisites remaining may receive special permission to take some
of the courses elsewhere. Students must receive specific permission for all
such courses from the College of Business graduate coordinator. Also, it
is possible to complete some of these courses by examination only. Again,
advance permission is required.

Students seeking enrollment in the M.B.A. program or the M.S. in Busi-
ness program must take the Graduate Management Admission Test
(GMAT) before admission to the degree program and the graduate classes.
Information about the GMAT can be obtained from the Educational Test-
ing Service, Princeton, NJ 08540 or from lUP University Testing Services,
which is located in Career Services ([412)357-2235).

Course Requirements for the M.B.A. Degree

Core I

Thirty-one s.h. in the following undergraduate courses with a grade of
"C" or better: AD 235, AG 201, AG 202, EC 122, FI 310, IM 241, MA
121, MG 360, MK 320, QB 215.

Students will be given credit for Core I undergraduate prerequisite courses
taken at lUP or at other appropriate institutions with prior permission.
See the lUP undergraduate catalog for course descriptions. Students
should contact the College of Business graduate coordinator to ascertain
the appropriateness of prior undergraduate work and any special requests
for prerequisite waivers. Prior written permission is required to take
courses at any other institutions.

68 - The Graduate School at lUP

Core II

Thirty-three credit hours in the following graduate courses:

A. Required: AG 607*, EC 634, Fl 630, IM 640, MG 613, MG 695, MK
603, and QB 601. *Not open for students with credit for AG 311 Cost
Accounting or its equivalent.

B. Three courses chosen by the student in the following elective graduate
courses:

Accounting: AG 501, AG 512, AG 531, AG 608, AG 610, AG 612,

AG 613.

Administrative Services and Business Education: AD 610, AD 633.

Finance: FI 510, FI 520, FI 522, Fl 631, FI 632, FI 635.

Management Information Systems: IM 550, IM 551, IM 570, IM 580,

IM 641, IM 642.

Management: MG 623, MG 630, MG 631, MG 635, MG 636, MG 642,

MG 645.

Marketing: MK 521, MK 530, MK 531, MK 610, MK 611, MK 621.

Quantitative Business: QB 602, QB 604.

Other: 581/681 Special Topics courses offered by AD, AG, BE, FI,

IM, MG, MK, and QB departments; other business-related courses

with prior approval of the College of Business graduate coordinator.

Students may take one 500-leveI course without permission of the College
of Business graduate coordinator. Additional 500-level courses require pri-
or written approval. Students may elect one graduate-level course outside
the College of Business in related fields as an elective with prior approval
of the College of Business graduate coordinator. Examples of other such
areas may include Labor Relations, Economics, and other related fields.

Master of Education in Business (M.Ed.)

The Master of Education in Business degree is designed to permit business
teachers to broaden their understanding of business, to study current
teaching procedures, and to update their knowledge in the new technolo-
gies used in business.

Business Education teachers with appropriate prerequisites can earn, at the
graduate level, certification in accounting, data processing, marketing, and
distributive education while pursuing the Master of Education degree
program.

Distributive Education teachers seeking to broaden their background in
marketing, merchandising, and management may emphasize these areas in
the Master of Education degree program.

While the program was designed for students who have completed the un-
dergraduate curriculums in Business Education or Distributive Education,
including certification requirements, other students may apply but will be

Programs and Courses - 69
Business

required to complete the undergraduate Business Education requirements
as a prerequisite. Individuals without an undergraduate degree in business
may pursue graduate work leading to certification in Distributive Edu-
cation.

Cooperative education certification may be earned by teachers holding a
valid Pennsylvania teaching certificate or its equivalent.

Upon admission to the Graduate School, each student is assigned an ad-
viser who will assist the student in scheduling his/her program of studies.
Prior to admission to candidacy for the degree of Master of Education in
Business, the student must take the Graduate Record Examination apti-
tude test. Information about this examination can be obtained from the
Educational Testing Service, Princeton, NJ 08540 or from lUP University
Testing Services, which is located in Career Services ([412J357-2235).

Course Requirements for the M.Ed. Degree

Students must complete 30 semester hours with no less than fifty percent
of the courses taken at the 600 level for the degree distributed as follows:

I. Professional Development Area — 3 courses (9 s.h.)

A. Humanistic Studies (3 s.h. — One of the following: FE 611,
FE 612, FE 613 or FE 514.

B. Behavioral Studies (3 s.h.) — One of the following: EP 604,
EP 573, EP 576, EP 578, CE 639, or EX 631.

C. Research (3 s.h.) — GR 615.

II. Specialized Core — 3 courses (9 s.h.) AD 610, BE 650, and
either BE 660 or BE 661. (Note: Students seeking certification
in Distributive Education may substitute DE 510 or DE 513
for BE 660 or BE 661.)

III. Subject Area and/or Thesis — 4 courses (12 s.h.)

BE 850 Thesis (3 s.h.) (optional) and/or any additional gradu-
ate courses listed in this catalog under AD, AG, BE, DE, FI,
IM, MG, MK, or QB. Other related courses may be allowed
with the consent of the College of Business graduate coor-
dinator.

Courses in Specialized Core Area and Subject Area should be scheduled
early in the student's program.

For description of FE courses, see section on Foundations of Education;
for EP courses. Educational Psychology; for CE courses. Counselor Edu-
cation; for EX course. Special Education.

For description of GR courses, see entry under "General Service
Courses."

70 - The Graduate School at lUP

Master of Science in Business (M.S.)

The Master of Science in Business degree is designed to provide students
with the mastery of one functional area of business administration in de-
tail, as well as a solid background in the necessary supporting areas. The
student will elect to concentrate in one of the following: Accounting,
Finance, Management, Marketing, Management Information Systems, or
Office Administration. The Master of Science in Business program differs
from the M.B.A. program, which is designed to provide a more general
background.

The student is required to take a series of undergraduate prerequisite
courses that provide a foundation in the basic concepts and techniques
used in today's business world. These prerequisite courses are identical to
those required by the M.B.A. program. If the student has not had these
courses at the undergraduate level, they will be taken at lUP. With prior
permission, some of the courses may be taken at other accredited institu-
tions. In some instances, course credit may be given by examination for
these prerequisite courses. Please contact the College of Business graduate
coordinator for information concerning the prerequisite courses. Also,
please see the section of the M.B.A. program for additional discussion on
these prerequisite or Core I undergraduate level courses. Required prereq-
uisite courses are AD 235, AG 201, AG 202, EC 122, FI 310, IM 241,
MA 121, MG 360, MK 320, and QB 215. Students must have achieved a
grade of no less than "C" in each of these courses.

Prospective M.S. in Business students must submit a written statement to
the College of Business graduate coordinator explaining career goals and
the area of specialization or functional field in which concentration is
desired. The graduate coordinator and the student will develop a program
tailored for the student's specific needs. The program will include a listing
of courses to be taken for completion of the degree requirements.

Students seeking enrollment in the M.S. in Business program must take
the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) before admission
into the degree program. This test is administered by the Educational
Testing Service, Princeton, NJ 08540, and may be taken in conjunction
with lUP University Testing Services, which is located in Career Services,
([412] 357-2235).

Course Requirements for the M.S. Degree
(36 credits)

I. Required Courses (9 hours): AG 607, IM 640, MG 695

II. Research Area (9-12 hours): QB 601, MK 621, and Thesis (3-6 s.h.)

Programs and Courses - 71
Business

III. Area of Concentration or Specialty (12-15 hours):
Functional area of business selected by student. Courses to be
specified by the department and College of Business graduate coor-
dinator from courses listed in "Areas of Concentration" section.

IV. Elective Area (0-6 hours)

Business electives to be selected by student from available graduate
courses in business administration or related fields.

Areas of Concentration/EIectives (12 to 15 semester hours selected from
the following areas by the student and approved by the College of Busi-
ness graduate coordinator): Accounting: AG 501, AG 512, AG 531, AG
608, AG 610, AG 612, AG 613. Finance: FI 510, FI 520, FI 522, FI 630,
FI 631, FI 632, FI 635. Management Information Systems: IM 550, IM
551, IM 570, IM 580, IM 641, IM 642. Management: MG 613, MG 623,
MG 630, MG 631, MG 635, MG 636, MG 642, MG 645. Marketing: MK
521, MK 530, MK 531, MK 603, MK 610, MK 611. Office Administra-
tion: AD 512, AD 515, AD 610, AD 612, AD 633.

Course Descriptions

Course Scheduling Restrictions: Students may not take courses for gradu-
ate credit at the 500 level if they already have undergraduate credit for the
same course.

Students taking courses for which they do not have appropriate prerequi-
sites will not receive graduate credit toward completion of the M.S. in
Business or the M.B.A. for such courses.

Accounting

AG 501 Advanced Accounting
3 s.h.
Study of business combinations and consolidations as well as account-
ing problems of specialized nature such as goods on consignment, install-
ment sales, receivership accounts, agency and branch accounting.
Prerequisite: AG 302 or equivalent (9 s.h. of Accounting).

AG 512 Advanced Cost Accounting
3 s.h.
Theory, preparation and use of budgets, analysis of cost variances,
direct costing, and extensive analysis of various cost control and profit
planning programs. Prerequisite: AG 311.

AG 531 Auditing

3 s.h

A study of auditing theory and practical application of auditing stan-
dards and procedures to the verification of accounts and financial state-
ments, working papers, and audit reports. Prerequisite: AG 301.

72 - The Graduate School at lUP

AG 581 Special Topics in Accounting
3 s.h.
Covers advanced or exploratory topics within the discipline. Specific
content developed by instructor. Content will vary depending on specific
topics. May be repeated by specific approval. Prerequisite: permission of
the instructor and College of Business graduate coordinator.

AG 607 Management Accounting
3 s.h.
Designed for management personnel who are not accountants but who
need to understand the accounting process and the use of accounting in-
formation by management in making decisions and in performance evalua-
tion. Prerequisite: AG 202. Not open for credit for students with
constructive credit for AG 311.

AG 608 Seminar in Accounting Issues
3 s.h.
Designed to offer students the opportunity to explore the conceptual
framework for accounting and reporting and to study, research, and de-
bate various controversial issues of current interest to the accounting
profession as well as any other accounting area of mutual interest to them
and their instructor. The theme of the seminar will be different every time
it is offered. Prerequisite: AG 302 or instructor's permission.

AG 610 Accounting Systems
3 s.h.
Accounting principles applied to constructing accounting systems.
Special attention is given to problems of management as they relate to ac-
counting systems by developing a system to give management the informa-
tion desired for effective operation of business. Prerequisite: AG 301.

AG 612 Advanced Tax Accounting
3 s.h.
Develops further knowledge of federal income tax laws as they apply
to corporations, estates, and trusts. Federal estate tax and gift tax are also
explored. Prerequisite: AG 421.

AG 613 Financial Statements Analysis
3 s.h.
Detailed analysis and interpretation of financial statements using the
various purposes and coverage of the accounting principles underlying the
data to be analyzed. Prerequisite: AG 202.

AG 681 Special Topics in Accounting
3 s.h.
Covers advanced or exploratory topics within the discipline. Specific
content developed by instructor. Content will vary depending upon the in-
terests of instructor and students with instructor choosing specific topics.
May be repeated by specific approval. Prerequisite: permission of the in-
structor and the College of Business graduate coordinator.

Programs and Courses - 73
Business

AG 699 Independent Study in Accounting
1-3 s.h.
Individual research and analysis of contemporary problems and issues
in a concentrated area of study under the guidance of a senior faculty
member. Prerequisite: consent of instructor, departmental chairperson,
and dean. College of Business.

AG 850 Thesis
1-6 s.h.
For students writing the thesis, AG 850 should be scheduled for the
semester in which they plan to complete their work. The thesis may be a
noncommittee thesis (1-3 s.h.) with one faculty member serving as the stu-
dent's adviser or a committee thesis (4-6 s.h.) for which the student's ad-
viser, two additional faculty members, the College of Business graduate
coordinator, and/or the representative of the dean, College of Business,
may constitute the committee.

Administrative Services and Business Education

AD 512 Administrative Office Services
3 s.h.
Presentation of fundamental principles and practices used in the de-
velopment of an office. Specialized areas such as systems analysis, work
simplification, forms design, word processing, office machines and equip-
ment, records management, office design and layout, office location and
physical environment, office supervision, office manuals, and development
of office personnel will be discussed.

AD 515 Records Administration
3 s.h.
Development of the principles of records administration, including
creation, use, maintenance, and destruction. Storage facilities, records
classification, forms analysis, control of records, as well as micro-image
systems, will be discussed.

AD 610 Business Communications and Report Writing
3 s.h.
Study and comparison of effective communications. Emphasis is on
positive approach, clear statements, good form, and structure. Organiza-
tion and preparation of reports used in business, government, and educa-
tion. Techniques of collecting, interpreting, and presenting information
useful to executives.

AD 612 Office Organization and Management
3 s.h.
Duties and responsibilities of office manager, principles of practical
office management and their application. Includes survey and analysis of
manuals and their use; selection, training, pay, and promotion of office
employees; controlling expenses and measuring office efficiency; quality
and quantity standard; purchase and use of equipment; and report
writing.

74 - The Graduate School at lUP

AD 614 Executive Secretarial Training
3 s.h.
Stresses application of secretarial skills and knowledge and impor-
tance of good human relations in offices. Develops methods of com-
plementing secretarial training so that high school graduates may become
competent, proficient, and well-adjusted secretaries.

AD 632 Current Business Economic Problems
3 s.h.
Provides opportunity for students to gain insights into relationship of
business to many facets of society, impact of major societal groups upon
business, and nature of obstacles that businesspeople face in day-to-day
operations. Review and analysis of basic economic concepts and principles
will serve as a basis for study of selected economic problems of current in-
terest and concern to business and society.

AD 633 Case Problems in Business Law
3 s.h.
Deals with solution of case problems as applied to various topics in
the field of business law. Prerequisite: AD 235 or equivalent.

AD 634 Consumer Economic Problems
3 s.h.
Program for the education of intelligent consumers in how to gain the
maximum satisfaction from goods and services. An effort will be made to
develop an appreciation of the problems of the producer and distributor
as well as of the consumer.

AD 670 Economic Backgrounds of Business
3 s.h.
Overview of economic environment in which business and other agen-
cies operate. Students will gain a broad perspective of business operations
through such topics as business organization and management, consump-
tion of goods, business risks, business cycle, budgeting, and investments.
Not open to business majors but is designed as a general studies course
for other programs.

AD 699 Independent Study in Administrative Services
1-3 s.h.
Individual research and analysis of contemporary problems and issues
in a concentrated area of study under the guidance of a senior faculty
member. Prerequisite: consent of instructor, departmental chairperson,
and College of Business dean.

BE 650 Principles and Problems of Business Education
3 s.h.
Surveys basic principles and practices of business education. Among
the topics considered are history of the high school business program, pur-
poses, attitudes of management and labor toward education, relationship
of general education to business education, trends in the field.

Programs and Courses - 75
Business

BE 660 Improvement of Instruction in Secretarial Courses
3 s.h.
Provides business teachers with a working philosophy and practical
approach to teaching of secretarial subjects— shorthand, typewriting, tran-
scription, and office practice. Teaching procedures basic to development
of vocational proficiency in shorthand, typewriting, transcription, and
office practice. Covered are content, methods, teaching aids, available in-
structional materials, measurement of skills, and standards of
achievement.

BE 661 Improvement of Instruction in Accounting and Basic Business
Courses

3 s.h.
Problems and techniques in teaching accounting and basic business
courses including objectives, place and purpose of accounting and basic
business courses, curricular organization, teaching techniques, instructional
materials, resource materials, course standards, testing, and evaluation.
For experienced or prospective high school, vocational-technical school,
and community college teachers of accounting, general business, consumer
economics, business mathematics, economics and business principles and
management.

BE 676 Special Studies in Business and Distributive Education
1-6 s.h.
Special topics in business and distributive education. Topics will be
announced well in advance of registration.

BE 699 Independent Study in Business Education
1-3 s.h
Individual research and analysis of contemporary problems and issues
in a concentrated area of study under the guidance of a senior faculty
member. Prerequisite: consent of instructor, departmental chairperson,
and College of Business dean.

BE 850 Thesis
1-6 s.h.
For students writing the thesis, BE 850 should be scheduled for the
semester in which they plan to complete their work. The thesis may be a
noncommittee thesis (2 s.h.) with one faculty member serving as the stu-
dent's adviser or a committee thesis (4-6 s.h.) for which the student's ad-
viser, two additional faculty members, the College of Business graduate
coordinator, and/or the representative of the dean of the College of Busi-
ness may constitute the committee.

DE 510 Methods and Evaluation in Distributive Education I
3 s.h.
To acquaint prospective teacher-coordinators with objectives of voca-
tional distributive education, including state plan and curriculum. To un-
derstand programs in organizing, administering, and supervising a
complete cooperative program.

76 - The Graduate School at lUP

DE 513 Methods and Evaluation in Distributive Education II
3 s.h.
Acquaints students with basic principles of group and individual in-
struction in various subject matter areas, as well as methods of presenta-
tion. Students prepare unit plans, lesson plans, demonstrations, and
evaluations. Prerequisite: DE 510 or DE 413.

DE 620 Retail Organization and Management

3 s.h.

Directed toward problems of retail management. Includes present-day
trends in retailing, personnel management, merchandise control, pricing,
promotion, services, accounting, and expense control.

DE 640 Internship in Office and Distributive Occupations

4 s.h.

Students who do not have extensive business experience are given the
opportunity to work full time for six weeks in a business position under
supervision. Evening seminars are held weekly to discuss problems related
to work experience program. A written report of the experience will be re-
quired. Individualized instruction course.

DE 653 Administration and Supervision of Vocational Education
3 s.h.
An introductory course in administration and supervision of vocation-
al education. Historical background and problems connected with budget-
ing procedures and practices, teacher qualifications, certification, selection
and assignments, in-service programs, rating and evaluating vocational
techniques, classroom and personnel supervision, vocational teachers' con-
ferences, curriculum construction and revision, selection and maintenance
of equipment, establishing and using standards of achievement, guidance
selection, placement, and follow-up programs will be covered.

DE 654 Cooperative Vocational Education
3 s.h.
To develop administrative procedures necessary for planning, organiz-
ing, and coordinating cooperative vocational education programs. Major
topics include historical background of cooperative vocational education
programs, program development, supervision, public relations, the teacher-
coordinator and the job, labor laws governing such a program, and
desired educational outcomes. Leads to Cooperative Education Teacher
certification. Prerequisite: DE 653.

DE 699 Independent Study in Distributive Education
1-3 s.h.
Individual research and analysis of contemporary problems and issues
in a concentrated area of study under the guidance of a senior faculty
member. Prerequisite: consent of instructor, departmental chairperson,
and College of Business dean.

Programs and Courses - 77
Business

Finance/Managcmenf Information Systems

Fl 510 Financial Institutions and Markets
3 s.h.
Review of entire structure of financial institutions, money and capital
markets (of which the business enterprise is both a supply and demand
factor), and the structure and dynamics of interest-rale movements.
Prerequisites: EC 325, Fl 324, or permission of College of Business gradu-
ate coordinator.

Fl 520 Investment Analysis
3 s.h.
Integrates the work of various courses in the finance areas and
familiarizes the student with the tools and techniques of research in the
different areas of investments. Prerequisites: AG 301, Fl 310, Fl 324, or
permission of College of Business graduate coordinator.

Fl 522 Seminar in Finance

3 s.h.

A course primarily for the senior finance major, covering topics in all
areas of finance by using recent articles, cases, discussions, speakers, and
a financial simulation game. Prerequisites: Fl 310, Fl 320, Fl 324, or per-
mission of College of Business graduate coordinator.

Fl 581 Special Topics in Finance
3 s.h.
Covers advanced or exploratory topics within the discipline. Specific
content developed by instructor. Content will vary depending upon the in-
terests of instructor and students with instructor choosing specific topics.
May be repeated by specific approval. Prerequisite: permission of instruc-
tor and College of Business graduate coordinator.

Fl 630 Financial Management
3 s.h.
An extension of basic managerial finance, dealing with theory and
practice of analyzing companies, financial planning, capital budgeting,
management of working capital, and obtaining funds for the corporation.
Prerequisite: Fl 310

Fl 631 Advanced Financial Management
3 s.h.
Purpose is to provide the business manager with various approaches
and methods for solving capital budgeting decisions and evaluating invest-
ment proposals. Topics will include capital budgeting techniques and ap-
plications, decisions under certainty and uncertainty, capital rationing, and
methods of evaluating and classifying investments. Prerequisite: Fl 630.

Fl 632 Seminar in Finance
3 s.h.
Covers topics in all areas of finance by using recent articles, cases,
discussions, speakers, and a finance simulation game. Designed to bring
together all aspects of finance. Prerequisite: Fl 630.

78 - The Graduate School at lUP

FI 635 Principles of Investments in Securities
3 s.h.
Introduces many forms of existing investment policies. Attention is
given to operation of stock markets, concepts and terminology of invest-
ing, mutual funds and their function, investment clubs, and problems in-
volved in making investments through brokers, bankers, and stock
promoters. Prerequisite: FI 630.

FI 681 Special Topics in Finance
3 s.h.
Covers advanced or exploratory topics within the discipline. Specific
content developed by instructor. Content will vary, depending upon the in-
terests of instructor and students, with instructor choosing specific topics.
May be repeated by specific approval. Prerequisite: permission of the in-
structor and the College of Business graduate coordinator.

FI 699 Independent Study in Finance
1-3 s.h.
Individual research and analysis of contemporary problems and issues
in a concentrated area of study under the guidance of a senior faculty
member. Prerequisite: consent of instructor, departmental chairperson,
and College of Business dean.

FI 850 Thesis
1-6 s.h.
For students writing a thesis, FI 850 should be scheduled for the
semester in which the student plans to complete his/her work. The thesis
may be a noncommittee thesis (1-3 s.h.) with one faculty member serving
as the student's adviser or a committee thesis (4-6 s.h.), for which the stu-
dent's adviser, two additional faculty members, the College of Business
graduate coordinator, and/or the representative of the dean of the College
of Business may constitute the committee.

IM 550 Database Theory and Application
3 s.h.
The analysis of data structures and database, management systems and
their implementation in COBOL. Prerequisite: CO 220 or IM 255, and IM
350.

IM 551 Systems Analysis
3 s.h.
Develops understanding of concepts and techniques, involving conven-
tional and structured approaches to analyzing problems of business infor-
mation systems and systems definition feasibility, as well as quantitative
and evaluative techniques of business information systems analysis.
Prerequisite: IM 255 or CO 220.

IM 570 Systems Design
3 s.h.
Students learn tools and techniques for design of a business system.
Along with classroom discussions of principles and techniques for analyz-

Programs and Courses - 79
Business

ing, designing, and constructing the system, students will formulate system
teams to analyze the problems of an existing business information system,
to design an improved system, and to control implementation of new sys-
tem. Prerequisites: IM 451/551, IM 450/550.

IM 580 Distributed Business information Systems
3 s.h.
Study of the techniques involved in planning, design, and implementa-
tion of distributed processing systems. Distributed marketing, financial,
and corporate accounting systems are included. Prerequisite: IM 451/551
or by instructor's permission.

IM 581 Special Topics in Management Information Systems
3 s.h.
Covers advanced or exploratory topics within the discipline. Specific
content developed by instructor. Content will vary depending upon the in-
terests of instructor and student, with instructor choosing specific topics.
May be repeated by specific approval. Prerequisite: permission of instruc-
tor and College of Business graduate coordinator.

IM 640 Management Information Systems
3 s.h.
This course introduces MIS concepts and theories to the graduate stu-
dent. It deals with information processing and communication as they re-
late to the development and design of effective business applications.
Computer system hardware, software, and database management concepts
are discussed in terms of the integration of specific business subsystems
into a comprehensible organizational management information system.
Managerial involvement in the planning, utilization, and control of infor-
mation systems is emphasized. Prerequisite: IM 241.

IM 641 Business Data Processing I
3 s.h.
Covers the theory operation of remote computer terminals. The
BASIC language is used to write computer programs for business
mathematics and bookkeeping problems for the business education and
distributive education teacher. Interactive programs utilizing the computer
will be used for the training. Not open for students with credit for IM
451/551.

IM 642 Business Data Processing II
3 s.h.
Develops the principles of COBOL language programming with
specific applications for the teachers of business and distributive educa-
tion. The course builds upon the basic concepts of data processing deve-
loped in IM 641. Special emphasis placed on computer-based instruction
and programmed instruction as used with the remote terminals. The value
of library programs will be demonstrated. Prerequisite: IM 641 or equiva-
lent. Not open for students with credit for IM 470/570.

80 - The Graduate School at lUP

IM 681 Special Topics in Management Information Systems
3 s.h.
Covers advanced or exploratory topics within the discipline. Specific
content developed by instructor. Content will vary depending upon the in-
terests of instructor and students with instructor choosing specific topics.
May be repeated by specific approval. Prerequisite: permission of the in-
structor and the College of Business graduate coordinator.

IM 699 Independent Study in Management Information Systems
1-3 s.h.
Individual research and analysis of contemporary problems and issues
in a concentrated area of study under the guidance of a senior faculty
member. Prerequisite: consent of instructor, departmental chairperson,
and College of Business dean.

IM 850 Thesis
1-6 s.h.
For students writing a thesis, IM 850 should be scheduled for the
semester in which the student plans to complete his/her work. The thesis
may be a noncommittee thesis (1-3 s.h.) with one faculty member serving
as the student's adviser or a committee thesis (4-6 s.h.) for which the stu-
dent's adviser, two additional faculty members, the College of Business
graduate coordinator, and/or the representative of the dean of the College
of Business may constitute the committee.

QB 601 Quantitative Methods
3 s.h.
Introduction to the concepts and methods of scientific problem solv-
ing in management. Students will learn to formulate mathematical models
of complex decision problems and to solve these problems using quantita-
tive methods. Topics covered include linear programming, inventory
models, network models, waiting line models, and simulation. Prerequi-
site: QB 215, MA 121.

QB 602 Seminar in Management Science
3 s.h.
Builds upon the basic concepts developed in QB 601 dealing with the
theory and application of mathematical models in an organizational en-
vironment. This course is intended for the student who will actually be
working with such models in his/her future occupation. Topics to be co-
vered include more advanced methods of linear programming, nonlinear
programming, dynamic programming, and simulation. Prerequisite: QB
601.

QB 604 Seminar in Methodology of Business Research
3 s.h.
Designed to help students acquire a basic understanding of the
research process and a knowledge of the research methods needed in the
design and execution of a competent applied behavioral research. Empha-
sis will be on measurement and scaling, survey research, and data analysis.
Prerequisite: QB 601.

Programs and Courses - 81
Business

Management

MG 613 Organizational Analysis
3 s.h.
An integrative course oriented toward an empirical analysis of the
phenomena and theories of large, complex, formal organizations, inter-
group phenomena are also treated as they pertain to the larger organiza-
tion. Special study is made of the organization as an economic,
decision-making, bureaucratic, and political system. The analysis and de-
sign of organizations is viewed from a number of perspectives, including
classical theory and case analysis, to illustrate and extend the major topics
of the course. Prerequisite: MG 360.

MG 623 Seminar in Personnel
3 s.h.
Designed to offer the M.B.A. student the opportunity to research,
study, and discuss various theories, principles, concepts, and issues of cur-
rent interest to business and personnel managers. The case method will be
emphasized, and the focus or theme of the seminar may be different each
time it is offered. Prerequisite: MG 613.

MG 630 Management Theory
3 s.h.
Study of development, nature, and meaning of basic functions of
management. Emphasis will be placed upon functional activities of an or-
ganization at all levels of management and the application of these princi-
ples. Prerequisite: MG 613.

MG 631 Management Development and Training
3 s.h.
A survey of the major aspects, trends, and methodologies in manage-
ment development and training as these specializations are being practiced
in enterprises in the advanced Western nations. Prerequisite: MG 613.

MG 635 Seminar in Management and Organizational Leadership
3 s.h.
Studies of theory and research in the leadership of groups and organi-
zations with application to the management fields of business, industry,
and labor. The debate, research, and study of controversial leadership is-
sues of current interest to management and preparation of a research
paper by the student in his/her occupational interest area are required.
Prerequisite: MG 613.

MG 636 The Evolution of Management
3 s.h.
This course examines the backgrounds, roles, and influences of major
contributors and analyzes the various movements in management thought.
Prerequisite: MG 613.

82 - The Graduate School at lUP

MG 642 Organizational Behavior

3 s.h.
Study of human motivations and their constructive application to all
aspects of business. Psychological basis of human relations will be deve-
loped as it applies in the business world. Major topics include employer-
employee relations, labor relations, stockholder relations, customer rela-
tions, community relations, and public relations. Prerequisite: MG 613.

MG 645 Case Problems in Business Human Relations
3 s.h.
Application of principles of personnel management in solution of
problems in human relations. Students will be required to solve realistic
problems in human relations found at all echelons of management. Em-
phasis will be placed on actual problems encountered in day-to-day work
activities. Prerequisite: MG 642 or equivalent.

MG 681 Special Topics in Management
3 s.h.
Covers advanced or exploratory topics within the discipline. Specific
content developed by instructor. Content will vary depending upon the in-
terests of instructor and students, with instructor choosing specific topics.
May be repeated by specific approval. Prerequisite: permission of the in-
structor and of the College of Business graduate coordinator.

MG 695 Business Policy
3 s.h.
Provides the graduate student an opportunity to utilize, integrate, and
apply the theories, concepts, principles, and tools acquired during his/her
business education (accounting, finance, marketing, management, manage-
ment information systems, statistics, etc.) to real-world business problems
and situations. Utilizes lectures, case studies, library research, field
research, simulations, role playing, group decision making, and other stra-
tegic planning exercises. Prerequisite: 15 hours of graduate business
courses.

MG 699 Independent Study in Management
1-3 s.h.
With the approval of the department, students will select one or more
topics of critical importance in the field and will meet with faculty for in-
dependent reading, analysis, and evaluation. Prerequisite: approval of
department chairperson and College of Business graduate coordinator.

MG 850 Thesis
1-6 s.h.
For students writing the thesis, MG 850 should be scheduled for the
semester in which they plan to complete their work. The thesis may be a
noncommittee thesis (1-3 s.h.), with one faculty member serving as the
student's adviser or a committee thesis (4-6 s.h.), for which the student's
adviser, two additional faculty members, the College of Business graduate
coordinator, and/or the representative of the dean of the College of Busi-
ness may constitute the committee.

Programs and Courses - 83
Business

Marketing

MK 521 Marketing Research
3 s.h.
Research procedures and techniques appHcable to problem solving in
the marketing field. Critical analysis of research techniques with considera-
ble emphasis placed on the use of information gathered. Prerequisite: MK
320.

MK 530 International Marketing
3 s.h.
International marketing is analyzed with consideration given to the
significance of government regulation, organization structures of export
and import enterprises, and credit policies. Prerequisite: MK 320.

MK 531 Industrial Marketing
3 s.h.
Considers major activities involved in marketing of industrial goods
and services. Prerequisite: MK 320.

MK 603 Marketing Management
3 s.h.
An analytical and quantitative approach to decision making and the
planning, development, implementation, and control of a marketing pro-
gram. Prerequisite: MK 320.

MK 610 Marketing Behavior
3 s.h.
Study of risks, costs, and methods of distribution, pricing, laws, and
product design as interpreted by different segments of consumers, as
differentiated by income levels, age, marital status, and other demographic
measures. Prerequisite: MK 603.

MK 611 Marketing Communications
3 s.h.
Basic principles of marketing communications, such as sales promo-
tion and advertising, together with a consideration of the major problems
encountered in the management of those activities. Emphasizes the deter-
mination of basic promotional strategy, selection of advertising media, de-
termination of advertising appropriations, and advertising research.
Prerequisite: MK 603.

MK 621 Marketing Research
3 s.h.
Methodologies and strategies for the conduct of marketing research,
including the applicability of decision theory; analysis of univariate, bivar-
iate, and multivariate data; survey research; observation; experimentation;
panels and other forms of primary and secondary data collection; mul-
tivariate techniques of multidimensional scaling; and factor, cluster, and
discriminant analysis. Prerequisite: MK 603.

84 - The Graduate School at /UP

MK 681 Special Topics in Marketing
3 s.h.
Covers advanced or exploratory topics within the discipline. Specific
content developed by instructor. Content will vary, depending upon the in-
terests of instructor and students, with the instructor choosing specific
topics. May be repeated by specific approval. Prerequisite: permission of
the instructor and of the College of Business graduate coordinator.

MK 699 Independent Study in Marketing
1-3 s.h.
With the approval of the department, students will select one or more
topics of critical importance in the field and will meet with faculty for in-
dependent reading, analysis, and evaluation. Prerequisite: approvals of
department chairperson and College of Business graduate coordinator.

MK 850 Thesis
1-6 s.h.
For students writing the thesis, MK 850 should be scheduled for the
semester in which they plan to complete their work. The thesis may be a
noncommittee thesis (1-3 s.h.), with one faculty member serving as the
student's adviser or a committee thesis (4-6 s.h.) for which the student's
adviser, two additional faculty members, the College of Business graduate
coordinator, and/or the representative of the dean of the College of Busi-
ness may constitute the committee.

Chemistry

The Chemistry Department offers two different degree programs on the
master's level: the Master of Science and the Master of Arts degrees.

The Master of Science degree is for the chemist who intends to pursue
further graduate work leading to a Ph.D. or who intends to work as a
professional chemist and desires to become more competent in chemistry.
This degree is research oriented, and successful completion of an ex-
perimental thesis is required. Also, two consecutive semesters of residency
are required.

The Master of Arts degree is designed to meet the needs of the chemist
who is currently a full-time employee of a chemical or academic institu-
tion and who wishes strengthening in those areas relevant to the profes-
sional position. The emphasis here is on course work. The student may
also pursue this degree on a full-time basis.

Four core courses, one in each of the areas of inorganic, organic, analyti-
cal, and physical chemistry, are required in the M.S. and M.A. pro-
grams.* Beyond this point, the programs separate, with the M.S. and
M.A. student taking more specialized work in chemistry along with an ex-
perimental research problem.

Programs and Courses - 85
Chemistry

The M.A. candidate will take more specialized work in chemistry and will
be encouraged to take courses outside the sciences it' they are relevant to
the particular area of employment.

General admissions requirements: Students should have completed one
year each of general chemistry, analytical chemistry, organic chemistry,
physical chemistry, general physics, and calculus. Students wishing to
specialize in biochemistry should also have had an undergraduate course in
biochemistry. A student deficient in the above areas of study may also be
admitted provided these deficiencies are made up concurrently with the
student's graduate studies.

*An exception to this is afforded the student wishing to specialize in
biochemistry.

Master of Arts in Chemistry

I. Industrial/teaching experience: Before the degree of M.A. in chemis-
try can be granted, the applicant must have had three years of full-
time employment in an approved area of chemistry. Only those years
of employment after obtaining the bachelor's degree may be counted.
This experience meets the university residency requirements.

II. Course requirements include 14 hours in the following: CH 540, 600*,
610, 620, and 630.

III. Course electives (10 to 16 semester hours) — Any graduate-level courses
selected from the natural sciences and mathematics with the permis-
sion of the candidate's adviser. Special permission from the Chemistry
Department's Graduate Committee will be required for courses out-
side the sciences.

IV. Thesis requirements (0, 2, or 4 semester hours)
The student has three options:

A. Thesis not required — A total of 30 semester hours in suitable
courses are acceptable.

B. No-Committee thesis (CH 850-2 s.h.)— Refer to the steps in satis-
fying the research requirement for submitting a "Two-Hour, No-
Committee Thesis."

C. Committee thesis (CH 850-4 s.h.) — If the candidate is doing
research as part of full-time employment, that research may be
submitted as a thesis, provided approval is given in advance by the
employer and the chemistry Graduate Committee. The candidate's
employment supervisor may serve as an ex-officio member of the
thesis committee.

* The M.A. candidate is not required to attend all daytime seminars but is
required to present two seminars and is expected to attend the evening
seminars.

86 - The Graduate School at lUP

Master of Science in Chemistry

Residence requirements: The student shall be in residence a minimum
of two consecutive semesters of full-time work. Students working as
graduate assistants and/or making up deficiencies can expect to be in
residence for at least two years.

Course requirements: For those specializing in analytical, inorganic,
organic, or physical chemistry:

A. Required courses (15 s.h.): Four core courses; CH 620, CH 610,
CH 630, and CH 540, and one additional three-hour course desig-
nated by a chemistry 600 number selected from one of the four
areas of analytical, inorganic, organic, or physical chemistry.

B. Electives (6 s.h.): The electives may be selected from the areas of
chemistry, physics, biology, and mathematics by the student with
the advice and approval of the adviser. CH 500, Special Studies,
can provide a maximum of 3 semester hours toward the 30
semester hours necessary for the degree.

III. Course requirements: For those specializing in biochemistry:

A. Required Courses (12 s.h.), including CH 646, 623, 630 and BI
662.

B. Electives (at least 9 s.h.), including at least one of the following:
BI 663, 553, 652, 653 or 654 and any graduate courses in the
natural sciences and mathematics mutually agreed upon by the stu-
dent and adviser.

IV. Research and thesis requirements:

A. The research work must lead to an acceptable thesis, approved by
the student's adviser and the supervisory committee and defended
in a final oral examination.

B. Seminar — 2 s.h. required in CH 600.

C. CH 690 for at least 3 hours.

D. CH 850 Thesis — 4 s.h., taken during the term in which student is
writing the M.S. thesis.

For description of BI courses, see section on Biology.

Course Descriptions

General

CH 500 Special Studies
1-6 s.h.
Intensive survey of literature in a particular area as well as individual
instruction on recent advances in chemical instrumentation, methods of
research, and specialized subject areas. To be arranged with instructor.

Programs and Courses - 87
Chemistry

CH 502 Chemistry in Manufacturing Process
3 s.h
A course on the apphcations of chemistry to manufacturing processes.
Lecture and field trips, lecture — 3 hours.

CH 503 Glassblowing Techniques
1 s.h.
Introduces science student to techniques necessary for construction
and modification of scientific glass apparatus. Two-hour lecture
instruction.

CH 576 Radiochemistry
3 s.h.
Basic aspects of nuclear structure, phenomena of radioactive isotopes,
and chemical effect on such isotopes. Concurrent lab work utilizing instru-
ments for detection and measurement of radioactive nuclides used in
chemical experimentation. Four-hour lecture/laboratory.

CH 600 Seminar
1 s.h.
A study of modern chemical research and research techniques. Scien-
tific communication, including the role of the science laboratory in
research. The student will present one oral report. Lecture — 1 hour.

CH 605 Experimental Techniques in Chemistry
3 s.h.
Experimentation, observation, and application of scientific concepts.
Classroom and lecture demonstrations will be prepared, presented, and
evaluated by students and instructor. Prerequisites: Chemistry I, II; Physics
I, II. Four-hour lecture/laboratory.

CH 633 Chemical Literature
3 s.h.
Periodicals, encyclopedias, handbooks, abstracting journals, and other
sources dealing with various divisions of chemistry will be studied. Stu-
dents are required to conduct a literature search on a selected topic.
Lecture — 3 hours.

CH 690 Research
1-6 s.h.
Laboratory and literature investigation of student's thesis problem
done under the direction of a faculty member. Within the first 15 hours
of course work, the student must schedule at least 1 credit of research for
which the student performs the literature review and writes a research
proposal.

CH 699 Independent Study
1-6 s.h.
Available to students who seek to deepen their knowledge in some
specific aspect of chemistry. The student must discuss the nature of the in-

The Graduate School at lUP

dependent study with a faculty member having expertise in the area prior
to registration. Special attention to development of new ideas and new
ways of presenting scientific principles.

CH 850 Thesis

2 or 4 s.h.

For students writing the thesis. Should be scheduled for the semester
in which the student plans to complete work. May be a noncommittee the-
sis (2 semester hours), with one faculty member serving as adviser, or a
committee thesis (4 semester hours), for which the student's adviser, two
additional faculty members, and the dean of the College of Natural
Sciences and Mathematics constitute the committee.

Inorganic

CH 512 Inorganic Preparations

3 s.h.

Preparation of inorganic compounds expressing different techniques
of synthesis. Designed for those students who have chosen to do inorganic
research but who have never had a prep course. Four-hour lecture/
laboratory.

CH 610 Inorganic Chemistry (core course)
3 s.h.
Theoretical inorganic chemistry and, in particular, structure, periodici-
ty, coordination chemistry, bonding, and chemistry of nonaqueous sol-
vents. Lecture — 3 hours.

CH 611 Coordination Chemistry
3 s.h.
Chemistry of transition metals, their compounds and complex ions.
Lecture — 3 hours.

CH 615 Current Topics in Inorganic Chemistry
3 s.h.
Representative elements, chemistry of rare earth elements, inorganic
spectroscopy, group theory, or any other special areas of chemical in-
terest.

Analytical

CH 521 Advanced Instrumental Methods of Analysis
3 s.h.
Modern instrumental analysis, including electrical, spectrophotomet-
ric, x-rays, gas chromatography, and other methods. (Open to M.S. and
M.A. candidates by permission only.) Four-hour lecture/laboratory.

CH 620 Analytical Chemistry (core course)
3 s.h.
Theoretical principles of analytical chemistry. Lecture — 3 hours.

Programs and Courses - 89
Chemistry

CH 621 Electroanalytical Chemistry
3 s.h.
Theoretical and practical considerations of polarographic, amperomet-
ric, coulometric, and conductometric methods of chemical analysis.
Lecture — 2 hours; laboratory — 4 hours.

CH 622 Spectrochemical Methods of Analysis
3 s.h.
Study of instrumentation and analytical applications of ultraviolet and
visible absorption, atomic spectrometry, fluorescence, x-ray spectrometry,
and nuclear magnetic resonance. Lecture — 2 hours; laboratory — 4 hours.

CH 623 Physical and Chemical Methods of Separation
3 s.h.
Application of chromatographic methods to the quantitative separa-
tion and analysis of chemical systems. Topics will include gas, column,
paper and ion exchange chromatographic methods, and other methods of
separation as time permits. Lecture — 2 hours; laboratory — 4 hours.

Organic

CH 531 Organic Qualitative Analysis
3 s.h.
Gives student experience in systematic identification of various classes
of organic compounds by both chemical and physical methods. Four-hour
lecture/laboratory.

CH 535 Current Topics in Organic Chemistry
3 s.h.
With selections to meet the needs of the students, possible topics may
include reaction mechanisms, molecular spectroscopy, stereochemistry,
natural products, heterocyclics, polymer chemistry, and organic synthesis.

CH 630 Organic Chemistry (core course)
3 s.h.
Principles of physical chemistry will be applied to the study of organ-
ic reaction mechanisms. Lecture — 3 hours.

Physical Chemistry

CH 540 Physical Chemistry (core course)
3 s.h.
An introduction to spectroscopy and molecular structure. Lecture — 3
hours.

CH 641 Statistical Thermodynamics
3 s.h.
The application of statistical mechanics to chemical systems.
Lecture — 3 hours.

90 - The Graduate School at lUP

CH 643 Quantum Chemistry
3 s.h.
An introduction to quantum theory and its appHcation to atomic and
molecular structure and spectroscopy. Lecture — 3 hours.

CH 645 Current Topics in Physical Chemistry
3 s.h.
With selection to meet the needs and interests of the student, possible
topics include quantum mechanics, molecular structure, chemical ther-
modynamics, statistical mechanics, and chemical kinetics.

Biochemistry

CH 646 Biochemistry
3 s.h.
Topics covering and emphasizing most recent developments in the
areas of biochemistry, such as amino acids, carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic
acids, proteins, enzymes, metabolism, and metabolic control. Lecture — 3
hours.

CH 651 Biochemistry Topics
3 s.h.
A discussion of areas such as carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, pro-
teins, nucleic acids, kinetics, and metabolism. Lecture — 3 hours.

CH 652 Enzymes
3 s.h.
A study of enzymes to include isolation, kinetics, classification, speci-
ficity, mechanisms, cofactors, structure, and formation. Lecture — 3 hours.

Communications Media

Admission to the Master of Education program in Communications Media
is currently suspended. Individual course descriptions are included in this
catalog for students already admitted who are completing this degree.

Course Descriptions

CM 503 Scriptwriting
3 s.h.
Provides an introduction to scriptwriting for films and filmstrips.
Various styles and techniques of writing will be analyzed, and each stu-
dent will be expected to experiment with the techniques presented. Empha-
sis on writing and in-class criticism of student script.

CM 504 Foundations of Broadcasting
3 s.h.
An examination of the historical, legal, and economic aspects of
modern broadcasting. Extensive readings in fundamental theory and a

Programs unci Courses - 91
Communications

study of current station and network practices, educational as well as
commercial.

CM 505 Radio Production
3 s.h.
Instruction in the various techniques and applications of sound
production and programming for radio. Emphasis on planning, scripting,
and producing broadcast-quality radio programs, as well as commercial-
type announcements and station promotional devices.

CM 540 Communications Graphics
3 s.h.
Provides basic experience in planning and producing commonly used
television studio, industrial display, and classroom graphics which are ap-
plicable in educational, industrial, and medical training programs. Ex-
periences include layout and lettering; color; mounting and laminating
techniques; copying techniques such as Thermofax, photography, and
Xerography; photo silk screening; and photo sketching.

CM 544 Beginning Motion Picture Production
3 s.h.
Emphasis on effective use of motion picture camera editing tools to
make useful, locally produced teaching films. No previous experience is
necessary, but student should own or have access to an 8mm or 16mm
camera and an acceptable exposure meter.

CM 545 Applications and Techniques of Motion Pictures
3 s.h.
Production planning for motion pictures, directing, advanced picture
and sound editing techniques, and use of sound recording and lab facili-
ties. In addition to live-action cinematography, titling, animation, and spe-
cial effects photography will be investigated. Prerequisite: CM 544.

CM 549 Basic Audio Recording
3 s.h.
Theory and practices of recording sound and developing an under-
standing of language of sound recording and the ability to make sound
recordings. Exposure to recording for various media, including radio,
music, motion pictures, television, multi-image, and slide and tape produc-
tion. Students will gain hands-on experience through labs and projects to
be completed outside class.

CM 550 Advanced Audio Production
3 s.h.
Theory and practice of recording sound for motion pictures, video-
tapes, audiotapes, sound filmstrips, etc. Will use sound and other special
techniques.

92 - The Graduate School at lUP

CM 551 Basic TV Production and Direction
3 s.h.
Intensive lab course circuit facilities designed to develop skills in pro-
gram production and direction. Theory and practice of production are ex-
amined with each student expected to produce a television program during
the course.

CM 552 Electronic Field Production
3 s.h.
For advanced graduate students with prior training and experience in
television. Advanced television production techniques, set design, lighting,
special effects, and advanced editing techniques. Prerequisite: CM 551.

CM 561 Learning Systems Design
3 s.h.
Introduction to elements of systems approach to learning systems de-
sign. For people involved in any level of instruction such as teachers and
industrial, government, and social trainers. Participants will have the op-
portunity to study and carefully plan a learning system according to ac-
cepted phases of analysis, design, and evaluation.

CM 571 Beginning Photography
3 s.h.
Emphasis on using still picture camera and the darkroom for instruc-
tional purposes, the making of black-and-white negatives, 35mm slides,
copy work, developing black-and-white film, and black-and-white contact
printing and enlarging. Each student must have manual focusing and
manual exposure setting capability. No previous photographic experience
is necessary.

CM 572 Photography II
3 s.h.
Helps students develop their camera and printmaking skills to the ex-
tent that they can employ those processes to communicate an intended
message with their photographs. The students explore the characteristics
and uses of a variety of films. They learn several skills, such as copy
work, basic techniques of portrait lighting, and altering film development
to suit high- or low- contrast subjects. Prerequisites: CM 571 and permis-
sion of instructor.

CM 573 Creative Darkroom Techniques
3 s.h.
Introduces the student to a variety of photographic manipulations.
Specific assignments are chosen from such techniques as high-contrast im-
agery, tone line, bas-relief, posterization, texturization, paper negatives,
hand coloring, multiple printing, and photomontage. Prerequisites: CM
571 and permission of instructor.

Programs and Courses - 93
Communications Media

CM 577 Slide and Sound F'roduction
3 s.h.
Hmphasi/es techniques of color and black-and-white slide preparation,
duphcation, titling, and binding. Examines techniques necessary to
produce color filmstrips on a commercial basis, and students will partici-
pate in making of a filmstrip through all stages, from script to screen.
Techniques for making homemade filmstrips will also be explored. Each
student must furnish own 35mm camera and an acceptable exposure
meter. Prerequisite: CM 571.

CM 578 Multi-Image Production
3 s.h.
Introduction to scripting, storyboarding, and production of multi-
image presentations. Major emphasis on students' producing their own
three-screen, six-projector program through the use of computer program-
ming equipment. Prerequisites: CM 571 and 503.

CM 581 Special Topics
3 s.h.
Advanced topics, offered on an experimental basis, within the dis-
cipline of communications but not dealt with in other courses. Prerequi-
site: permission of the instructor.

CM 600 Seminar in Learning Resources
3 s.h.
Major emphasis on differences in learning materials, and learning and
teaching methods. The student will do literary research for a better under-
standing of how learning resources are related to learning processes in our
society.

CM 601 The Classroom Use of Motion Pictures
3 s.h.
Develops a basis for critical evaluation of films for various education-
al purposes. Emphasis on understanding of production techniques, stereo-
types, prejudices, and misconceptions which influence the quality of
educational films.

CM 602 Programming Systematic Instruction
3 s.h.
Covers historical development of theory and philosophy, audio in-
structional equipment, programmed texts, theories of programming, types
of programs available, and analysis and evaluation of research.

CM 615 Role of Learning Resources
3 s.h.
Examines role of perception as it pertains to sensory experiences and
inner cognitive processes in relationship to maturation, goals and drives,
and environment. Seeks to relate psychological processes to learning
resources, with emphasis on newer media.

94 - The Graduate School at IVP

CM 630 Classification and Cataloging of Learning Resources
3 s.h.
Principles of classifying and cataloging learning resources such as mo-
tion pictures, videotapes, filmstrips, slides, transparencies, disk and tape
recordings, microfilm, microcard and microfiche, flat pictures, etc. For
learning resources administrators and librarians.

CM 660 Media Management
3 s.h.
Considers the problems in setting up and managing an integrated pro-
gram, including production, selection, utilization, and management of
learning resources centers; problems of finance and organization of the
different services; relationships among school systems, colleges, and com-
munity adult groups; and evaluation standards for various services.

CM 669 Internship
2-6 s.h.
Supervised professional work experience in communications media.
Location, duties, length of internship, and hours are individually tailored
to student career goals. Sites represent wide application of process and
technology of communications in business, education, allied health, or
other agencies.

CM 681 Special Topics
3 s.h.
Intensive study of a specific area of communications beyond the
scope of other courses. Offering depends upon instructor and student in-
terest. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.

CM 699 Independent Study
1-3 s.h.
The student may elect, with approval of adviser, to do several differ-
ent independent study projects. University facilities and equipment are
provided, but student must supply materials and pay for processing and
production costs. Prerequisites: successful completion of the basic course
in the medium selected; the professor's approval.

Computer Science

The Computer Science Department does not currently offer a program
leading to a master's or doctoral degree. Graduate courses are offered as
dual level with undergraduate courses.

Course Descriptions

CO 510 Processor Architecture and Microprogramming
3 s.h.
The logical description of computer processor structure (architecture),
with emphasis on the microprogramming approach. Project assignments

Programs and Courses - 95
Computer Science

using the Microdata 1600 minicomputer at microlevel. Prerequisite: per-
mission of instructor.

CO 520 Modern Computer Languages
3 s.h.
Comparative study of the properties and applications of a range of
modern higher level programming languages, including APL, SNOBOL,
PL/1, ALGOL 60, PASCAL, LISP, and TRAC. Comparison with older
languages such as BASIC, FORTRAN, COBOL, and RPG. Prerequisite:
permission of the instructor.

CO 530 Introduction to Systems Programming
3 s.h.
Concepts and techniques of systems programming with an emphasis
on assembly and compilation of user programs. Representation of source
language so as to facilitate the needed translation process. Exercises using
the university computer and the departmental minicomputer and
microcomputer. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.

CO 541 Data Base Management
3 s.h.
Review of database concepts. Detailed study of database management
approaches. Comparative presentation of commercially available database
management systems. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.

CO 550 Applied Numerical Methods
3 s.h.
Polynomial approximations using finite differences; applications in
numerical integration and differentiation. Numerical solution of initial
value ordinary differential equations; boundary value problems; difference
methods for partial differential evaluations. The APL language will be in-
troduced and used, along with FORTRAN, in programming selected al-
gorithms. Prerequisites: Computer Programming, Linear Algebra, and
Ordinary Differential Equations.

CO 560 Theory of Computation
3 s.h.
Formal methods for describing and analyzing programming languages
and algorithms; Backus-Naur forms; productions; regular expressions; in-
troduction to automata theory; Turing machines; recent concepts in al-
gorithm theory. Prerequisite: permission of instructor.

CO 581 Special Topics in Computer Science
3 s.h.
Seminar in advanced topics from computer science; content will vary
depending on the interests of the instructor and students (consult depart-
ment for currently planned topics). May be repeated for additional credit.
Prerequisite: permission of instructor.

96 - The Graduate School at lUP

Consumer Services

Graduate courses in consumer services are primarily designed to provide
in-depth study in particular areas of home economics.

Course Descriptions

CS 533 Consumer Services Study Tour
1-6 s.h.
Offered to broaden the scope of experience and understanding in
clothing, textiles, and interior design. Historic costumes, textiles, and
decorative arts are viewed. Fashion houses, designer salons, cottage indus-
try centers, retail stores, and museums are visited.

CS 553 Flat Pattern Design
3 s.h.
Garment design achieved by use of flat patterning techniques. An un-
derstanding is developed of the interrelationships of garment design,
fabric, fit, and construction processes. Two major projects required. One-
hour lecture, three-hour laboratory.

CS 554 Tailoring
3 s.h.
Various tailoring methods are studied and applied in the selection, fit-
ting, and construction of a tailored garment. Consumer problems in the
selection of ready-to-wear apparel are investigated. A research study or
project is required. One-hour lecture, three-hour laboratory.

CS 555 Draping
3 s.h.
In-depth study of the principles involved in fashion design, draping
principles, and the manipulation of fabric to conform to the human
figure. Student will pad a form to individual measurements and will de-
sign garments that are both individual and original. Two major projects
required. One-hour lecture, three-hour laboratory.

CS 556 Historic Costume
3 s.h.
Chronological study of historic costume from ancient times to the
present day, emphasizing style details as well as social, economic, political,
religious, and aesthetic influences on design of clothing. Three lecture
hours.

CS 561 Microwave Cooking Technology
3 s.h.
Study of the electronic technology, selection, care, and use of the
microwave oven. Basic physical and chemical concepts related to micro-
wave cooking will be included. Individual investigative research problems
will be required. Two lecture hours plus two lab hours per week.

Programs and Courses - 97
Consumer Services
Counselor Education

CS 562 Historic Interiors
3 s.h.
Chronological study from ancient times to the mid-nineteenth century
of the dominant influences and characteristics of historical interiors, furni-
ture, and ornamental design. Emphasis placed upon style detail and its
relationship to social, economic, political, religious, and aesthetic influence
and to the contemporary scene. Paper required. Three lecture hours.

CS 563 Modern Interiors
3 s.h.
Chronological study from mid-nineteenth century to the present of the
dominant influences and characteristics of twentieth-century interiors, fur-
niture, and ornamental design. Emphasis placed upon style detail and its
relationship to social, economic, political, religious, and aesthetic influence
and to the contemporary scene. Paper required. Three lecture hours.

CS 564 Interior Planning and Drawing
3 s.h.
Lifespace analysis and design as related to residential applications.
Presentation, appropriate media, equipment, and techniques will be
stressed. Freehand and mechanical methods will be employed to depict
floor plans, elevations, and construction details. A research project related
to professional interests is required. One-hour lecture, three-hour lab per
week.

Counselor Education

Department offerings include Master of Arts and Master of Education
degree programs. Commonwealth-approved programs leading to certifica-
tion as elementary school counselor, secondary school counselor, supervi-
sor of guidance services, and supervisor of pupil personnel services are
also available. Applicants to the counseling services, school counseling,
and certification programs are required to attend an admissions workshop
as a part of the admissions process. Workshops are scheduled during each
semester. Applicants who successfully complete the initial screening
process are invited to attend the admissions workshop.

Master of Arts in Adult
and Community Education

The Master of Arts in Adult and Community Education (ACE) is a pro-
gram designed to develop leaders in the fields of adult and community
education. Graduates from the program work in business and industry,
hospitals and health-related institutions, schools, universities, colleges, and
other educational institutions, community agencies, the military, religious
organizations, volunteer associations, and many other types of organiza-
tions. The program assists professionals in acquiring skills to develop and
implement educational programs in a wide variety of settings.

98 - The Graduate School at lUP

The ACE program addresses the needs of each student through individual
programming and flexible scheduling. Students are encouraged to relate
theory and course content to their areas of interest. The program offers a
balance of academic preparation, practical field experience, and individual
research.

A minimum of 36 credit hours are required for the M.A. in Adult and
Community Education. These include a core requirement of thirty hours:
AC 620, AC 621, AC 622, AC 623, AC 625, AC 735, AC 740, GR 615,
and AC 745 or AC 850. There are also 6 credit hours of electives. Stu-
dents may take a thesis (AC 850) or non-thesis (AC 745) option. Students
electing the non-thesis option will be required to complete a comprehen-
sive examination.

Master of Arts in Counseling Services

The Master of Arts degree program in Counseling Services is designed for
students seeking preparation leading to counseling-related employment in
community and business settings. Degree programs are individually
designed to prepare students to work in a variety of settings, including
mental health centers, drug and alcohol treatment programs, specialized
community agencies, vocational or rehabilitation programs, correctional
institutions, health care settings, social services, and business and industry.

Students enrolled in the Master of Arts degree program will complete 36
(includes thesis) or 39 (without thesis) hours of credit for the degree. The
program requires the following courses or their equivalents: CE 620, CE
633, CE 637, CE 639, CE 741, CE 755, GR 516, and GR 615. Students
are also required to take from 9 to 12 hours in supporting courses.

Master of Arts in Student Affairs
in Higher Education

Professional preparation in this program is designed for students who seek
employment in student affairs in higher education. All students are re-
quired to complete an internship in their potential area of employment.
Students in the program complete 33 credit hours for the degree. The fol-
lowing courses or their equivalent are required for the degree: CE 633, CE
637, CE 741, GR 516, GR 615, ST 626, ST 627, ST 728, ST 629, and ST
730. Students must take a minimum of 3 credit hours in electives. Stu-
dents electing the non-thesis option will be required to complete a compre-
hensive examination.

Master of Education

Students seeking the Master of Education degree who do not plan to ob-
tain commonwealth certification as a school counselor must complete 33
credit hours for the degree. The following courses are required: CE 629 or

Programs and Courses - 99
Counselor Education

CE 639, CE 631, CE 633, FE 611, 612 or 613, GR 516, and CiR 615. In
addition to the required courses, students may take 15 additional credit
hours. Twelve of these credit hours must carry an AC, CE, or ST prefix.
Courses are selected on the basis of the student's personal needs and voca-
tional goals.

Master of Education - School Certification
Programs

Elementary and Secondary School Counselors — To qualify for institutional
endorsement and commonwealth certification, the student must complete a
45 credit-hour competency-based program to include supervised practicum,
advanced practicum, and field experience.

While teaching experience is not a prerequisite for admission, students
should have or obtain an understanding of educational philosophy, child
or adolescent growth and development, objectives, and practices. They
should also understand the basic principles of psychology, sociology, and
related fields and possess sufficient background in mathematics to compre-
hend the statistical concepts and methods with which the counselor must
be familiar. Students seeking commonwealth School Counseling certifica-
tion will take the following (27 credit hours): CE 631, CE 633, CE 638,
CE 730, CE 755, FE 611 or FE 612 or FE 613, GR 516, and GR 615.

In addition, students pursuing commonwealth certification in Elementary
School Counseling are required to take (18 credit hours): CE 625, CE 626,
CE 627, CE 629, CE 740, and two three-credit approved electives.

In addition, students interested in the Secondary School Counseling certifi-
cation program must enroll for CE 635, CE 636, CE 637, CE 639, CE
741, and two three-credit approved electives.

Supervisor of Guidance Services and Supervisor of Pupil Personnel
Services — These two areas in which a certificate of advanced study is
awarded are competency-based, management-oriented programs. They are
designed for the preparation and certification of guidance services supervi-
sors or pupil personnel services supervisors in grades K-12. Applicants for
both certificates must have suitable academic credentials, to include the
master's degree. The supervisor of guidance services applicant must have
at least one year of experience as a school counselor. The supervisor of
pupil personnel services applicant must have at least one year of ex-
perience as a pupil personnel specialist.

Students in both certificate programs will take the following core courses
or their equivalents: CE 645, CE 646, CE 647, CE 730, CE 743, CE 744,
CE 751, CE 798, CO 502, FE 515, and MG 630.

Students in the Supervisor of Guidance Services program will also take CE
650.

J 00 - The Graduate School at I UP

Students in the Supervisor of Pupil Personnel Services program will take
CE 749 in addition to the core courses.

Both certificate programs require the completion of a minimum of 48
credit hours, which includes a 12-hour internship.

Course descriptions for required courses outside the department may be
found in the following areas: CO courses, see Computer Science; FE
courses. Foundations of Education; GR courses, General Service Courses;
and, MG courses. Business Management.

Course Descriptions

AC 620 Introduction to Adult and Community Education
3 s.h.
A survey course which examines the fields of adult and community
education philosophically and historically and in terms of current pro-
grams and processes. The course includes the study of adult and commu-
nity education principles and concepts as well as available literature and
resources.

AC 621 The Adult Learner
3 s.h.
This course focuses on the adult as a learner: physiological, psycho-
logical, sociological, and intellectual characteristics and how they affect
learning.

AC 622 Program and Process Development in Adult and Community
Education

3 s.h.
A knowledge and skill-building course designed for present and future
adult and community education practitioners. This how-to course exa-
mines concepts and practices relevant to program development in tradi-
tional and nontraditional educational settings.

AC 623 Organization and Administration in Adult and Community Edu-
cation

3 s.h.
This course introduces the student to basic theories of educational ad-
ministration and management and organizational structure. It includes a
study of and application of the tasks, tools, strategies, and leadership role
of the adult and community education administrator. Prerequisites: per-
mission.

AC 625 Teaching and Learning in Adult and Community Education
3 s.h.
This course examines teaching-learning theories as they relate to
adults, the teaching-learning process in a variety of educational learning
settings, instructional methods, techniques and devices which are effective

Programs and Courses -101
Counselor Education

with adults, and instructional designs and evaluative methods effective in
the teaching-learning process. Prerequisites: permission.

AC 735 Seminar in Adult and Community Education
3 s.h.
This course has a research emphasis. It involves an intensive study of
special topics in adult and community education. Research content varies
according to student interest. Prerequisites: permission.

AC 740 Internship in Adult and Community Education
6 s.h.
This is an individually designed field project in which students work
with a site project adviser and a university adviser. The six-credit intern-
ship is a single project designed in two phases, each earning three credits.
Prerequisite: permission.

AC 745 Practical Research in Adult and Community Education
3 s.h.
Practical research in adult and community education is designed to
have students conduct and report a formal research study in their field of
interest. Students formulate a research problem and design a plan of in-
quiry that will provide an answer(s) to their stated research problem. Stu-
dents must be able to interpret their research findings and communicate
them both orally and in writing at a professional level. Prerequisite: per-
mission.

AC 850 Thesis
3 s.h.

CE 620 Community Counseling
3 s.h.
Provides an introduction to the work of the community counselor in
a variety of roles in many different settings.

CE 625 Individual Analysis (Children under 12)
3 s.h.
Principles, problems, methods, and content involved in understanding
the child and his/her developing self-concept.

CE 626 Career Education
3 s.h.
Study of how education and the community help all individuals be-
come familiar with the values of a work-oriented society and the integra-
tion of these values into their personal value structure.

CE 627 Consultative and Counseling Theory
3 s.h.
Theories, objectives, principles, and practices of consulting and coun-
seling with individuals and groups are covered. Emphasis is placed on
techniques and practices related to children.

102 - The Graduate School at lUP

CE 629 Group Procedures
3 s.h.
Emphasis is placed upon understanding and developing group tech-
niques related to the development and growth of children counseling with
individuals and groups are covered. Emphasis is placed on techniques and
practices related to children.

CE 631 Introduction to Guidance Services
3 s.h.
Overview of genesis and development of guidance in American educa-
tion, including philosophical concepts, psychological theories, cultural and
social influences, and current practices.

CE 633 Evaluation Techniques
3 s.h.
Basic statistical and measurement concepts utilized in testing and test
interpretations, emphasizing data concerning purposes and types of tests,
test administration, scoring, validity and reliability, and principles of test
selection for school and community settings.

CE 635 Individual Analysis
3 s.h
Principles, problems, methods, and content involved in understanding
the adolescent and adult and their developing self-concepts. Prerequisite:
CE 633.

CE 636 Career Development
3 s.h.
Emphasizes how individuals acquire self and vocational knowledge,
skills, and abilities, which lead to effective career decisions. Considers
career education, vocational development, decision-making skills, and the
processing and use of information.

CE 637 Counseling and Consultative Theory
3 s.h.
Theories, objectives, principles, and practices of counseling and con-
sulting with individuals are covered. Counseling skills and interviewing
techniques are presented and practiced to prepare the student for the prac-
ticum experience.

CE 638 Management of the Guidance Services
3 s.h.
Helps the school counselor acquire necessary competencies to manage
guidance services. Emphasis placed upon planning, organizing, actuating,
and controlling functions of management as applied to the guidance serv-
ices. Prerequisites: CE 631, 633, 636, 637, and 639 or their equivalents.

Programs and Courses - 103
Counselor Education

CE 639 Group Procedures
3 s.h.
Emphasis will be placed upon the nature of groups, techniques in-
volved in the development of group dynamics, formation and operation of
groups, organization and structure of groups, and the influence of the
group. Prerequisite: CE 637.

CE 645 Human Relations and Communications
3 s.h.
Emphasis will be placed on the development of human relations and
communications skills in human service organizations. Human relations
theories, principles, and techniques to elicit cooperation from personnel
participating in the organization will be developed.

CE 646 Interpersonal Sensitivity
3 s.h.
Participants will explore their interpersonal interaction style in groups
and individually. Human potential of the students will be developed as
they enter into authentic, honest, and trusting relationships within the con-
text of a small-group experience, encouraging an examination and under-
standing of oneself and one's impact on others.

CE 647 Pupil Services

3 s.h.

Philosophy, objectives, and roles of each of the pupil services will be
considered. Emphasis will be placed on the team approach to services.
Pupil services will be viewed as a facilitating function contributing to the
development of individual pupils and to the success of the instructional
and management processes of the school.

CE 652 Skills Approach to Decision Making

3 s.h.

Decision making is viewed as a multidimensional life process which
integrates all facets of self in life planning and goal settings. Games, role
play, group work, and related experiences are utilized in providing ex-
periential exposure to a diversity of decision-making models which can be
applied to a variety of work settings.

CE 699 Independent Study

1-3 s.h.

Topic pertinent to the individual's program of study. By permission
of department chairperson and adviser only.

CE 730 Professional, Ethical, and Legal Considerations

3 s.h.

Emphasis is placed on professional, legal, and ethical issues associated
with the human services. It analyzes the function of ethics in the profes-
sion and the study of legal rights, duties, and liabilities of human service
practitioners.

104 - The Graduate School at IV P

CE 740 Supervised Practicum - Child

3 s.h.

Practice in developing and using individual and group techniques for
those who work with children. Observing, interviewing, and consulting
procedures will be developed. Prerequisite: CE 627.

CE 741 Supervised Practicum - Adolescent/ Adult

3 s.h.

Practicum experience in counseling and consulting techniques, includ-
ing interviews, observations, written reports, and group interaction. Tech-
niques for working with adolescents and adults are emphasized. Emphasis
is placed on the development of effective interpersonal relationship skills.
Prerequisite: CE 637.

CE 742 School Services

3 s.h.

Examines how the educational philosophies and objectives of elemen-
tary and secondary schools are related to the development of the
philosophy and objectives of the school services — instructional, manage-
ment, and pupil.

CE 743 Planning Human Services
3 s.h.
Students will critically analyze the written philosophies and objectives
of the human service field in which they plan to practice. Students will de-
velop plans based on the philosophy and objectives of the organization
that include personnel, facilities, materials, and money.

CE 744 Organizing Human Services
3 s.h.
Students will identify tasks necessary to execute plans which will ful-
fill the objectives of the organization. Personnel qualified to perform the
tasks will be identified. Techniques to relate tasks to personnel will be exa-
mined and appropriate organizational patterns developed. Prerequisite: CE
643.

CE 748 Advanced Research in Counselor Education
3 s.h.
Research literature in counselor education and research design are co-
vered. The student will develop and present a trial dissertation proposal.

CE 749 Principles of Supervision
3 s.h.
Designed to permit the student to study theory, research, and evolving
concepts of supervision.

CE 750 Supervision of Human Development Specialists
3 s.h.
A practicum designed to provide allied experience in supervision of
the human development practitioner. Focus is placed on assisting others in
the process of developing interpersonal counseling relationship skills.

Programs and Courses - 105
Counselor Education

CE 751 Evaluation Principles
3 s.h.
Student will evaluate programs of services as related to the objectives
of the student's potential fields of practice. Emphasis will be placed on
the development of appropriate research and preparation and reporting of
recommendations based upon findings. Prerequisites: CE 643 and 644.

CE 755 Field Experience
3 s.h.
Provides a supervised field placement for students in the counselor
education programs. The plan and scope of the field experience will be de-
termined by the student and supervising faculty on an individual basis.
Prerequisite: Certification, core courses, and specialty required courses.

CE 798 Internship in Counselor Education
12 s.h.
The internship provides an opportunity to apply didactic experiences
in an actual work setting. Sites must be approved by the department.

CE 950 Dissertation
12 s.h.

ST 626 History of Higher Education in the United States
3 s.h.
Growth and trends in higher education with emphasis on the twen-
tieth century. In addition to the traditional modes of postsecondary educa-
tion, continuing education programs, community colleges, and adult
education will also be examined. A secondary focus will be the evolving
role of student affairs.

ST 627 Student Personnel Services in Higher Education
3 s.h.
Overview of student personnel work in higher education, highlighting
functional areas of student personnel, organization, philosophy, and the
role of the services applied to the institution and the profession.

ST 629 Student Development in High Education
3 s.h.
Provides an overview of student development theories and the student
development model. Includes the application of assessment, goal setting,
intervention strategies, environmental management, and evaluation in
higher education settings. Explores issues such as changing sex roles, sexu-
al identity, life planning, and needs of special student groups.

ST 728 Internship in Student Personnel Services
3 s.h.
Affords the student an opportunity to gain practical experience in
dealing with theories of his/her specialties. Includes one or two semesters
in one of the student personnel offices at lUP or another institution under
the leadership of a departmental director or coordinator.

106 - The Graduate School at lUP

ST 730 Management of Student Personnel Services
3 s.h.
The course teaches managerial concepts and skills for managing stu-
dent personnel programs or services. Concepts covered include the Process
School of Management, Situational Leadership, Ethics, and Management
Theory models.

Criminology

The Department of Criminology offers a program of study leading to a
Master of Arts and a Doctor of Philosophy degree in Criminology. The
programs are designed to prepare graduate students for careers in acade-
mia as well as upper-level administrative positions in various fields of
justice. The programs allow the student to choose from a wide selection of
courses within the Department of Criminology as well as elective courses
in related departments.

Master of Arts in Criminology

Department Admission Requirements

In addition to meeting the requirements for admission to the Graduate
School, a student intending to work toward a Master of Arts in Criminol-
ogy will be required to have the following prerequisite academic and/or
professional preparation:

A. Students should be able to demonstrate a sound understanding of
criminological theory and the criminal justice system (generally
satisfied by a B.A. degree in criminology, criminal justice, or
related field); or,

B. Students should have knowledge gained through experience within
the system of justice system or by specialized training or complet-
ed graduate or undergraduate studies in a related field.*

*A11 applicants for the Master of Arts degree in Criminology program
must possess the essence of knowledge offered in the undergraduate (B.A.)
program core courses. These courses are

CR 102 Survey of Criminology

CR 210 Criminal Law

CR 300 Theory of Complex Criminal Justice Organizations

CR 306 Criminological Research Methods

CR 400 Theoretical Criminology

CR 401 Contemporary Issues in Criminology

If, upon the consideration of the Department of Criminology Graduate
Committee, an applicant is deemed to be deficient, the department,
through the master's coordinator, will require appropriate undergraduate
courses to remove these deficiencies.

Programs unci Courses - 107
Criminology

Master of Arts in Criminology

Students must choose between a thesis or no-thesis curriculum:
Thesis Degree Requirements — A total of 36 semester hours is required,
including CR 600, CR 601, CR 605, CR 610, CR 630, CR 631, CR 849,
and CR 850. Courses required from other disciplines include Philosophy
of Ethics and Statistics. A student may be exempt from either of these re-
quirements if he/she has demonstrated competency as determined by the
master's coordinator. Students who elect the thesis option must also com-
plete 6 hours of elective courses for a total of 36 hours.

No-Thesis Degree Requirements — A total of 36 semester hours is re-
quired, including CR 600, CR 601, CR 605, CR 610, CR 630, CR 631,
and CR 849. Courses required from other disciplines include Philosophy
of Ethics and Statistics. A student may be exempt from either of these re-
quirements if he/she has demonstrated competency as determined by the
master's coordinator. Students who elect the no-thesis option must also
complete 12 hours of elective work for a total of 36 hours.

Doctor of Philosophy in Criminology

Department Admission Requirements

It is expected that most students entering the Ph.D. program in Criminol-
ogy will have already completed a master's degree in either Criminology
or a closely related discipline. However, in select cases a highly qualified
applicant may enter the doctoral track only with a baccalaureate degree.
Such students would obtain the M.A. degree enroute to the Ph.D.

Applicants must meet all Graduate School admission requirements. Addi-
tionally, the doctoral coordinator, after consulting with the department
screening committee, will submit a recommendation regarding applicants
to the Graduate School. The following criteria are reviewed:

1. all college transcripts

2. three letters of recommendation

3. statement of goals

4. example of written work (thesis, articles, reports, etc.)

5. GRE scores (A combined score of 900 on the verbal and quantitative
sections is expected. Some flexibility may be granted at the discre-
tion of the screening committee.)

6. skill requirement (foreign language; computer or statistical ability; or
other skills approved by the screening committee or the department's
graduate curriculum committee)

7. personal interview (may be requested by department screening com-
mittee or by applicant)

Deficiencies in the skill requirement may be satisfied after admission. The
screening committee may request an interview with the applicant, or such
may be initiated by the applicant. Students may begin doctoral studies in
either semester or in some cases during the summer.

108 - The Graduate School at lUP

Curriculum

The Ph.D. program in Criminology is designed to be completed in ap-
proximately three calendar years of full-time study beyond the master's.
The curriculum requires a minimum of 54 semester hours of acceptable
graduate credit. Each student must complete requirements for (a) course
work; (b) special proficiency requirements; (c) comprehensive examina-
tions; (d) skill requirement, if needed; and, (e) dissertation.

A. Required Course Work

Al. Core Courses (18 semester hours): CR 710, CR 717, CR 720, CR

730, CR 740, and CR 750.
A2. Criminology Electives: 6 semester hours minimum
A3. Advanced Applied Research: 9 semester hours minimum
A4. Other Electives: 9 semester hours from Criminology or related

disciplines (to include graduate-level statistics)

B. Qualifying Examination: Upon completion of the core courses a stu-
dent must arrange with the doctoral coordinator to take the qualify-
ing examination to be based upon the core subject areas.
Aftersuccessful completion, a student may proceed toward fulfillment
of remaining degree requirements.

C. Special Proficiency Examination: Areas of Concentration — Each stu-
dent must decide upon one subspecialty within criminology. Upon
consultation with the student, the student's advisory committee, and
the doctoral coordinator, a proficiency exam will be administered.

D. Skill requirement: (0-6 semester hours) A deficiency in this area may
be remedied by completing one of the following alternatives:

- foreign language competency

- computer language skills

- advanced competency in statistics

- other appropriate courses/subjects as approved by the doctoral
coordinator

Further details regarding any of these skill requirements can be obtained
from the doctoral coordinator.

E. Dissertation: In accordance with university guidelines, successful com-
pletion of a doctoral dissertation is required (12 semester hours).

Residency

The following options are available to doctoral students for satisfying
residency requirements:

1. completion of a minimum of nine graduate credits at lUP in each of
at least two consecutive semesters

2. completion of a minimum of nine graduate credits at lUP for at least
one semester immediately preceding or following a summer of 9
semester hours of study

Programs and Courses - J 09
Criminology

3. completion at lUP of at least nine graduate credits in each of two
consecutive summers plus six graduate credits during the intervening
academic year

Part-Time Study

This program may admit each year some students whose intention is to
complete the program on a part-time basis. Course offerings can be ex-
pected to fluctuate, especially in the expansion of new course offerings. A
complete and updated description of any changes can be obtained from
the Department of Criminology.

Course Descriptions

CR 600 Criminological Theory
3 s.h.
An examination of criminological theories with emphasis on origins
and applications of relevant theoretical approaches to crime and criminally
deviant behavior. Required of all master's students.

CR 601 Proseminar
3 s.h.
Survey of current research, critical issues in the administration of
justice, and criminological theory. Designed to acquaint the student with
recent developments in the discipline of criminology. Required of all
master's students.

CR 605 Research Methods
3 s.h.
Methods and techniques of research in criminology. An in-depth ex-
amination of the role of research in the analysis, interpretation, and
clarification of problems in criminology and the administration of justice.
The development of a thesis prospectus will be the end product of the
course. Required of all master's students.

CR 610 Legal Issues in Criminology
3 s.h.
An in-depth study of contemporary legal issues faced by criminal
justice professionals. Emphasis is placed on criminal constitution problems
as well as the judicial review of administrative decisions made by criminal
justice organizations. Required of all master's students.

CR 630 Seminar in Administration and Management in Criminal Justice
3 s.h.
The study of bureaucracy and complex organization with emphasis on
the concepts and practices of the organization and management of agen-
cies in the administration of justice. Required of all master's students.

110 - The Graduate School at lUP

CR 631 System Dynamics in the Administration of Justice
3 s.h.
A study of dynamic systems and analytical techniques relevant for un-
derstanding new perspectives of the administration of justice. Required of
all master's students.

CR 650 Seminar in Advanced Criminological Thought
3 s.h.
An in-depth examination of select criminological thought.

CR 660 Seminar in Advanced Criminal Law
3 s.h.
A study of the theory of law as a means of social control, advanced
problems and issues in the use of the criminal sanctions and alternative le-
gal means of controlling deviant conduct.

CR 665 Criminal Justice Planning and Evaluation
3 s.h.
The study of planning and evaluation in criminology and the adminis-
tration of justice and of the literature and practices, including problems
and issues and tasks confronting planners and evaluators.

CR 670 Seminar in Contemporary Corrections
3 s.h.
An examination of current issues and problems in contemporary cor-
rections.

CR 675 Seminar in Contemporary Law Enforcement
3 s.h.
A social psychological examination of current issues and problems in
contemporary law enforcement.

CR 681 Special Topics
3 s.h.
Special topics courses are offered at the discretion of the department
in a wide area of subjects directly related to law enforcement, courts, cor-
rections, or security.

CR 685 Seminar in Contemporary Juvenile Justice and Delinquency
3 s.h.
An examination of current issues and problems in contemporary
juvenile justice and delinquency.

CR 690 Seminar in the Contemporary Judicial System
3 s.h.
An examination of current issues and problems in the contemporary
judicial system.

Programs and Courses -III
Criminology

CR 698 Graduate Readings in Criminology
3 s.h.
With faculty supervision, students will read at least six major crimino-
logical texts and participate in a seminar situation for the purpose of dis-
cussing the reading materials.

CR 699 Independent Study
3 s.h.
Research of a significant issue or problem in criminology or the ad-
ministration of justice. Instructor, coordinator, and chair approval re-
quired. May be taken twice for a maximum of 6 semester hours.

CR 710 Advanced Theoretical Criminology
3 s.h.
An intensive examination and critical analysis of the original works of
selected theorists. Major theorists will be chosen each semester based on
the interests of the professor and students.

CR 717 Advanced Qualitative Methods
3 s.h.
Explores the criminological research enterprise from the qualitative
perspectives. Focuses on the relationship among all components or
research design, including problem formulation, theory, data collection,
analysis, and presentation of findings. Students will individually design a
project and carry out preliminary stages of data collection. Permission re-
quired.

CR 718 Quantitative Strategies for Analysis in Criminology
3 s.h.
Computer analysis of quantitative data to the behavioral science of
criminology: the logic of data analysis, fundamentals of statistical proce-
dures commonly used in criminological analysis. Students also will learn to
critique published criminological research.

CR 720 Advanced Quantitative Methods
3 s.h.
An in-depth analysis of the logic and uses of advanced criminological
research models. Emphasis will be given to the use of quantitative research
techniques and perspectives as they relate to formal theory construction.

CR 722 Measuring Outcomes in Criminology
3 s.h.
In this course students will be challenged to address the important is-
sues associated with appropriately conceptualizing and measuring impor-
tant outcomes in Criminology/Criminal Justice. Topics to be covered
include, but are not limited to, understanding the measurement process,
measuring crime through official records, measuring delinquency and
criminal victimization, measuring punishments, sentencing, incarceration
and recidivism, and comparisons of UCR, NCS, and Self-Report
measures.

112 - The Graduate School at I UP

CR 730 Ethical and Philosophical Issues in Criminology
3 s.h.
An intensive examination of selected ethical and philosophical issues
currently facing the field of criminology. Issues for analysis will be drawn
from (but not limited to) such categories as the function of law; integrat-
ing theory and practice; ethical issues surrounding research strategies;
punishment forms; social control strategies; and crime and justice in the
future.

CR 740 Advanced Criminal Justice Policy
3 s.h.
A study of the impact of government crime policies on individuals
and groups. An examination of criminal justice policy formulation and
analyses of specific policies relevant to crime and the administration of
justice.

CR 745 Comparative Justice Systems
3 s.h.
An examination of criminological field research in diverse cultural set-
tings around the world. Special focus given to problem formulation, the-
ory construction, and general research design in comparative justice
systems.

CR 748 Criminal Violence: Theory, Research, and Issues
3 s.h.
An overview of general theories of violence and their applications to
criminal violence. A variety of research and policy/programmatic issues
will be explored, with attention given to issues relating to predicting dan-
gerousness.

CR 749 Victimology: Theory, Research, and Policy Issues
3 s.h.
The course will examine theoretical perspectives and research methods
as they impact on the research questions and findings in the field of victi-
mology. Class, race, age, and gender will be applied to analyze issues
regarding the role of the victim, kinds of victimization, fear of crime, vic-
timization of offenders and victims by the criminal justice system, and vic-
tim's compensation and human rights.

CR 750 Doctoral Colloquium in Criminology
3 s.h.
Provides an academic setting for graduate students to present research
and theoretical papers for group discussion. Special topics in criminology
will be selected each semester.

CR 781 Special Topics
3 s.h.

Programs and Courses - 113
Criminoloffy
Economics

CR 801 Advanced Applied Research I
3 s.h.
The application of selected principles of criminological theory and re-
search methods toward understanding and resolving specific problems of
justice processing.

CR 802 Advanced Applied Research II
3 s.h.
The application of selected principles of criminological theory and
research methods toward understanding and resolving specific problems of
justice processing.

CR 803 Advanced Applied Research III
3 s.h.
The application of selected principles of criminological theory and
research methods toward understanding and resolving specific problems of
justice processing.

CR 804 Advanced Applied Teaching Techniques
3 s.h.
A review of prominent models of effective teaching and the applications
of selected models of teaching theory to specific criminological courses.

CR 849 Comprehensive Examination
Os.h.
Written and/or oral examination to determine competency. Required
of all students during the semester in which they are enrolled for their last
graduate course.

CR 850 Thesis
3-6 s.h.

CR 950 Dissertation
1-12 s.h.

Economics

The Economics Department does not currently offer a graduate degree.
The graduate courses offered by the department are a component of
master's degree programs offered by other departments and colleges.

Course Descriptions

EC 501 Foundations of Modern Economics
3 s.h.
Not open to students who have credits of "C" or better in under-
graduate EC 121-122 sequence. Survey of micro and macroeconomics
designed for the student who is not already well grounded in the field.

114 - The Graduate School at lUP

EC 520 History of Economic Thought
3 s.h.
Examination of social, poHtical, intellectual, and economic origins of
work of prominent past economists and the content and impact of their
work. Prerequisite: EC 501, or credits of "C" or better in 6 semester
hours of Principles of Economics, or permission of instructor.

EC 521 Macroeconomic Analysis
3 s.h.
Covers national income theory with emphasis on causes and cures of
inflation and unemployment. Includes study of consumption and invest-
ment theories, fiscal and monetary policy, national income accounts, and
growth analysis. Prerequisite: EC 501, or credits of "C" or better in 6
semester hours of Principles of Economics or permission of instructor.

EC 522 Microeconomic Analysis
3 s.h.
Analysis of the theories of consumer demand, the firm, exchange,
market structures, distribution, and welfare economics. Prerequisite:
EC 501, or credits of "C" or better in EC 122 Principles of Economics II
or permission of instructor.

EC 525 Monetary Economics
3 s.h.
Structure and function of monetary institutions, including the Federal
Reserve System, commercial banks, and financial intermediaries, theory of
monetary economy, and monetary policy. Prerequisite: EC 501, credits of
"C" or better in 6 semester hours of Principles of Economics, or permis-
sion of instructor.

EC 530 Labor Economics
3 s.h.
History, structure, and operations of trade unions and employer or-
ganizations; major federal labor legislation; collective bargaining theory;
wage determination; current labor problems. Prerequisite: EC 501, credits
of "C" or better in 6 semester hours of Principles of Economics, or per-
mission of instructor.

EC 534 Economics of Corporate Decisions
3 s.h.
Applies economic theory to corporate decision making. Covers mathe-
matical solutions to various profit-maximization and cost-minimization
problems and examines statistical estimation of demand and cost func-
tions. Prerequisite: EC 501, credits of "C" or better in 6 semester hours
of Principles of Economics, or permission of instructor.

EC 536 State and Local Finance
3 s.h.
Analysis of the character and consequences of state and local govern-
ment revenue procurement, expenditures, and fiscal systems. Prerequisite:

Programs and Courses - 115
Economics

EC 501, credits of "C" or better in 6 semester hours of Principles of Eco-
nomics, or permission of instructor.

EC 541 Contemporary Economic Issues
3 s.h.
Problem areas of domestic economy. Primary focus in each semester
is determined by student-instructor interest. Prerequisite: EC 501, credits
of "C" or better in 6 semester hours of Principles of Economics, or per-
mission of instructor.

EC 545 International Economics
3 s.h.
Nature of world economy, international trade, international invest-
ment, current international institutions, and foreign economic policy of
the United States. Prerequisite: EC 501, credits of "C" or better in 6
semester hours of Principles of Economics, or permission of instructor.

EC 550 Comparative Economic Systems
3 s.h.
Basic economic issues in capitalism, socialism, communism, and fas-
cism and their relationship to political and social problems. Prerequisite:
EC 501, credits of "C" or better in 6 semester hours of Principles of Eco-
nomics, or permission of instructor.

EC 560 Economics of Health Service
3 s.h.
Analysis of the allocation of resources in the health sector using de-
mand and supply techniques. Pricing and output by physicians, hospitals,
and their health agencies are considered, along with national health insur-
ance and current policy issues. Prerequisite: EC 501, credits of "C" or
better in 6 semester hours of Principles of Economics, or permission of in-
structor.

EC 571 Economics of Labor Legislation
3 s.h.
Economic background and effects of governmental regulation of
labor relations, with emphasis on a detailed examination of the National
Labor Relations Act as amended. Prerequisite: EC 501 or permission of
instructor.

EC 572 Economics of Wages and Employment
3 s.h.
Analysis of wages and employment under various market structures.
Also, an analysis of the impact of labor market forces on wages, prices,
and distributive shares. Prerequisite: EC 501 or permission of instructor.

EC 573 Economics of Human Resources
3 s.h.
Analysis of the development and utilization of human resources with
an emphasis on the income and employment situation of minorities. Man-

116 - The Graduate School at lUP

power policy options designed to increase the value and use of human
resources are also explored. Prerequisite: EC 530 or permission of in-
structor.

EC 574 Economics of Education
3 s.h.
Analysis of the costs and benefits of education on economic growth,
the public and private process of determining investment in education, and
planning at the institutional level. Prerequisite: EC 501, credits of "C" or
better in 6 semester hours of Principles of Economics, or permission of in-
structor.

EC 580 Seminar
3 s.h.
Seminar in selected economic issues or problems. Prerequisite: EC
501, grade of "C" or better in 6 semester hours of Principles of Econom-
ics, or permission of instructor.

EC 582 Urban Economics
3 s.h.
Analysis of the structure of urban economy; goals, processes,
problems, and policy in urban economic development. Prerequisite: EC
501, grade of "C" or better in 6 semester hours of Principles of Econom-
ics, or permission of instructor.

EC 583 Regional Economics
3 s.h.
Process of regional economic growth, location theory, basic tech-
niques of regional analysis, public and private area development programs.
Prerequisite: EC 501, grade of "C" or better in 6 semester hours of Prin-
ciples of Economics, or permission of instructor.

EC 634 Economics of Corporate Decisions
3 s.h.
Applies economic theory to corporate decision making. Covers mathe-
matical solutions to various profit-maximization and cost-minimization
problems and examines statistical estimation of demand and cost func-
tions. Prerequisite: EC 501, credits of "C" or better in 6 semester hours
of Principles of Economics, or permission of instructor.

EC 699 Independent Study
1-6 s.h.
Directed readings, written assignments, and research on a specific
topic determined by the student and the instructor. Prerequisite: EC 501,
credits of "C" or better in 6 semester hours of Principles of Economics,
or permission of instructor.

Programs and Courses - 1 17
Educational Psychology

Educational Psychology

The Educational Psychology Dcparlmcnl offers programs leading to a
Master of Education, school psychology certification, and Doctor of Edu-
cation degree. The Master of Education programs may be taken with an
emphasis on school psychology, human development and learning, or edu-
cation evaluation and research. The Doctor of Education is in the area of
school psychology.

In addition to applying to the Graduate School, the candidate must secure
the department application packet, which includes further information
from the educational psychology department. Potential candidates will be
interviewed by the Program Admissions Committee after the departmental
application, copies of transcripts from the Graduate School, and official
Graduate Record Examination scores, including the Educational Psycholo-
gy subject test, are received. An adviser will be assigned, and no course
work may be scheduled without the adviser's approval. The adviser may
approve alternate courses to meet required competencies.

Admission to the programs will be based on evidence of previous scholar-
ship and/or potential for academic success, personal and professional
qualities deemed necessary for adequate functioning as a specialist in edu-
cation, and motivation for professional excellence. Continued enrollment,
once begun, is expected. Exceptions to this policy must be filed in writing
and approved by the student's program committee.

Candidates for admission to master's degree programs must have a
bachelor's degree from an accredited institution. Candidates for admission
to the post-master's certification program must have a master's degree
from an accredited institution. Candidates for admission to the doctoral
degree program must have completed the 33 semester-hour certification in
School Psychology.

Master of Education in Educational Psychology

The Master of Education degree in the Educational Psychology Depart-
ment (33 to 36 semester hours, depending upon choice of thesis or non-
thesis option) has been designed to give the interested student a broad the-
oretical and practical background in the areas of education and psycholo-
gy. The program will be of interest to those planning to pursue
certification in school psychology after the master's degree, those wishing
to broaden their understanding of human development and learning, or
those who want to learn more about educational evaluation and research.

General Requirements: All students must complete course work in the fol-
lowing areas: Professional Development (9 semester hours). Humanistic
Studies (3 semester hours). Behavioral Studies (3 semester hours). Subject
Area (6 semester hours). Research (6 semester hours), and Electives (6
semester hours, non-thesis option). These areas will include (EP 578, EP
604, EP 618); (FE 611 or FE 612 or FE 613); (EP 576, EP 573, EX 5(X)

118 - The Graduate School at lUP

or EX 631); (GR 615, GR 516, or EP 616*); and three electives approved
by the student's departmental adviser and chosen to enhance the student's
interest in school psychology, human development and learning, or educa-
tional evaluation and research.

Certificate of Advanced Study in
School Psychology

Post-Master's Degree Program

A certificate of advanced study in school psychology may be issued to
those students who have completed a minimum of 66 to 69 graduate
hours, 33 of which should be approved graduate hours in the university
beyond the master's degree, and who have met all the requirements for
certification as a school psychologist.

The School Psychology Program is designed for those individuals who are
seeking certification as school psychologists. The objectives of the pro-
gram are to train competent individuals who will demonstrate (1) an abili-
ty to evaluate students and prescribe interventions, (2) an understanding of
individual and group dynamics, (3) an understanding of the educational
system and learning process, and (4) an ability to apply all acquired
professional competencies. There is a required comprehensive exam, prac-
ticum, and internship experience. Certification as a school psychologist is
recommended when all of the indicated role competencies are demonstrat-
ed by the candidate. Completion of a plan of study may be pursued on
either a full-time or part-time schedule of course work. The Professional
Specialization Studies courses for the program include EP 712, EP 713,
EP 762, EP 763, EP 750, and EP 751 (12 semester hours). The other ap-
proved courses for 3 semester hours to meet competency requirements are
either EX 666 or EP 742. For final certification, other courses and/or ad-
ditional internship hours may be required by the School Psychology Com-
mittee to satisfy competency requirements.

For descriptions of EX courses, see section on Special Education.

Cooperative Doctorate in School Psychology

The Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) in School Psychology is designed as a
69 to 72 semester-hour program beyond the master's degree. Thirty-three
hours of the program involve post-master's preparation for certification as
a school psychologist in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania completed at
either lUP, California University of Pennsylvania, Edinboro University of
Pennsylvania, or Millersville University of Pennsylvania. The remaining 36
to 39 semester hours, designated as the doctoral sequence, may be im-
plemented to complete the plan of study for the doctorate in School Psy-
chology at lUP.

Programs and Courses - 1 19
Educational Psychology

Students will be ablq to enter the doctoral sequence only after completing
the 33 semester-hour certification in School Psychology. Since the [:d.D. is
a practitioner-oriented degree, it will be recommended that the students
who apply to the program have at least one year of experience as practic-
ing school psychologists, part of which may be an internship. Completion
of a plan of study is pursued on a summer-only schedule of course work.

Course Descriptions

EP 573 Psychology of Adolescent Education
3 s.h.
Concerned with study of significant characteristics of adolescence and
with understanding the role of cultural influences on formation of be-
havior.

EP 576 Behavior Problems
3 s.h.
Explores behavior problems encountered in classroom situations and
gives causes, characteristics, and some remedial techniques.

EP 578 Learning
3 s.h.
Explores learning theories and educational application in working
with learning problems in the classroom.

EP 604 Advanced Educational Psychology
3 s.h.
An upward extension of educational psychology with a systematic
review of current research and learning theory with emphasis on classroom
application.

EP 616 Applied Educational Research Methods
3 s.h.
In this course students develop skills needed to engage in applied
educational research using standard experimental research and evaluation
designs, typical measurement approaches, and parametric statistical proce-
dures. A practical problem presentation mode enhances an integrated
holistic approach to design, sampling, measurement, statistics, hypothesis
testing, and interpretation of results. A microcomputer statistical package
is used to assist in the analysis of data.

EP 618 Interpretation of Educational and Psychological Tests

3 s.h.

Designed to provide the individual with information necessary to un-
derstand, evaluate, and interpret results of educational and psychological
tests accurately and meaningfully.

120 - The Graduate School at lUP

EP 681 Special Topics in Educational Psychology

3 s.h.

Designed for those students who wish to do independent research in
special areas. Prerequisite: departmental chairperson permission.

EP 711 Introduction to School Psychology

3 s.h.

Designed for those students who are preparing to function as school
psychologists; includes role concepts and other responsibilities of a school
psychologist.

EP 712 Individual Evaluation I

3 s.h.

Individual testing and professional competency in Stanford-Binet
Scale, Wechsler Scales for children, and related tests of intelligence.

EP 713 Individual Evaluation II

3 s.h.

Individual testing and professional competency in Stanford-Binet
Scale, Wechsler Scales, and other pertinent individual diagnostic tests.

EP 715 Doctoral Seminar in Applied Educational Research

3 s.h.

In this course students develop skills needed to engage in applied
educational research using clinical and practical research/evaluation de-
signs, measurement approaches, and nonparametric statistical procedures.
A practical problem presentation mode enhances a consolidation of de-
sign, sampling, measurement, nonparametric statistics, hypothesis testing,
and interpretation of results. Microcomputer statistical package use assists
in the analysis of data. Prerequisite: EP 616.

EP 716 Doctoral Seminar in Advanced Educational Research
3 s.h.
This course provides an overview of complex educational research and
evaluation designs, measurement approaches, statistical procedures,
hypothesis testing, and interpretation of results. Topics include the
philosophy and ethics of research, mixed hierarchal design, profile analy-
sis, factoral validity estimation, factor analysis, multivariate analysis of
variance, discriminant function analysis, path analysis, meta-analysis, pow-
er, robustness, and randomization tests. Statistical packages will be used
to assist data manipulation and analysis. Prerequisite: EP 715.

EP 742 Neuropsychology of Children's Learning Disorder
3 s.h.
A neuropsychological approach to the identification of children with
learning disorders will be discussed. Such factors as etiology, epidemiolo-
gy, subtyping, diagnoses, and remediation will be considered. Students will
learn the theoretical framework necessary to understand the factors under-
lying learning disorders in children. Prerequisite: EP 712 or permission.

Programs and Courses - 121
Educational Psychology

EP 750 Internship I
3 s.h.
Supervised experiences in educational psychology. Prerequisite: for
approved candidates.

EP 751 Internship II
3-12 s.h.
Clinical and field experience with mentally and physically handi-
capped and emotionally disturbed children. Prerequisite: for approved
.school psychologist candidates.

EP 752 Doctoral Internship
3 s.h.
Supervised field experience in psychological procedures and practices
in an educational setting and/or facility appropriate to the special profes-
sional interests of the student. Prerequisite: school psychology major; per-
mission of instructor.

EP 753 Child Neuropsychology
3 s.h.
Examines brain-behavior relationships and neurodevelopmental func-
tioning in children. The neuropsychological principles necessary to assess
the educational, cognitive, and behavioral functioning of children in rela-
tion to the development of remedial programs will be discussed. Prerequi-
site: EP 712 or permission.

EP 762 Crisis Counseling and Consultation in Instructional Settings
3 s.h.
A systematic study of major techniques of counseling and psychother-
apy and application of principles of group dynamics to educational
settings.

EP 763 Assessment of Personality and Behavior Problems of Children
3 s.h.
An introduction to various personality and behavior assessment tech-
niques currently used. Prerequisite: for approved school psychologist can-
didates.

EP 764 Seminar in School Psychology I
3 s.h.
An examination of practices, trends, and issues in a specialized area
of diagnosis. The areas to be examined will be based on the predetermined
interests of the students and the expertise of the available faculty. Prereq-
uisite: permission of instructor.

EP 765 Seminar in School Psychology II
3 s.h.
An examination of practices, trends, and issues in a specialized area
of treatment or remediation. The areas to be examined will correspond to
those covered in EP 664. The focus of the seminar will be to develop the
student's understanding and skills in implementing appropriate treatment

122 - The Graduate School at lUP

and remedial strategies in home, school, and clinic settings. Prerequisite:
permission of instructor.

EP 766 Doctoral Seminar: Research Issues in Child Neuropsychology
3 s.h.
Examines research issues related to the application of neuropsycholo-
gy in the school setting. Specifically, students will critique research arti-
cles, identify contemporary research issues, and write a research paper on
a relevant educational issue. Prerequisite: EP 742 or equivalent.

EP 777 Seminar in Family-School Relations
3 s.h.
This course will focus on selected aspects of a wide range of issues
related to the contemporary American family as they affect the behavior
of children and their functioning within the public schools. Parent consul-
tation and training strategies will be emphasized.

EP 960 Dissertation
9 s.h.

English

Master of Arts in English

The M.A. in English at lUP was revised in early 1989 to respond to the
specific needs of four groups: students interested in gaining a generalist
background in graduate English studies, students wanting to concentrate
on literature, students seeking secondary English certification or desiring
to enhance their existing skills in teaching English, and students concerned
with teaching English to speakers of other languages. For every kind of
student, this degree at lUP is an M.A. in English requiring 36 hours of
course work (twelve courses). As you will see below, each of the four op-
tions within this M.A. has its own set of requirements for the distribution
of those 36 hours, and each has its own admissions committee. When ap-
plying for admission, it will be crucial to indicate which option within the
degree you wish to pursue.

Considered together, the options outlined below meet the needs of every
major kind of English graduate student in the U.S. today but in more fo-
cused ways than the typical M.A. in English, which often lacks specific
definition guiding particular kinds of students toward meeting particular
professional requirements. The generalist (M.A. /Gen) option is designed
to suit the needs of students who wish to experience course work in sever-
al areas of English, attaining a balanced background in the discipline and
gaining preparation either for more advanced doctoral work, for teaching
at the community-college level, or for careers in professional fields such as
publishing or translation. The literature (M.A. /Lit) option is for active
professionals who wish to further their expertise in Hterature and for stu-

Programs and Courses - 123
English

dents who wish to prepare for work on a Ph.D. in British and American
hteraturc and criticism. The teaching English (M.A./TE) option is for in-
service secondary EngHsh teachers who wish advanced in-depth study in
the teaching and learning of English and for students with the equivalent
of the bachelor's degree in English who wish to pursue initial certification.
The teaching English to speakers of other languages (M.A./TESOL) op-
tion meets the requirements of the international professional TESOL or-
ganization and is designed to prepare students within these guidelines for
employment in the variety of settings both within and outside of the Unit-
ed States.

In addition to its focused meeting of the needs of different kinds of stu-
dents, the M.A. in English also stands apart from degree offerings at
other schools because its courses are available in very active summer as
well as academic-year programs. There is no specific residency requirement
for the M.A. at lUP, so students are free to attend only in the summer,
only in the academic year, or during the entire year, as well
as either full-time or part-time. Students can complete the M.A. in English
in as little as a single year or may choose to spread their work out over
two or three years, depending on individual circumstances and needs.
Thus, the M.A. in English offers the best advantages of both professional
focus and personal flexibility.

M.A. Program Descriptions

M.A./Generalist

The Master of Arts/Generalist (M.A. /Gen) option is designed to suit the
needs of students who wish course work in several areas of English. This
track provides preparation for more advanced doctoral work, for teaching
at the community-college level, or for careers in professional fields such as
publishing or translation.

M.A./Generalist Course Requirements 15 s.h.

A. Core Courses: EN 674, EN 676, EN 630, EN 692, and EN 740

B. Literature/Linguistics Electives 12 s.h.

Twelve additional semester hours, selected from the following list and
approved by the director of Graduate Studies in Rhetoric and Linguis-
tics and the director of Graduate Studies in Literature and Criticism:
EN 675, EN 720, EN 721 (Prerequisite: EN 720), EN 722 (Prerequi-
site: EN 720), EN 761, EN 762, EN 763, EN 764, EN 765, EN 766,
EN 771, EN 772, EN 773. International students are required to take
EN 675 as part of the 12 semester hours unless it is waived by the
director of Graduate Studies in Rhetoric and Linguistics.

C. Open Electives 9 s.h.

Nine additional semester hours of electives approved by the director
of Graduate Studies in Rhetoric and Linquistics and by the director of
Graduate Studies in Literature and Criticism. Up to 6 of these
semester hours may be taken outside the English department.

Total Credit Hours 36 s.h.

124 - The Graduate School at lUP

M. A. /Literature

The Master of Arts/Literature (M.A./Lit) is designed for two main
groups: active professionals who wish to further their expertise in htera-
ture and students who wish to prepare for work on a Ph.D. in British and
American Hterature and criticism. Both of these groups have a clear need
to fill in gaps in their knowledge about literature to increase their compe-
tence in the discipline. This track, M.A./Lit, is an academic reading
degree that addresses these needs by offering students the opportunity to
gain historical breadth through intense study of traditional works, authors,
periods, and genres.

M. A. /Literature Course Requirements

A. Core Courses: EN 674 and EN 676 6 s.h.

B. Period Courses: EN 761, EN 762, EN 763, and EN 764 12 s.h.

C. Courses in Approaches to the Literary Canon 3 s.h.
(One course in approaches to literary canon, chosen from among the fol-
lowing offerings): EN 766, EN 771, EN 772, and EN 773

D. Literature Electives 9 s.h.
Nine semester hours of literature electives chosen from among the fol-
lowing offerings. International students are required to take EN 675
as one of these unless exempted by the director of Graduate Studies
in Literature and Criticism: EN 675, EN 761, EN 762, EN 763, EN
764, EN 765, EN 766, EN 771, EN 772, EN 773.

E. Open Electives 6 s.h.
Six semester hours approved by the director of Graduate Studies in
Literature and Criticism from other graduate offerings in Literature
(excluding Ph.D. -level core courses or Ph.D. -level advanced semi-
nars), courses in Rhetoric and Linguistics, or courses outside of the
department in a related and appropriate field.

Total Credit Hours 36 s.h.

M. A. /Teaching English

The Master of Arts/Teaching English (M.A./TE) responds directly to the
recent national studies of teacher training. The M.A./TE track involves
the study of the research on teaching literature, composition, and lan-
guage, through both academic course work and supervised internship ex-
periences. This track in the M.A. in English is for inservice secondary
English teachers who wish advanced in-depth study in the teaching and
learning of English and for students with the equivalent of the bachelor's
degree in English who wish to pursue initial certification. Students apply-
ing for initial certification should contact the director of Graduate Studies
in Rhetoric and Linguistics before completing the Graduate School appli-
cation process.

M.A. /Teaching English Course Requirements

A. Core Courses: EN 630, EN 676, EN 692, EN 693, and 18 s.h.

EN 730.

Programs and Courses - 125
English

And one additional course from the following, approved by the director
of Graduate Studies in Rhetoric and Linguistics: EN 762, EiN 763, EN
772, and *EN 773

♦Students seeking initial certification should take EN 773 to assist them in
preparing for the Pennsylvania Department of Education Certification Ex-
amination.

B. Electives in Teaching, Learning, and Schools: 6 s.h.
EL 644, EP 604, EP 618, EX 524, EX 631, FE 611, FE 612, and FE
613 (Students seeking initial certification as a secondary English
teacher must take EX 631, EP 604, EP 618, and one of either FE
611, FE 612, or FE 613 to satisfy Pennsylvania Department of Educa-
tion certification standards. Since this list constitutes 12 semester
hours, no professional electives will remain for these students. The
PDE requirement for EX 631 may be met by examination available
from the Department of Special Education. Students using the exami-
nation option may take 3 semester hours of professional electives as
described below.)

C. Professional Electives: 6 s.h.
Six semester hours to be chosen from graduate courses in the English
department or the College of Education approved by the director of
Graduate Studies in Rhetoric and Linguistics after discussion with
adviser

D. Professional Practice: EN 694 and EN 697 6 s.h.
(Students seeking initial certification as secondary English teachers
must also student teach as required by the Pennsylvania Department
of Education before the director of Graduate Studies in Rhetoric and
Linguistics will recommend approval for certification to the certifying
officer at lUP, the dean of the College of Education.)

Total Credit Hours 36 s.h.

M. A. /Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages

The Master of Arts/Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages
(M.A./TESOL) is designed to prepare students within the guidelines estab-
lished in the Statement of Core Standards for Languages and Professional
Preparation Programs: Guidelines for the Certification of Teachers of En-
glish to Speakers of Other Languages in the United States for employment
in the variety of settings both within and outside of the United States.

M. A. /Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages Course Re-
quirements

A. Core Courses: EN 641, EN 692, EN 694, EN 740, and EN 742 15 s.h.

B. Internship 3 s.h.
EN 696, Internship in TESL/TEFL

This requirement will be waived by the director of Graduate Studies
in Rhetoric and Linguistics for experienced TESL/TEFL teachers.
Students receiving a waiver for EN 696 must take an additional 3
semester hours of open electives.

126 - The Graduate School at lUP

C. Program Electives 9 s.h.
Nine semester hours, approved by the director of Graduate Studies in
Rhetoric and Linguistics, from the following list: EN 720, EN 721,
EN 722, EN 730, EN 736, EN 741, and EN 743.

D. Open Electives 9 s.h.
Nine additional semester hours of electives approved by the director
of Graduate Studies in Rhetoric and Linguistics. Six of these semester
hours may be taken outside of the English Department.

Total Credit Hours 36 s.h.

Doctor of Philosophy Programs

There are two distinct doctoral programs in English, one in Literature and
Criticism and the other in Rhetoric and Linguistics. Both programs lead to
a Doctor of Philosophy in English.

I. Literature and Criticism

The Literature and Criticism program of the Doctor of Philosophy in
English is designed for present or future teachers at the college or
university level. In addition to the traditional academic-year student,
established teachers often elect the summer program for their course
work. The program in Literature and Criticism emphasizes three inter-
related areas: traditional literatures, special literatures (such as minori-
ty, women's, and postmodern literatures), and the application of
literary theory to teaching and writing about literature.

Upon matriculation in the program, a student is assigned to a faculty
mentor in an appropriate field of interest; the mentor helps to guide
the student through the program and to suggest ways to be active in
submitting papers for conference presentation and publication. A
minimum of 30 hours of course work is required. In addition, two
courses are prerequisites for some students: EN 675 is required of in-
ternational students (unless exempted by the program director), and
EN 674 is required of any student who has not had a recent equiva-
lent course in the M.A. program. Within the 30 hours, four courses
are required of all students: the two core courses, EN 751 and EN
752, and two of the three advanced seminars, EN 783, EN 784, and
EN 785. The other six courses may be elected from all 700-level
courses in literature, with the stipulation that at least two courses be
in traditional literatures (EN 761, EN 762, EN 763, EN 764, EN 765,
and EN 766) and at least one course in special literatures (EN 771,
EN 772, and EN 773). The program director may give permission to
students with particular programmatic needs to take up to 6 hours
within the 30 hours in a closely related field such as rhetoric and lin-
guistics or history.

Programs and Courses - 127
English

After the completion of 12 to 18 hours of course work, the student
must take a generalist literary essay examination before proceeding to
further elective courses and advanced seminars. Candidacy is granted
upon satisfactory completion of this examination and fulfillment of
the Graduate School requirements of a 3.5 grade point average and
an official copy of the general section (morning tests) of the Graduate
Record Examination (usually submitted with the initial application).
M.A. graduates from foreign universities submit TOEFL rather than
GRE scores.

Following the completion of the 30 hours of course work, a student
must pass comprehensive essay examinations in three fields arranged
with a committee of three faculty members (who will usually also
constitute the dissertation committee) — with the understanding that
the fields will involve literary theory as applied to a generalist of liter-
ary text, a broad literary area, and a focused field of study — followed
by an oral defense of the essays. Each student must demonstrate
proficiency in a language other than English and also fulfill the
Research Skills Requirement in an area related to dissertation-level
research (either proficiency in a second language other than English
or a grade of A or B in two additional graduate rhetoric, linguistics,
writing for publication, history, philosophy, other humanities, or
computer courses). The final requirement for graduation is successful
defense of the student's dissertation and approval of its archival
copies. Further and more detailed information about the program
may be obtained in the Literature and Criticism Program Handbook
or from the director of Graduate Studies in Literature and Criticism,
whom prospective applicants are encouraged to contact at 11 OB
Leonard Hall, lUP, Indiana, PA 15705 or (412) 357-2264.

IL Rhetoric and Linguistics

The Rhetoric and Linguistics track of the Doctor of Philosophy in
English is designed for teachers of English in secondary schools and
in two-year and four-year colleges. Different emphases in the program
allow students to focus upon the native speaker of English or upon
international students who are learning English as a second language.
Students without demonstrable teaching experience are expected to
complete an internship experience in order to demonstrate the ability
to teach effectively. Students with teaching experience must file a
waiver of this requirement with the director of Graduate Studies in
Rhetoric and Linguistics.

After completion of 9 semester hours of course work and before com-
pletion of 15 semester hours, the Rhetoric and Linguistics Program
Committee will review the student's status for admission to candida-
cy. Candidacy requirements include a minimum grade point average
of 3.5 on a 4-point scale and completion of the general section (morn-
ing tests) of the Graduate Record Examination. Students who have
not received the M.A. from an American college or university will be
required to submit TOEFL scores instead of the GRE. The program
committee may request other information it deems pertinent to review

128 - The Graduate School at lUP

of the student for candidacy as outlined in the Rhetoric and Linguis-
tics Program Handbook (obtainable from the director of Graduate
Studies in Rhetoric and Linguistics).

After completion of course work, the student will request the assign-
ment of a Doctoral Advisory Committee which will prepare and ad-
minister the student's comprehensive examinations and supervise the
student's dissertation research. Students may request changes to the
committee after completion of the comprehensive examination to al-
low for a more focused approach to the dissertation project.

The following courses are required of all students: EN 710, EN 720,
EN 721 or 722, and EN 730. EN 698 will be required of all students
without demonstrable teaching experience. Students are encouraged to
plan the remainder of their course work to help develop interdiscipli-
nary interests. In addition to further courses in rhetoric, composition,
TESOL, and applied linguistics, students are encouraged to explore
literature and criticism, psychology, sociology, and communications
media among disciplines available at lUP. In addition to the 30 re-
quired semester hours of course work, students must complete a
research skills requirement related to the proposed dissertation
project. This requirement includes options in foreign languages, com-
puters, research methodology and design, or additional applied lin-
guistics. (Further information on the research skills requirement may
be obtained from the director of Graduate Studies in Rhetoric and
Linguistics.)

All students must complete a dissertation which investigates an origi-
nal application of research in rhetoric and linguistics to the teaching
of English. (Further information about the dissertation requirement
may be obtained from the director of Graduate Studies in Rhetoric
and Linguistics.)

Prospective applicants are encouraged to contact the director of
Graduate Studies at HOB Leonard Hall, lUP, Indiana, PA, 15705 or
(412) 357-2263.

Course Descriptions

EN 581 Special Topics in Language and Literature
3 s.h.
Allows students to pursue subjects such as textual criticism, prosody,
and computers and literature not covered in existing courses.

EN 592 History of the English Language
3 s.h.
Development of phonology, syntax, and lexicon as well as rhetorical
theories from Old English through Modern English.

Programs and Courses - 129
English

EN 630 Research on the Teaching of literacy and IJterature
3 s.h.
Examines theory and research in literacy, reading and responding to
Hterature and other forms of writing, and the teaching of young adult and
other relevant works of literature. Includes application of theory and
research to classroom practices.

EN 641 Topics in ESL Pedagogy
3 s.h.
Explores a single topic in depth. Topics, announced in advance, in-
clude such areas as ESL Testing, Teaching Listening Comprehension for
ESL Students, Teaching English for Specific Purposes, and Teaching Writ-
ing for ESL Students.

EN 674 Bibliographical Methods in English
3 s.h.
Practical training in special methods and materials of research in En-
glish. Required of all majors in English, except those taking the Ph.D. in
Rhetoric and Linguistics. Should be taken early in the program.

EN 675 Literature and the International Student
3 s.h
Develops the reading, writing, listening, and speaking skills needed
for success by the international student in the graduate study of literature
in the American university. The course examines the principles of literary
analysis, research, and documentation in the United States and orients the
student to the American library system and the American college
classroom.

EN 681 Special Topics
3 s.h
Courses relating to specialized interests in literature, rhetoric, or lin-
guistics which fulfill special needs or interests. May become permanent
course offerings.

EN 689 Orientation and Field Experience in the Community College
3 s.h.
Examines the community college from historical and philosophical
perspectives. Includes observations of classes and interviews with staff at
community colleges. Specifically for students preparing for careers in the
community college. To be taken early in the program.

EN 692 American English Grammar
3 s.h.
The study of phonology, morphology, syntax, and semantics of
present-day American English, using various approaches to the analysis of
grammar and usage.

130 - The Graduate School at lUP

EN 693 Seminar in Teaching English in the Secondary School
3 s.h.
Explores recent developments in teaching of language, compositions,
and literature.

EN 696 Internship in ESL/EFL
3 s.h.
Consists of one semester of supervised teaching, tutorial activities,
and materials preparation for non-native or limited English-speaking stu-
dents. The purpose of the practicum is to demonstrate the candidate's
preparation for teaching English as a second or foreign language. Prereq-
uisite: permission of the director of Graduate Studies in Rhetoric and Lin-
guistics.

EN 698 Internship
3 s.h.
Practical experience in the student's area of interest, working under
professional supervision on the job. Special permission only, dependent
upon needs of student's program as well as personal and academic qualifi-
cations.

EN 699 Independent Study
1-3 s.h.
Study in depth of topics not available through regular course work.
Student works with supervising professor on carefully planned, student-
initiated project. Prior approval necessary.

EN 710 Research Methodology in Rhetoric and Linguistics
3 s.h.
Interdisciplinary dimensions of the transmission of literacy and its po-
sition as a domain for scientific inquiry, including bibliographical
resources for the study of rhetoric and linguistics.

EN 720 Linguistics and the English Teacher
3 s.h.
Introduces the principles and uses of linguistics for the teaching of
English.

EN 721 Psycholinguistics
3 s.h.
Studies the psychological bases and processes of language acquisition
and use, with emphasis on the relevance of current research for language
learning and teaching. Prerequisites: EN 710 and EN 720.

EN 722 Sociolinguistics
3 s.h.
Studies language in its social context, including such topics as social
and regional variations, language change, and language planning and the
implications of language variety for the transmission of literacy. Prerequi-
sites: EN 710 and EN 720.

Programs and Courses - 131
English

EN 730 Teaching Basic Writing
3 s.h.
Studies characteristics ol the writing process and of the basic writer,
methods for the evaluation of writing, and approaches to the teaching of
writing.

EN 731 The Rhetorical Tradition and the Teaching of Writing
3 s.h.
Surveys the rhetorical tradition from classical Greece to the present
day, with emphasis on continuing philosophical and professional issues.

EN 732 Advanced Seminar in Composition Theory
3 s.h.
Explores a single topic in depth. Topics, announced in advance, in-
clude such areas as approaches to the teaching of style, writing across the
curriculum, the evaluation of composition instruction, the development of
the writing process in children, computers in composition, writing in the
professions, and discourse analysis. May be taken more than once. Prereq-
uisites: EN 730 and EN 731.

EN 736 Reading Theory and the College English Teacher
3 s.h.
Examines the psycholinguistic and ethnographic research on the fluent
reading process of native and non-native college readers, relevant to the
teaching of reading and writing for academic and literary purposes.

EN 740 TESL/TEFL Methodology
3 s.h.
Surveys current theory and practice in teaching English to non-native
speakers. Includes traditional and innovative approaches, methods, and
techniques for teaching all the language skills at various educational levels.

EN 741 ESL Materials and Media
3 s.h.
Treats current principles of syllabus design, instructional materials,
and systems for observing and evaluating the ESL-EFL classroom. Em-
phasis is placed on preparing or adapting language lessons as well as
producing materials in audio, visual, and computer-assisted media for par-
ticular language learners and situations and demonstrating their effective-
ness. Prerequisite: EN 740.

EN 742 Cross-Cultural Communication

3 s.h.
Investigates cultural behaviors, assumptions, values, and conflicts sur-
rounding communication across cultures in the context of teaching English
as a second or foreign language at all levels.

EN 743 Second Language Acquisition
3 s.h.
Introduces current research in second language acquisition especially
of English. Focuses on prominent research trends in the study of the Ian-

132 - The Graduate School at lUP

guage learner, the process of acquisition, and the interaction of learner,
language, and context. Prerequisites: EN 720 and EN 740.

EN 751 The History and Theory of Criticism
3 s.h.
Studies the major cities of the Western tradition from classical times
through twentieth-century structuralism. The course examines the texts and
issues central to criticism in relation to the contemporary concerns and
practices of the literature teacher-scholar.

EN 752 Literary Theory for the Teacher and Scholarly Writer
3 s.h.
Focuses on contemporary literary theory and its applications to the
professional concerns of English teachers and scholars. Examines theoreti-
cal and critical approaches as they are currently practiced and considers
how today's English teacher and scholar apply them, both in the class-
room and in writing for publication and professional presentation.

EN 761 Topics in American Literature Before 1870
3 s.h.
Studies major figures, movements, or topics in American literature
from the Colonial Period through 1870. The content of the course will be
determined by the individual instructor and announced in advance.

EN 762 Topics in American Literature Since 1870
3 s.h
Studies major topics, authors, and movements in American literature
from 1870 to the present. Specific course content is chosen by the instruc-
tor and announced in advance.

EN 763 Topics in British Literature Before 1660
3 s.h.
Studies major figures, movements, or topics within the period. The
specific content of the course is determined by the instructor and an-
nounced in advance.

EN 764 Topics in British Literature Since 1660
3 s.h.
Studies major figures, movements, and topics in British literature
within the period 1660 to the present. Content of the course will be deter-
mined by the instructor and announced in advance.

EN 765 Topics in Literature as Genre
3 s.h.
Examines one literary genre (such as novel, drama, or film), its de-
velopment, and its current practice and theories. The course also surveys
the major recent critical approaches to the genre.

Programs and Courses - 133
English

EN 766 Topics in Comparative Literature
3 s.h.
Introduces the theory and methods of comparative hterary analysis.
Topics include the relationships between literatures of different countries,
between literary genres, and between literature and other related fields.
The specific course content is chosen by the instructor and announced in
advance.

EN 771 Topics in Postmodern Literature
3 s.h.
Investigates the postmodern reaction to the modern literary tradition
and the experimentation it engendered. Focuses on how postmodern critics
and writers have responded to modernist manifestations of character, nar-
rative, and theme and explores the critical, pedagogical, and philosophical
implications and assumptions of postmodern literature, assessing its role in
contemporary culture and thought.

EN 772 Topics in Women's Literature
3 s.h.
Reexamines nineteenth-century works by women in light of feminist
perspectives. Studies twentieth-century works within and outside feminine
and feminist traditions. Also considers works by black, Chicano, Native
American, and Asian-American women.

EN 773 Topics in American or British Minority Literature
3 s.h.
Examines the literature of one or more American or British minorities
(for example. Native Americans, immigrants, blacks, Chicanos). The focus
and subject matter of the course will be chosen by the faculty member
and announced in advance.

EN 783 Seminar: Literary Theory Applied to Major American Author or
Theme

3 s.h.
Advanced, independent work in a seminar format. The course will
emphasize the production of a research paper of publishable quality.
Specific content for the course — a major author or specific theme in
American Literature — will be chosen by the instructor.

EN 784 Seminar: Literary Theory Applied to British Author or Theme
3 s.h.
Draws on knowledge and critical skills from core courses and tradi-
tional and special literature courses for advanced, independent work. Fo-
cus is on a single major author or well-defined theme in British literature
chosen by the instructor. Each student conducts practice teaching and
produces a research essay suitable for submission for publication or
presentation at a conference.

134 - The Graduate School at lUP

EN 785 Seminar: Comparative Literary Theory Applied to Traditional and
Special Literature
3 s.h.
Explores and applies literary theory, criticism, and the theories and
methods of comparative literature to traditional and special literatures.
Students may expect to investigate, from various critical perspectives, con-
flicting social and literary values. The specific course content is chosen by
the instructor and announced in advance.

EN 799 Independent Study
1-3 s.h.
An in-depth investigation of topic or area related to the student's
doctoral program but not available through regular course work. Indepen-
dent study is initiated by the student and supervised by a faculty member
in the area of study. Prior approval by the director of the student's doc-
toral program is required.

EN 850 Thesis
1-6 s.h.

EN 950 Dissertation
1-12 s.h.

Note: Special Topics in Language and Literature and Major Writers, as
well as seminars, may be scheduled more than once, because subject mat-
ter will change with each offering of the course. More complete course
descriptions are available from the department.

Food and Nutrition

The Master of Science degree program in Food and Nutrition is designed
to increase the student's depth of knowledge in food and nutrition, con-
tinue professional growth through development of leadership ability, and
increase the student's capacity for independent action in scholarly and
professional pursuits. Courses in intermediate nutrition (FN 458/558* Ad-
vanced Human Nutrition) and biochemistry are required for entrance into
the program. A faculty adviser will be assigned to each student. Prospec-
tive students apply for admission through the Graduate School. Applicants
are then referred to the Food and Nutrition Department Graduate Studies
Committee for acceptance. All relevant transcripts, Graduate Record Ex-
amination scores, and letters of recommendation must be on file with the
Graduate School prior to any department decision. At the completion of
fifteen hours of graduate course work, including a research course, as well
as statistics, all food and nutrition majors must qualify for degree can-
didacy. Qualification for degree candidacy means that the student has
taken and passed a qualifying examination.

*If taken for graduate credit cannot count toward degree credits.

Graduate School requirements: GR 615 and GR 516 or BI 602.

Programs and Courses - 135
Food and Nutrition

Department requirements: All students must take FN 713 (course to be
taken twice for two credits) and eleven credits from courses IN 544, IN
642, FN 645, FN 646, and FN 711. Students may choose a thirty-credit
degree program to include a four-credit thesis (FN 850) or a thirty-three-
credit program with a non-thesis paper.

All students may elect 4 to 10 semester hours from the lUP Graduate
Catalog with approval of their adviser.

An American Dietetic Association-approved preprofessional practice pro-
gram is available in conjunction with the master's program.

Students may choose the thesis or non-thesis curriculum depending upon
individual preferences and needs.

I. Thesis Degree Requirements (30 s.h.)

A. Professional Core Courses include: GR 615, GR 516, FN 713 and
FN 850.

B. Department Core Courses: Students must elect eleven credits from
the following: FN 544, FN 642, FN 645, FN 646, and FN 711.

C. Electives: Students will elect additional courses from the lUP
Graduate Catalog with the approval of their adviser.

II. Non-thesis Degree Requirements (33 s.h.)

A. Professional Core Courses include: GR 615, GR 516, and FN 713.

B. Department Core Courses: Students must elect eleven credits from
the following: FN 544, FN 642, FN 645, FN 646, and FN 711.

C. Electives: Students will elect additional courses from the lUP
Graduate Catalog with the approval of their adviser.

Course Descriptions

FN 510 Food, Nutrition, and Aging
3 s.h.
How food relates to health maintenance and special dietary problems
during the middle and later years. Nonmajors only.

FN 544 Food Composition and Biochemistry
3 s.h.
Covers basic chemistry and biochemistry of essential components of
food originating from plant and animal sources. Prerequisite: CH 355.

FN 547 Nutritional Aspects of Food Processing
3 s.h.
Studies current known effects of food processing techniques on the
nutritional value and safety of food. Prerequisites: FN 212 and BI 241.

136 - The Graduate School at lUP

FN 558 Advanced Human Nutrition
3 s.h.
In-depth study of the nutrients and their functions within the cell. In-
corporation of the principles of physiology and biochemistry in the study
of nutrition. Emphasis on current research. Prerequisites: FN 212, CH
355, and BI 151.

FN 561 Microwave Cooking Technology
3 s.h.
Examines the electronic technology, selection, care, and use of the
microwave oven. Basic physical and chemical concepts related to micro-
wave cooking are included. Individual research problem required. Two lec-
tures/ two lab hours per week.

FN 562 Advanced Experimental Foods
3 s.h.
An experimental approach to the many factors influencing the chemi-
cal and physical properties of food. Use of scientific method in developing
an individual project combining an evaluation of current literature and ap-
propriate sensory and analytical methodology. Prerequisites: FN 362 and
CH 231.

FN 564 Food and Nutrition Research Methods
3 s.h.
Introduction to research methodology in food and nutrition. Includes
theory and techniques of physical, chemical, and instrumental analysis.
Applications of these methods to food and animal models with statistical
analysis of data. Prerequisites: FN 362, FN 458, CH 351, and MA 217.

FN 612 Administration of Food Service Systems
3 s.h.
Addresses food service as a system of interrelated parts and of con-
trolling management resources. Analysis of different types of food service
delivery systems and legal responsibilities of a food service administrator
will be covered. Prerequisites: FN 358, FN 259, FN 313, FN 356, or three
years' work experience in a food service management position.

FN 641 Eating Behaviors and Food Habits
3 s.h.
Investigation and analysis of historical, political, religious, ethnic, en-
vironmental, and social influences which affect food consumption pat-
terns. Prerequisites: PC 101 and SO 151.

FN 642 Contemporary Issues in Food and Nutrition
s.h.
Current information in foods and nutrition is investigated, analyzed,
and evaluated for practical implementation.

Programs and Courses - 137
hood and Nutrition
Foreign Languages

FN 645 Proteins, Carbohydrates, and Fats in Nutrition
4 s.h.
Nutritional considerations of protein, carbohydrates, and fat
metabohsm. In vitro and in vivo analysis as well as physiologic and bi-
ochemical function of these nutrients.

FN 646 Vitamins and Minerals
4 s.h.
Biochemical role of vitamins and minerals as cofactors in macro-
nutrient metabolism. Focus on biochemical and physiologic functions,
research and analytical methods.

FN 698 Internship
1-6 s.h.
Supervised work experience for food and nutrition majors. Permis-
sion: department chairperson.

FN 711 Nutrition in the Life Cycle
3 s.h.
Studies bodily functions at different stages of development under
differing environmental conditions and at various levels of biological or-
ganization.

FN 713 Seminar in Food and Nutrition
3 s.h.
Preparation and presentation of written scientific reports and/or cur-
rent departmental research. Course to be taken twice. Prerequisites: GR
615, GR 516, and two courses from the department requirement.

FN 743 Seminar in Clinical Dietetics
3 s.h.
Examines nutritional management of the hospitalized patient with em-
phasis on the role of the dietitian. Research for a paper and seminar
presentation are required.

FN 799 Independent Study in Food and Nutrition
1-3 s.h.
Prerequisites: completion of two courses in the department require-
ment. Advanced study and/or selected research problems from the field of
food and nutrition. May be taken for a maximum of three credits.

FN 850 Thesis
1-4 s.h.

Foreign Languages

The programs leading to the M.A. and M.Ed, degrees in German and in
Spanish have been placed on inactive status. No applications are being ac-

138 - The Graduate School at lUP

cepted for either of these programs. Workshops and Special Topics
courses may be offered during the summer sessions. Please check the sum-
mer schedule for specific offerings.

Course Descriptions

FL 521 Language and Society
3 s.h.
Salient facts of language and its fundamental role in development and
continuity of society and culture, including language families and their
characteristics, factors of linguistic change and development, reciprocal in-
fluences of culture and language, linguistic borrowing, psycholinguistics,
and systems of writing (open to majors and nonmajors).

FL 525 Foreign Study- Valladolid (optional)
6 s.h.
Intensive study of Spanish language and culture at the University of
Valladolid, Spain, from approximately July 7 to August 20. Credits sub-
ject to approval of the director of the program.

SP 580 Foreign Study-Jalapa (optional)
1-3 s.h.
Intensive study of Spanish language and Mexican culture at the
University of Veracruz in Jalapa, Mexico, from approximately July 7 to
August 20. Credits subject to approval of the director of the program.

Foundations of Education

The Foundations of Education Department seeks to expose its students to
a systematic inquiry into educational theories and practices through a
philosophical, sociological, historical, and comparative analysis. Founda-
tions study generates criteria for judgment and helps to formulate a gestalt
of various subjects. It also helps to develop an integral cross sectional
view of educational goals necessary for development of effective methods
of instruction. Furthermore, it broadens perspectives and deepens analysis
of policies and programs which help educational personnel find meaning
and value in all educational activities.

Course Descriptions

FE 514 Comparative Foundations of Education
3 s.h.
Educational theories and practices in different nations will be studied.
Educational purposes, curriculum, methods, administration, school sys-
tems, teacher education, and other educational features in America will be
analyzed, evaluated, and compared.

Programs and Courses - 139
Foundations of Education

FE 515 Curriculum Development
3 s.h.
Analysis of philosophical, sociological, and psychological basis for
creation of curriculum patterns, K-12. Includes utilization of technological
devices, critical examination of basic concepts underlying determination of
objectives, selection and organization of subject matter, and learning ex-
periences in general. Current curriculum research will be analyzed, as well
as existing instructional materials and programs.

FE 595 International Education Studies Program
3 s.h.
A travel-seminar conducted in a foreign country and designed to af-
ford educators and students of education the opportunity to investigate
teaching-learning process in cultural settings other than their own. Particu-
lar attention to such current educational issues as theories of curriculum
development, methodology, teacher education, and changing value
systems.

FE 611 Historical Foundations of Education
3 s.h.
Study of historical development of American education. European in-
fluences on philosophies and practices of American schools will serve as a
background. Emphasis on development of education in America as in-
fluenced by various individuals and schools of thought. Historical trends
will be related to current problems and practices in education.

FE 612 Philosophical Foundations of Education
3 s.h.
Analysis and evaluation of basic philosophies and their impact upon
education. Nature, value, means, and ends of education and some other
fundamental phases of schooling will be thoroughly examined. Stress on
essentials enhancing an individual working philosophy of education and on
basic ideas heightening a sound philosophy for American schools.

FE 613 Social Foundations of Education
3 s.h.
Social and cultural forces which influence education. Particular stress
on current problems as they relate to entire educational systems and to
curricular problems and practices in today's schools.

FE 616 Professional Negotiations in Education
3 s.h.
Study of dimensions of professional negotiations process in education-
al sector. Instructional tools will be case studies, lecture-discussion, and
reading assignments. Guidelines of public policy affecting public employer-
employee relations will also be evaluated and analyzed.

FE 699 Independent Study
1-6 s.h.

140 - The Graduate School at lUP

Geography and Regional Planning

lUP's Department of Geography and Regional Planning offers graduate
programs leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of Science.
(The M.Ed, in Geography is currently inactive, and no applications are
being accepted for this program.) The M.A. and M.S. programs are
designed to prepare students for a variety of careers as geographers in
business, government, research, and planning organizations or for entry to
a doctoral program at another university. Emphasis is placed upon de-
veloping a professional competence in the tools, substance, methodology,
and theory of geography.

Graduates of the program are employed by the state and federal govern-
ment, city, county, and regional planning commissions, private consultant
firms, business and industry, and colleges and universities. Knowledge of
major subject areas is of value to the graduate in the job search. The sub-
ject areas are spatial location patterns, environmental processes, organiza-
tion and operation of the planning field, and cartographic skills, including
computer applications.

Students who enter the program usually hold a bachelor's degree in geog-
raphy or one of the social sciences. Persons with degrees in education,
science, or business also may qualify and often find a degree in geography
of value.

Geography graduate students at lUP may pursue traditional geographic
themes of study or research such as economic-urban and cultural-historical
geography. The department also offers faculty strength in regional de-
velopment and planning and in cartography/remote sensing/geographic in-
formation systems. Thus, the student may choose between two plans. The
M.A. student may design his/her program in consultation with a faculty
adviser.

The M.S. program requires that the student complete a twelve-credit con-
centration in regional development, planning, or cartography. In either
program, selected courses in related fields may be applied toward the
degree.

All graduate degree programs require a minimum of 30 semester hours of
credit for the thesis option or at least thirty-six hours for the non-thesis
option. These include three core courses: GE 511, GE 610, and GE 612.
Graduate students have the option of incorporating an internship as part
of the M.S. program.

Master of Arts and Master of Science
in Geometry

I. Core Program ( 9 s.h.): GE 511, GE 610, and GE 612.

Programs and Courses -141
Geography and Regional Planning

II. Electives and/or Thesis (21-27 s.h.)

A. The M.A. candidate elects 15 to 20 semester hours in geography
and related fields with the thesis (1 to 6 semester hours) and 27
semester hours without the thesis.

B. The M.S. candidate takes a concentration in regional development,
regional planning, and cartography (12 semester hours minimum),
elects 3 to 9 semester hours in geography and related fields with
thesis (1 to 6 semester hours) and 15 semester hours without the-
sis. A 6 semester-hour internship may be included.

Course Descriptions

GE 511 Thought and Philosophy in Geography and Planning
3 s.h.
History of the disciplines, great ideas, leading professionals, and un-
resolved issues are studied.

GE 513 Cartography
3 s.h.
Develops ability to map and diagram human and environmental
phenomena. Special maps, charts, and diagrams will be considered as re-
quired by students. Recommended for all master's candidates.

GE 514 Map and Photograph Interpretation
3 s.h.
Develops skill in extracting information and synthesizing data from
maps and aerial photographs as applied to geologic, land use, economic,
and transportation problems.

GE 515 Remote Sensing
3 s.h.
Methods of remote sensing such as thermal sensing, multispectral
scanning, satellite imagery, side-looking airborne radar imagery, and addi-
tive color analysis and their applications, particularly as applied to geo-
graphic and planning problems, are studied.

GE 516 Computer- Assisted Cartography
3 s.h.
Automated cartographic production techniques: the use of cartograph-
ic hardware and software, vector and raster representations, databases, the
cartographer-machine interface, and designing computer-generated maps.
Prerequisite: GE 513 or equivalent.

GE 531 Population Geography
3 s.h.
Spatial variations in numbers, characteristics and dynamics of human
population, models, and theoretical constructs relevant to demographic
structures and processes are studied.

142 - The Graduate School at IVP

GE 532 Urban Geography
3 s.h.
Analysis of city types, patterns, and functions as influenced by geo-
graphic conditions and other factors. City planning techniques and field
study are utilized.

GE 533 Geography of Transportation and Trade
3 s.h.
Transportation systems and their use: accessibility, circulation, time
and distance concepts, and trade patterns. Empirical and theoretical ap-
proaches are examined.

GE 534 Political Geography
3 s.h.
Geographic factors and conditions are analyzed as they relate to
character and function of states. Political institutions in light of geograph-
ic conditions.

GE 540 Conversation: Environmental Analysis
3 s.h.
Problems of exploitation and utilization of regional resources, (e.g.,
soils, minerals, forests, and wildlife) in relation to population growth and
regional planning and development.

GE 560 Introduction to Planning
3 s.h.
Introduction to field planning on city, metropolitan, regional, and
county levels. Included are intergovernmental context and legislative basis
for planning; the comprehensive plan; plan implementation; and the plan-
ning agency.

GE 561 Planning: Basic Studies and Analysis
3 s.h.
Research, analytical design, and plan-making techniques in urban and
regional planning. Examines basic items necessary to prepare urban and
regional comprehensive plans. Prerequisite: GE 560.

GE 562 Planning: Development of Principles and Theory
3 s.h.
Examines process of city planning during ancient, medieval. Renais-
sance, and modern periods. A review of early planning in America, as
well as present city planning, is included.

GE 563 Planning: Design
3 s.h.
Presents concepts of city, subdivision, and transportation design in re-
lation to topography, natural resources, and other physical elements.
Prerequisite: GE 560.

Programs unci Courses - 143
Geography and Regional Planning

GE 564 Land Use Policy
3 s.h.
Basic concepts of land use policy at the national, regional, county,
and local levels are treated. Analysis is made of the various land use
policies.

GE 610 Research in Geography and Regional Planning
3 s.h.
Elements and techniques of scientific research, as applied to geo-
graphic and planning problems, are studied. A research proposal is de-
veloped.

GE 612 Quantitative Techniques in Geography and Planning
3 s.h.
Descriptive and inferential statistical techniques applied to spatial dis-
tribution and spatial association of physical and cultural phenomena and
testing of spatial theoretical constructs.

GE 617 Field Techniques in Geography and Planning
3 s.h.
Field tools and techniques are evaluated and used in the study of a
specific area. Interpretation of spatial patterns of phenomena is em-
phasized.

GE 620 Spatial Structure of the Economy
3 s.h.
The spatial organization of economic systems is studied. Processes
that give rise to these systems and their spatial interdependencies are ex-
plored. Topical and regional examples of spatial structure are used as case
studies.

GE 622 Industrial Geography
3 s.h.
Spatial aspects of industry are considered. Emphasis is placed on em-
pirical study of patterns of industry and on location theory.

GE 623 Regional Development
3 s.h.
Theory and policy implications of the spatial aspects of development
in various regions of underdevelopment.

GE 630 Cultural Development
3 s.h.
Literature and methods of cultural geography. Topics include popula-
tion, settlements, human ecology, culture areas, and related features.

GE 633 Settlement Geography
3 s.h.
Settlement patterns and processes; origins, diffusion, classification, pi-
oneer, settlement planning, and agricultural colonization.

144 - The Graduate School at lUP

GE 650 Regional Geography
3 s.h.
Various regions of the world may be dealt with, such as Latin Ameri-
ca, Africa, or South Asia, when there is sufficient student demand. Physi-
cal, environmental, cultural, and population patterns are considered.

GE 665 Plan Implementation
3 s.h.
Considers zoning, improvement programs, housing codes, building
codes, methodology and application of administrative procedures, federal
and local urban renewal programs, site selection, and program administra-
tion. Prerequisite: GE 560.

GE 581/681 Special Topics
3 s.h.
Topical courses offered on an experimental basis. Check department
schedule for these offerings.

GE 670 Professional Problems in Geographic Education
3 s.h.
Classroom problems and discussion centered about new viewpoints in
geography. Individual reports, group discussion, and research included.

GE 680 Seminar
3-6 s.h.
Seminars on various topics will be offered occasionally. Topics might
be new trends in planning, cartographic theory, or spatial aspects of serv-
ice industries.

GE 689 Independent Study
1-6 s.h.
Independent research and study under faculty direction. Interested
students should apply to director of graduate studies.

GE 850 Thesis
3-6 s.h.
Registration for thesis must be approved by the department's graduate
coordinator and chairperson ahead of time.

Geoscience

The Master of Arts degree program in Geology is presently inactive.
Graduate-level geoscience courses will continue to be offered for those stu-
dents who can utilize them as electives in other degree programs or who
desire to supplement their undergraduate training.

Programs and Courses - 145
Geoscience

Course Descriptions

GS 511 Sedimentary Petrology
3 s.h.
Determination and interpretation of grain size parameters; an in-
troduction to clays and clay mineralogy; hand lens and petrographic
microscope study of marine phosphorites, carbonates, siliceous sediments,
heavy minerals, and sandstones with emphasis on interpreting ancient
depositional environments. Prerequisite: GS 321.

GS 512 Stratigraphy
3 s.h.
Study of layered rocks with emphasis on the guiding principles of
stratigraphy, the evaluation of unconformities, the principles and problems
of correlation, and selected stratigraphy problems. Prerequisite: GS 411.

GS 520 Pennsylvania Geology
3 s.h.
Diversity and abundance of geologic phenomena within the state will
be used to apply basic geologic concepts of time, rock types and struc-
tures, and geomorphic processes. Extensive field trips will be an integral
part.

GS 522 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology
3 s.h.
Study of rock phyla and their chemical and spatial relationships in
the earth. Special attention to the genesis, mineral composition, and clas-
sification of rock types. Ecology of igneous, sedimentary, and metamorph-
ic rocks is studied in detail. Prerequisite: GS 321.

GS 524 Glacial Geology
3 s.h.
Study of phenomenon of glaciation, including study of glacial move-
ment and glacial deposits and an investigation of possible causes of glacia-
tion. A working acquaintance with glacial forms is provided by means of
field trips to glaciated regions of Northwest Pennsylvania. Prerequisites:
GS 121 and GS 131.

GS 526 Structural Field Geology
3 s.h.
Includes techniques of geologic field work, such as measuring sec-
tions, use of aerial photographs, and a field project involving compilation
of a geologic map, cross sections, and geologic report. Prerequisite: GS
325.

GS 527 Geomorphology
3 s.h.
Landforms and the processes and principles that govern both their
origin and their subsequent development. Prerequisite: GS 325.

146 - The Graduate School at lUP

GS 530 Paleontology
3 s.h.
A morphological study of major invertebrate life forms of geologic
past and their distribution in space and time. Prerequisite: GS 131 or BI
120.

GS 535 Economic Geology
3 s.h.
Study of earth's metallic and nonmetallic mineral resources with
regard to processes of formation, methods of extraction (mining and drill-
ing methods), methods of treatment, uses, and economic and environmen-
tal factors. Prerequisite: GS 321.

GS 536 Geology of the Northern Rockies
3 s.h.
A field study of the major geologic features and relationships in-
volved in the development of the northern Rocky Mountains. National
Park and Monument areas of South Dakota, Wyoming, and Montana are
included among the areas investigated. Prerequisite: permission of the in-
structor.

GS 540 Petroleum Geology
3 s.h.
An introduction to the geology of petroleum, its origin, migration,
entrapment, and production. The laboratory is designed to provide practi-
cal experience in subsurface mapping techniques and the use and evalua-
tion of geophysical logging devices. Prerequisite: minimum twenty credit
hours of Geology.

GS 541 The Solar System
3 s.h.
Characteristics and behavior of planets and their satellites, asteroids,
meteors, comets, and other phenomena of the solar system. One of the
major topics will investigate and criticize several of the theories of origin.
Will require some treatment of celestial mechanics.

GS 542 The Sidereal Universe
3 s.h.
Characteristics and classification of the stars, their assemblage groups
and galaxies, and their evolution. Techniques of gathering data are exa-
mined to gain an understanding of the role of the telescope, spectroscope,
and photometer in astronomical research. Lab exercises and night observa-
tions are part of the course. Credit will be given only to those for whom
the course represents an area of study for which credit has not previously
been recorded. Prerequisites: MA 121 and PY 111.

GS 543 Carbonate Geology of Florida
3 s.h.
Two weeks of field study in the Florida Keys. Will be conducted from
base camp in Florida Keys and consist of both land and water works as

Programs and Courses - 147
Geoscience

the different carbonate environments in the Keys, Florida Fiay, and the
Atlantic reef tract are studied.

GS 550 Operation of the Planetarium
1-2 s.h.
Designed to acquaint student with the operation and use of the Spitz
Planetarium. A satisfactory instructional program or show for a public
group will demonstrate accomplishment of course objectives. Prerequisite:
GS 110 or GS 341 or GS 342.

GS 561 Physical Oceanography
3 s.h.
Introduction to physical, chemical, geological, and biological nature
of ocean; topography, submarine geology, and bottom deposits. Prerequi-
sites: PY 111 and MA 121.

GS 562 Marine Geology and Plate Tectonics
3 s.h.
A continuation of physical oceanography. Emphasis upon marine ge-
ology, coastal geomorphology, and structure and sedimentary environ-
ments of the continental shelf, slope, and ocean basin. Prerequisites: PY
111, PY 112 and Geology courses.

GS 571-572 Meteorology I and II
3-6 s.h.
Basic and advanced consideration of physical processes to the at-
mosphere. Lectures, readings, term paper, lab. Prerequisite: one year of
Physical Science or Physics GS 581.

GS 681 Special Topics
1-3 s.h.
As student demand and circumstances may dictate, special graduate
courses may be offered by any member of the geoscience graduate faculty.

GS 614 Carbonate Petrology
3 s.h.
Involves the study of ancient and recent limestones and dolomites.
Topics include classification, recognition of constituents of calcareous
rock, cementation processes, and diagenesis of calcareous deposits.

GS 619 Crystallography
3 s.h.
Designed for the geologist, chemist, or physicist. Minerals are studied
utilizing common field and x-ray notation. External and internal morphol-
ogy is examined. Stereographic projection techniques are applied. Prereq-
uisites: Fundamentals of Mathematics plus Mineralogy or Physical
Chemistry or permission of instructor.

148 - The Graduate School at lUP

GS 621 Optical Mineralogy
3 s.h.
Workshop in study and identification of minerals, theory of mineral
formation and structure, and mineral relationships. Simple chemical and
physical techniques will be used in mineral identification. Prerequisite:
Physical Geology or General Chemistry.

GS 630 Paleoecology
3 s.h.
Application of paleontologic, sedimentalogic, and geochemical ap-
proaches to the interpretation of ancient environments. Field and laborato-
ry research leading to term paper. Prerequisite: GS 330.

GS 699 Independent Study
1-3 s.h.
Independent research under faculty direction.

Health and Physical Education

Admission to the Master of Science program in Sports Sciences is current-
ly suspended. Individual course descriptions are included in this catalog
for students who are already admitted and are completing this degree.

Course Descriptions

HP 510 Exercise Prescription
3 s.h.
The course is designed to teach individuals to write exercise prescrip-
tions based upon a subject's tolerance for physical activity. Special empha-
sis will be given to risk factors, techniques of evaluation, drugs, injuries,
environmental factors, and motivation with respect to their role in physi-
cal activity assessment. In-depth experiences working with qualified medi-
cal personnel will be provided. Prerequisite: HP 343.

HP 512 Physical Activity and Stress Management

3 s.h.
Acquisition of necessary understandings of anxiety and stress with respect
to the nature, the place they hold in our society, and the intervention
strategies related to physical activity. A paper relating the utilization of
these techniques is required.

HP 513 Physical Activity and Aging
3 s.h.
The goals of the course are to present the major aspects of physical
activity, its importance to the older adult, and the organization of an ac-
tivity program. Specific attention will be given to the physiology of activi-
ty, effects of activity on growth and aging, exercise prescription,
flexibility, overweight and obesity, and motivational strategies. A paper is

Programs and Courses - 149
Health and Physical Education

required that deals with analysis of problems of the aged as observed from
visitations to nursing homes, senior citizens' organizations, and social serv-
ice agencies.

HP 550 Curriculum and Programming in Sexuality Education
3 s.h.
Designed to provide and share information that will be helpful to cur-
rent and future school personnel in developing sexuality education pro-
grams in their schools and local communities.

HP 600 History of Philosophy of Sport
3 s.h.
A functional approach to an understanding of sport and human
movement during the course of civilization with emphasis on formation of
a constructive philosophical approach to present-day problems.

HP 601 Sport and Society
3 s.h.
Designed to acquaint the student with the reciprocal relationships be-
tween sport and physical activity as it affects man's development in the
societies and cultures out of which sport emerges.

HP 602 Sport Psychology
3 s.h.
Study of the psychological effects and implications of man's partici-
pation in sport and physical activity. Emphasis on personality and motiva-
tional dynamics as they relate to sport involvement in human behavior.

HP 603 Physiological Basis of Sport
3 s.h.
An examination of the physiological factors that influence perfor-
mance in sport with emphasis on the analysis of various training tech-
niques.

HP 631 Motor Learning
3 s.h.
Psychological principles of learning are applied to the learning of mo-
tor skills. Focuses on integration of the learning process, the individuality
of the learner, and task and instructional procedures.

HP 632 Assessment of Human Physiological Functions
3 s.h.
Study of various physical fitness components and their contribution to
a person's well-being and how to measure and evaluate physical fitness.

HP 633 Kinesiological Principles
3 s.h.
Scientific study of human motion with particular attention to analysis
of sport techniques and discussion of kinesiological concepts.

150 - The Graduate School at lUP

HP 634 Current Literature in Sport
3 s.h.
Review of current literature in physical education and sport. Requires
the submission of an article for publication.

HP 635 Sport Management
3 s.h.
Theory and practice of human management with applications to
sport; formal structure of organizations, goal setting, organizational perso-
nality, group processes, and leadership styles.

HP 637 Sport Facilities Management
3 s.h.
An administrative and management course designed to prepare sport
managers to develop and operate competitive, recreational, instructional,
therapeutic, and multifaceted sport complexes. Course work includes plan-
ning, design, construction, budgeting, programming, staffing, equipping,
administration, maintenance, safety, and rehabilitation. Three lecture
hours.

HP 641 Administration of Aquatic Facilities
3 s.h.
Examines the organizational procedures, administrative techniques,
and practices employed in aquatics with special emphasis on adapted,
competitive, instructional, recreational, social, and water safety programs.

HP 642 Design and Operation of Aquatic Facilities
3 s.h.
Elements and principles of planning, design, and operation of swim-
ming pools, waterfront facilities, and related equipment necessary for the
aquatic administrator.

HP 680 Seminar
3 s.h.
Specific subjects will be considered through readings, reports, discus-
sions, and guest presenters. A paper will be required. A specific title will
be listed in the schedule of classes. May be repeated.

HP 698 Internship
3-6 s.h.
Prospectus must be presented by student. Objective is to provide an
in-depth experience in an area of interest to the student under the
guidance of a faculty member and a cooperating supervisor. Prerequisite:
faculty approval.

HP 699 Independent Study
1-3 s.h.
Students may study intensively a subject of their interest under the
guidance of a faculty member with the appropriate expertise. Prospectus
must be presented by the student. Prerequisite: approval of faculty mem-
ber, department chairperson, college dean, and associate provost.

HP 850 Thesis
3-6 s.h.

Programs and Courses - 151
History

History

A minimum oT 30 semester hours is required, or 36 semester hours for
those electing not to write a thesis. Within these general requirements is a
9-semester-hour research requirement consisting of HI 614 (or a substitu-
tion approved by the department) and a combination of seminars and/or
thesis hours. The remaining hours are selected from the subject matter
courses. Six semester hours may, with approval, be from related dis-
ciplines. Failure to consult the department prior to registering for courses
may delay the completion of a master's degree.

Course Descriptions

HI 501 History of Ancient Greece
3 s.h.
Will analyze major political, social, economic, and cultural develop-
ments in ancient Greek civilization from the Bronze Age to the death of
Alexander.

HI 502 History of Ancient Rome
3 s.h.
Will trace Roman history from early Republic to fall of Empire. A
study of a civilization from its inception to its collapse.

HI 503 Medieval Europe I, 400-900
3 s.h.
History of early Medieval Europe, from decline of Rome to begin-
nings of High Middle Ages; emphasis on political, social, economic, reli-
gious, and intellectual developments.

HI 504 Medieval Europe II, 900-1350
3 s.h.
History of late Medieval Europe, from High Middle Ages to Renais-
sance period; emphasis on political, social, economic, religious, and in-
tellectual developments.

HI 505 Renaissance and Reformation
3 s.h.
History of Europe from ca. 1250; rise of commercial city, kings, and
pressures on the Christian Church to 1600. Some consideration of technol-
ogy and voyages.

HI 506 Early Modern Europe
3 s.h.
Greatness of France under Louis XIV; Sweden; Thirty Years' War;
emergence of modern society; French Revolution.

HI 507 History of Europe, 18I5-I9I4
3 s.h.
Study of Europe in nineteenth century, with emphasis on the emer-
gence of major thought patterns, Romanticism, Socialism, and Positivism.

152 - The Graduate School at lUP

HI 508 Twentieth-Century Europe
3 s.h.
Political, economic, and diplomatic trends of Europe since 1900, with
major emphasis on causes and results of war and search for security.

HI 520 History of England to 1688
3 s.h.
Survey of growth of English nation, with emphasis on political, so-
cial, and economic developments leading to seventeenth-century conflict
between Crown and Parliament.

HI 521 History of England, 1688-Present
3 s.h.
Survey of growth of England as a democratic constitutional monar-
chy. Attention directed to colonial America and English-U.S. relations, as
well as to imperial expansion and England's role in the twentieth-century
world. Cultural history is included.

HI 522 French Revolution and Napoleon
3 s.h.
Development of the Grand Monarchy, brief sketch of Old Regime,
concentration on the Revolution and Empire, with emphasis on poUtics,
diplomacy, and economics. Readings and brief papers.

HI 524 History of Germany to 1848
3 s.h.
Study of evolution of German nation from its prehistoric origins, em-
phasizing medieval and early modern phases to 1848.

HI 525 History of Germany, 1849-Present
3 s.h.
Study of development of modern Germany from the Revolution to
1848, including imperial, republican, and totalitarian phases, to postwar
formation of East and West Germany.

HI 526 History of Russia
3 s.h.
General survey of Russian history, culture, and institutions. Special
consideration given to study of historical forces formative of revolution in
1917.

HI 527 History of Soviet Russia
3 s.h.
General survey of contemporary Soviet history, culture, and institu-
tions. Special emphasis given to study of communist theory and its place
in current Russian historiography.

Programs and Courses - 153
History

HI 530 History of Islamic Civilization
3 s.h.
An approach to learning about non-Western culture; Mohammed,
Arabs, Muslims as creators to a great civilization from the rise of Islam to
1800; emphasis on cultural institutions and their interrelationships within
the Middle East.

HI 531 Modern Middle East
3 s.h.
Survey of changes that have taken place in the Middle East and in Is-
lam since eighteenth century and of contemporary problems in that region.

HI 540 Colonial America
3 s.h.
Survey of original thirteen states from their inception within the Brit-
ish Empire to 1763, the eve of independence. Attention given to their po-
litical development, economic position within the empire, relations with
Indians, and evolution of their social, educational, and religious lives.

HI 541 The American Revolution
3 s.h.
Study of United States history from beginnings of revolutionary crisis
in 1763 through adoption of the Constitution and the administration of
John Adams. Special emphasis is given to the causes and civil war aspects
of the revolution and the constitutional-political development of the new
nation.

HI 542 The Early Republic
3 s.h.
Survey of United States history from 1783 to 1850, with special atten-
tion on constitutional, political, and social trends.

HI 543 Civil War and Reconstruction
3 s.h.
Study of failure of American democracy to cope with issues of mid-
nineteenth century, followed by political, economic, military, and social
developments during war and reconciliation of North and South.

HI 545 The Age of Ragtime: American History, 1900-1929
3 s.h.
Using the nation's cultural development as its thematic foundation,
this course analyzes the transitional character of the Progressive Era,
World War I, and the 1920s.

HI 546 Recent United States History
3 s.h.
Study of political, economic, and cultural changes in American life
since 1929; examines roots of social problems facing us today. Some re-
cent foreign policy trends also studied.

154 - The Graduate School at lUP

HI 550 History of Latin America: Colonial Period, 1450-1820
3 s.h.
Study of life of people, Indian cultures, conquest by Spaniards and
Portuguese, government during Colonial Period, and Wars of In-
dependence.

HI 551 History of Latin America: National Period, 1820-Present
3 s.h.
Study of history of nations which have emerged since independence;
emphasis on economic, political, cultural, and social developments of
these nations, as well as relations of these nations to others in the
hemisphere.

HI 560 History of Pennsylvania

3 s.h.
Emphasizes the cultural, economic, political, and social development
of our state in various periods from colonial to today. Special attention
given to diversity of Pennsylvania's people and their institutions and
problems.

HI 561 History of American Diplomacy, 1775-1900
3 s.h.
Traces foreign relations of United States from independence to emer-
gence as a world power. Topics concentrate on themes of commercial rela-
tions, political isolation, expansion, and debate over imperialism.

HI 562 History of American Diplomacy, 1900-Present
3 s.h.
Treats primarily our twentieth-century involvement of U.S. in world
affairs and domestic debate over that involvement. Special emphasis will
be placed on the role of interest groups and increasing power of Executive
Department over foreign affairs.

HI 563 Thought and Culture in Early America
3 s.h.
Selected topics in early American intellectual and cultural growth,
with emphasis on Puritanism, Enlightenment, Cultural Nationalism, and
Romantic Movement.

HI 564 Thought and Culture in Modern America
3 s.h.
Selected treatment of historical development of modern American
movements in social and political thought, religion, philosophy, fine arts,
and literature.

HI 565 History of Black America Since Emancipation
3 s.h.
Description and analysis of role of blacks in history of the United
States since the Civil War; emphasis on key leaders, major organizations,
leading movements, and crucial ideologies of blacks in modern America.

Programs and Courses - 155
History

HI 567 Economic History of United States
3 s.h.
Historical development of economic institutions in American life since
independence; emphasis on farming, labor, transportation, banking, and
manufacturing.

HI 569 Women in History
3 s.h.
Surveys of religious, legal, political, social, and popular culture per-
spectives of womanhood in America from colonial times to present.

HI 572 History of the Early American Working Class
3 s.h.
Description and analysis of nature and significance of the U.S. work-
ing class in eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Work settings and com-
munities of workers will be examined as well as unions such as the
National Labor Union and Knights of Labor.

HI 573 History of the Modern American Working Class
3 s.h.
Description and analysis of the nature and significance of the U.S.
working class in the twentieth century. Work settings and strikes will be
examined and analyzed as well as unions such as the United Mine Work-
ers and United Auto Workers and leaders including Samuel Gompers,
John L. Lewis, and George Meany.

HI 581 Special Topics in History
3 s.h.
Each semester courses are offered in interest areas which are not part
of the regular course offerings.

HI 591 Film as Cultural, Intellectual, and Social History
3 s.h.
This course deals with the cinema as social, cultural, and intellectual
history from its origins to the present day.

HI 592 Crimes and Punishments in History
3 s.h.
Explores how historical methodology is applied to crimes; how the
historical settings have influenced the commission of crimes, as well as the
nature and extent of punishment for crimes on individual, societal, and
governmental levels.

SS 599 Contemporary Europe
3 s.h.
A study/tour program in Europe, commonly of three weeks' duration
each summer. Itinerary varies but normally includes the cities of London,
Paris, Florence, and Rome and the countries of Austria and Switzerland.
Program atmosphere is informal and always fun and tiring (lots of walk-
ing). Informal lectures on site, guided tours. Academic work includes
reading before departure and keeping a daily log.

156 - The Graduate School at IVP

HI 600 Readings in History
3-6 s.h.
Directed readings of historical materials, focused on a general topic.

HI 601 History Seminar
3-6 s.h.
Area research, culminating in a formal paper.

HI 614 Research Methods
3 s.h.
Investigation of library systems, reference works, bibliographies, how
to compile a bibliography, organizing research, use of statistics, style sys-
tems in printing.

HI 698 History Internship
1-6 s.h.
With departmental approval, students are attached to local or nation-
al government or private agencies doing directive, bibliography, archival,
or museum work. Advising professor meets with intern regularly and de-
termines what papers or reports will be required.

HI 699 Independent Study

3 s.h.
Student selects topic for individual study with an instructor.

HI 850 Thesis
3-6 s.h.

Home Economics Education

The program leading to the M.Ed, degree in Home Economics has been
placed on inactive status. No applications are being accepted for this pro-
gram. Individual course descriptions are included in this catalog for stu-
dents who are already admitted and are completing this degree.

Course Descriptions

HE 533 Tour in Home Economics
1-6 s.h.
Aspects of home economics are studied in relation to the culture of
areas toured. Consult brochures, summer sessions schedules, or chairper-
son for special offerings.

HE 675 Special Problems in Home Economics
3 s.h.
Specific problems with curriculum, teaching, learning experiences, and
evaluation of a subject matter area are stressed. Each student will research
a special problem or area of interest.

Programs and Courses - 157
Home Economics Education

HE 698 Internship
1-6 s.h.
Supervised work experience for majors.

HE 677 Seminar in Home Economics
1-3 s.h.
Seminars in selected topics.

HE 697 Workshop in Home Economics
1-6 s.h.
Provides opportunities for experienced educational personnel to con-
centrate their study on common professional problems.

HE 699 Independent Study in Home Economics
1-6 s.h.
Student will pursue an independent study in area of home economics
not previously studied and for which the student and adviser identify a
need.

Human Development and the Family

HE 517 Infant Development
3 s.h.
Study of characteristic developmental changes of human infants from
birth to approximately two and one-half years.

HE 526 Techniques of Parent Education
3 s.h.
Focuses on scope and aims of parent education movement. Methods
of helping families become more effective in their parent-child relation-
ships are examined.

HE 527 Administration of Child Development Centers
3 s.h.
Development of competencies needed to administer child care pro-
grams. Focuses on program philosophy, curriculum materials, parent and
community involvement, staff selection and training, admissions and
grouping, proposal writing, budgeting and finance, government regula-
tions, reporting, and record-keeping.

HE 556 Independent Living for Individuals With Special Needs
3 s.h.
Home management and work simplification techniques for individuals
with special needs. Includes adaptations and modifications for housing,
clothing, foods, child care, and consumer problems of handicapped in-
dividuals.

HE 620 Problems in Family Living
3 s.h.
Emphasis is placed on solving problems created by social change.
New knowledge from science, medicine, sociology, economics, art, and

158 - The Graduate School at lUP

psychology is utilized to improve family living. Problems concerned with
food, clothing, shelter, management, and family relationships are inves-
tigated.

HE 621 Field Work in Family Life or Human Development
3 s.h.
Designed to study individual and family interaction. Methods of
working with various types of families through an analysis of research,
scientific literature, and community programs are studied. Advanced
graduate students plan and participate in laboratory-type work with in-
dividual families. Prerequisite: permission of instructor for nonmajors.

Education

HE 555 Home Economics Programs for Individuals with Special Needs
3 s.h.
Application of vocational regulations and public laws in relation to
individuals with special needs in home economics programs. Planning,
methods, strategies, and resources for individuals with special needs in
home economics programs in school and nonschool settings.

HE 670 Home Economics in American Education
3 s.h.
Present status of home economics is reviewed in terms of profession's
history and philosophy. Role and contribution of home economics at the
elementary, secondary, and postsecondary levels are reviewed and evaluat-
ed; trends and issues are investigated.

HE 671 Home Economics in Higher Education
3 s.h.
Contemporary programs at the college level are evaluated in terms of
major issues, trends, and problems in higher education. Emphasis is
placed on problems of curriculum development, effective teaching,
guidance, and evaluation in professional home economics.

HE 672 Evaluation in Home Economics
3 s.h.
Evaluative methods and techniques designed to measure a comprehen-
sive range of home economics educational objectives are studied. Special
attention to use and construction of teacher-made tests and evaluative
devices.

HE 673 Supervision and Administration in Home Economics
3 s.h.
Deals with principles, methods, and techniques of supervision in home
economics. Special attention is given to basic concepts in supervision such
as human relations, communication process, decision making, and leader-
ship strategies.

Programs and Courses - 159
Industrial and l.ahor Relations

HE 674 Advanced Methods of Teaching Home Economics
3 s.h.
Various models of classroom teaching are studied with emphasis on
procedure, equipment, and materials used in the improvement of instruc-
tion. Implications of current trends and issues relevant to classroom edu-
cation are discussed.

HE 676 Curriculum Development in Home Economics
3 s.h.
Special attention is focused on realistic curriculum decisions and using
innovative procedures.

HE 690 Research in Home Economics
3 s.h.
Methodology is introduced and studied in terms of research problems.
Reports by home economics, behavioral science, and education researchers
are analyzed and evaluated. Designed to assist the student in defining a
thesis. Student should complete HE 676 before scheduling this course.

Industrial and Labor Relations

The Master of Arts in Industrial and Labor Relations is a multi-
disciplinary graduate degree program designed to prepare professional
practitioners in the field of industrial and labor relations in public and pri-
vate management, unions, government agencies, and neutral and service
organizations. The 42-semester-hour program consists of a required core
of 27 semester hours and elective course offerings totaling 15 semester
hours.

In consultation with the adviser, each student will individually build the
elective sequence of the program of study by choosing 15 elective semester
hours from among industrial and labor relations courses and courses ap-
proved by the adviser offered by other departments.

Students are strongly encouraged to elect an internship to integrate theory
and practice in the field. Certain students with exceptional background in
relevant work experience or previous course work may qualify for exemp-
tion from some courses. As part of their professional growth, students
may also participate in the research and training activities of the Pennsyl-
vania Center for the Study of Labor Relations.

Course Requirements for the M.A. Degree

I. Required Core: 27 semester hours in LR 610, LR 611, LR 612, LR
613, LR 615, LR 619, LR 625, LR 641, and EC 530 (or approved
substitute).

II. Elective Area: 15 semester hours chosen from other elective courses in
industrial and labor relations or from related departments with the
approval of student's adviser.

160 - The Graduate School at lUP

Course Descriptions

LR 526 Case Studies in Labor-Management Relations
3 s.h.
Study of labor-management relationships in a variety of organization-
al settings through utilization of the case study technique.

LR 557 Labor and Business in Politics
3 s.h.
Analysis of labor and business involvement in politics with special at-
tention to the involvement of labor and business in Pennsylvania and na-
tional politics.

LR 581 Special Topics in Industrial and Labor Relations
3 s.h.
According to student demand, special graduate course on selected
topics.

LR 610 Employee Rights Under Law
3 s.h.
A review of the legislated rights and benefits of employees in terms of
their impact on labor and management in the collective bargaining
process.

LR 611 Development and Theories of the Labor Movement
3 s.h.
Institutional and theoretical overview of the development of the
American labor movement with special emphasis on major labor move-
ment theorists. (Alternative: HI 566)

LR 612 Labor Relations Practice and Administration
3 s.h.
Practice and administration of labor relations focusing on the opera-
tion and internal relationships of the individuals involved and upon the
application of labor relations skills.

LR 613 Fundamentals of American Industrial and Labor Relations
3 s.h.
Introduction to terms, theories, and practice of industrial and labor
relations in the United States.

LR 615 Dispute Settlement
3 s.h.
Review of the theories underlying and legislation supporting labor ar-
bitration, emphasizing development of advocacy skills through simulations
of actual disputes. Prerequisite: LR 613.

LR 618 Seminar: Current Issues in Industrial and Labor Relations
3 s.h.
Detailed examination of current professional issues in the field.

Programs and Courses -161
Industrial and Labor Relations

LR 619 Research Methods in Industrial and Labor Relations
3 s.h.
Nature of and major outlets for contemporary research in labor rela-
tions, as well as the historical development of research in the field. Ele-
ments of statistics and quantitative interpretations are introduced.

LR 620 Internship
3 s.h.
Field experience in industrial and labor relations. An internship log
and term paper are required.

LR 621 Labor Relations in the Public Sector
3 s.h.
Developments in federal, state, and local labor relations including:
presidential orders and federal agencies; survey of the states; Pennsylvania
Acts 111 and 195; effects of public sector fact-finding and arbitration.

LR 622 Discrimination in Employment
3 s.h.
Investigation of employment discrimination in the United States with
special attention to the roles of government, industry, and labor and the
impact of federal intervention since 1960.

LR 623 Structure and Government of Unions
3 s.h.
The union examined as an institution, with focus on its organizational
structure; administration; relationships with the employer, its members,
and its state and national affiliates. Particular unions will be chosen for
case study.

LR 624 Comparative Labor Relations
3 s.h.
International dimensions of labor relations are explored by examining
the labor-management relations in a foreign country or region. Prerequi-
site: LR 613.

LR 625 Processes of Collective Bargaining
3 s.h.
Survey of current laws, principles, and procedures in use in modern
collective bargaining and evolving trends.

LR 631 Human Resources Management in the Public Sector
3 s.h.
Human resource management systems with a special examination of
public sector organizations.

LR 632 Compensation and Benefit Administration

3 s.h.
Study of the field of compensation management and benefits adminis-
tration in the public and private sectors. Special emphasis on the input of
collective bargaining in the development and administration of compensa-

162 - The Graduate School at lUP

tion and benefit systems and the necessary skills to function as a profes-
sional in the field.

LR 640 Negotiations
3 s.h.
A course on negotiations theory and practice which applies negotia-
tions strategies from a variety of fields in hands-on simulations of collec-
tive bargaining in labor relations. Prerequisite: LR 613.

LR 641 Contract Administration
3 s.h.
Analysis of the practices and responsibilities of labor and manage-
ment in the mutual performance of a collective bargaining agreement with
primary attention given to the process of grievance resolution. Prerequi-
site: LR 613.

LR 642 Concerted Activity
3 s.h.
Examines the various strategies and tactics that are available to the
parties in confrontational situations. Emphasizes the statutory limitations
set forth in the Labor Management Relations Act relating to topics such
as picketing, consumer appeals, and boycotts.

LR 650 Alternative Work Styles
3 s.h.
Review of efforts to increase worker participation in certain levels of
managerial decision making in private and public production or service en-
terprise, through shares in ownership, seats on boards, quality circles, and
other participative structures. Results will be considered from the point of
view of productivity, worker satisfaction, and social utility. Prerequisite:
LR 613.

LR 651 Conflict Resolution
3 s.h.
An applied course focusing on the resolution of conflict between
groups by a third party. Specifically examined are the techniques of
negotiation, mediation, and conciliation. Simulation and role play are util-
ized as well as readings in theory and case study.

LR 681 Special Topics in Industrial and Labor Relations
3 s.h.
According to student demand, special graduate courses on selected
topics.

LR 699 Independent Study
3 s.h.
Students will select one or more topics of critical importance in indus-
trial and labor relations and will meet with faculty for independent read-
ing, analysis, and evaluation. Prerequisites: approval of department
chairperson, college dean, and provost.

Programs and Courses - 163

Industrial and Labor Relations

Mathematics

LR 850 Thesis
3 s.h.
For students writing the thesis, LR 850 should be scheduled for the
semester in which they plan to complete their work. The thesis may be a
noncommittee thesis (1 to 3 semester hours), with one faculty member
serving as the student's adviser, or a committee thesis (! to 6 semester
hours).

Mathematics

The Mathematics Department offers the Master of Science degree, the
Master of Education degree with a major in mathematics, and the Master
of Education in Elementary and Middle School Mathematics Education.

The Master of Science degree program in Mathematics is designed for
those students who plan to pursue careers in business, industry, and
government. It emphasizes applied mathematics in the areas of operations
research and statistics so that its graduates are highly marketable in either
business or government. Course requirements are flexible enough and
course offerings are timely enough to allow appropriate choices for per-
sons preparing for employment or already employed in areas of applied
mathematics, for students who will pursue further graduate work in
mathematics, and even for those who are engaged in mathematics educa-
tion at the secondary or postsecondary levels. The option of either writing
a thesis or participating in an internship is designed to fit the needs of the
individual graduate student.

The Master of Education with a major in mathematics is specifically
designed for secondary mathematics teachers; its purpose is to provide an
opportunity for students to increase their knowledge of mathematics and
to become aware of research and innovations in mathematics education.

The program leading to a Master of Education degree in Elementary and
Middle School Mathematics Education is designed to give elementary
school and middle school educators both depth and breadth in the mathe-
matical content and pedagogy essential for providing leadership in contem-
porary school mathematics programs.

Each graduate student will be assigned an academic adviser to aid in
selecting the most appropriate program. Approval of the adviser is re-
quired for all courses leading to the master's degree.

Master of Science in Mathematics

One of the following options is to be selected:

1. a minimum of 30 hours of graduate work, which includes a
3-hour committee supervised thesis or

164 - The Graduate School at I UP

2. a minimum of 33 hours of graduate work, which includes a
6-hour internship.

In either option, fifty percent of the credit hours must come from 600-
level (or higher) courses.

Unless comparable courses have been taken at the undergraduate level, the
following requisite courses must be completed: MA 525, MA 545, MA
546, MA 563, and MA 564.

In addition, at least five of the following courses must be taken, four of
which must come from 600 level: MA 547, MA 571, MA 641, MA 643,
MA 645, MA 661, MA 663, MA 665, MA 684, MA 685, and MA 688.

Other graduate level mathematics courses may be selected with the ap-
proval of the student's adviser. Also, with the adviser's approval, up to 6
hours of graduate work in other disciplines such as Chemistry, Computer
Science, Economics, Finance/MIS, and Physics may be taken.

Course Descriptions

MA 518 Sampling Survey Theory and its Applications
3 s.h.
Directed to the student who is or will be doing quantitative research,
commissioning large-scale surveys, and evaluating the results. Sampling
techniques and statistical principles underlying their use will be introduced.
Consideration will be given to the practical problems associated with im-
plementation. Prerequisite: (for non-Math majors) MA 214, MA 216, MA
217, or GR 516.

MA 521-522 Advanced Calculus I, II
3,3 s.h.
A rigorous investigation of continuity, differentiation, and integration
on real p-dimensional space. The Riemann-Stieltjes integral, infinite series,
and infinite series of functions are also studied. Prerequisite: permission
of the adviser.

MA 523 Complex Variables I
3 s.h.
Introduces fundamental concepts of complex analysis and includes the
following topics: complex numbers, functions, sequences, analytic func-
tions, elementary functions, complex integration, power series, Laurent
series, singular points, calculus of residues, infinite product and partial
fraction expansion, conformal mapping, and analytic continuation.
Prerequisite: permission of the adviser.

MA 525 Applied Mathematical Analysis I
3 s.h.
This course provides the necessary background for an understanding
of mathematical programming, proofs of convergence of algorithms, con-

Programs and Courses - J 65
Mathematics

vexity, and factorable functions. It also develops necessary concepts in
matrix theory which arc required to develop efficient algorithms to solve
linear and nonlinear programming models. Prerequisite: Calculus .se-
quence, introductory linear algebra, or permission of the instructor.

MA 527 Topology
3 s.h.
Basic topological concepts, including some topological invariant rela-
tionships between topology and other disciplines of mathematics, are dis-
cussed. Prerequisites: Differential and Integral Calculus.

MA 545 Programming Models in Operations Research
3 s.h.
Development of deterministic mathematical models for managerial
and social sciences with relevant computational techniques. Three hours'
lecture per week. Prerequisites: two semesters of calculus.

MA 546 Probabilistic Models in Operations Research
3 s.h.
Development of probabilistic mathematical models for managerial and
social sciences with relevant computational techniques. Three hours' lec-
ture per week. Prerequisites: two semesters of calculus, MA 563 or
equivalent.

MA 547 Simulation Models
3 s.h.
This course considers the types of models that are basic to any simu-
lation and methods for building and using such models. It includes dis-
crete and continuous system simulations, their applications, and an
introduction to SLAM II (Simulation Language for Alternative Modeling).
Prerequisites: completion of the calculus sequence, background in statistics
and probability, and familiarity with concepts of programming (knowledge
of a particular programming language not required).

MA 553 Theory of Numbers
3 s.h.
Elementary properties of divisibility, congruences, Chinese remainder
theories, primitive roots and indices, quadratic reciprocity, diophantine
equations, and number theoretic functions. Prerequisites: Differential and
Integral Calculus.

MA 563 Mathematical Statistics I
3 s.h.
ProbabiUty theory necessary for an understanding of mathematical
statistics is developed; applications of the theory are given, with emphasis
on binomial, Poisson, and normal distributions. Sampling distributions
and the central limit theorem are developed. Prerequisites: Differential and
Integral Calculus.

166 - The Graduate School at I UP

MA 564 Mathematical Statistics II
3 s.h.
Multivariate distributions, properties of the moment generating func-
tion, change of variable technique. Chi-square distribution, estimation,
confidence intervals, testing hypotheses, contingency tables, goodness of
fit. Many practical applications. Use of calculating machines and com-
puters where appropriate. Prerequisite: MA 563.

MA 565 Topics in Statistics
3 s.h.
Correlation and regression from applied and theoretical points of
view, bivariate normal distribution, small sample theory. Student's t and F
distributions, analysis of variance, nonparametric methods. Many practical
applications. Calculating machines and computers used as appropriate.
Prerequisite: MA 564.

MA 571 Linear Algebra
3 s.h.
Theory of vector spaces and linear transformations, applications to
linear equations, determinants, and characteristic roots are studied.

MA 576-577 Abstract Algebra I, II
3,3 s.h.
Basic algebra structures such as groups, rings, integral domains, and
fields. Designed to develop ability to construct formal proofs and work
within an abstract axiomatic system. Polynomial rings, factorization, and
field extension leading up to Galois theory.

MA 581-583 Topics Seminars in Mathematics
3 s.h.
Special topics going beyond the scope of regularly offered courses.
Offered per student interest/available staff. Students may take more than
one topic seminar with approval of adviser. Prerequisite: consent of in-
structor.

MA 600 Methods of Research in Mathematics
3 s.h.
Review of literature and recent research in mathematics. Emphasis on
use of periodicals, other library resources. Each student completes an in-
dependent study of an approved topic, including a written report.

MA 631 Foundations of Mathematics I
3 s.h.
Designed to acquaint students with logical techniques used in proof
and set theory. Topics include symbolic logic, rules of inference, validity
of arguments, algebra of sets, cardinal numbers, the well-ordering
property, and the Axiom of Choice.

MA 641 Differential Equations
3 s.h.
Special solvable nonlinear equations with solutions based on operator

Programs and Courses -167
Mathematics

techniques, Laplace transform, or infinite series. Applications to physical
problems. Three hours' lecture per week. Prerequisite: Differential and In-
tegral Calculus.

MA 643 Graphs, Networks, and Combinatorics
3 s.h.
This course presents a study of arrangements and counting through
the use of classical and analytical techniques. Properties of arrangement
and measure of graphs are also examined. Emphasis is on computation
and application. Prerequisites: Calculus sequence.

MA 645 Nonlinear Programming Models
3 s.h.
This course examines algorithms for solving nonlinear programming
(optimization) models. It is also concerned with the theory of nonlinear
optimization and with the characteristics of optimal points. Optimization
models of real-world problems which can be solved by nonlinear program-
ming methodology are also presented. Prerequisites: MA 525 and MA 545
or equivalent courses.

MA 650 History of Mathematics
3 s.h.
People and ideas that have shaped the course of events in mathemat-
ics. Major attention given to developing activities for secondary school
mathematics classroom which incorporate the historical viewpoint.

MA 651 Seminar in Teaching Junior High School Mathematics
3 s.h.
Explores problems of teaching mathematics at junior high level. Em-
phasis on a discovery, lab-oriented approach to teaching. Prerequisite: per-
mission of instructor.

MA 652 Seminar in Teaching Senior High School Mathematics
3 s.h.
National and international forces shaping today's mathematics pro-
grams, curriculum development and research, art of generating interest,
formation of concepts, proof, problem solving, generalization, and evalua-
tion. Special attention to teaching topics from algebra and calculus and
modern approaches to teaching geometry and trigonometry. Prerequisite:
permission of instructor.

MA 654 Curriculum and Supervision in Mathematics
3 s.h.
Basic principles underlying effective mathematics curriculum from
both a theoretical and experimental viewpoint. Investigates supervisor's
role as source of stimulation, leadership, and expertise in teaching
mathematics.

168 - The Graduate School at I UP

MA 655 Projective Geometry
3 s.h.
Introduces Klein's formulation of geometry of the invariant theory of
a given set under a given group of transformations and develops projec-
tive spaces of one and two dimensions and conies and quadratic forms.
Prerequisites: undergraduate courses in linear algebra and geometry.

MA 656 Affine Geometry
3 s.h.
Examines affine and metric geometries based on axiom system stated
in terms of linear algebra, which leads to important theorems of classical
geometry. Prerequisites: undergraduate courses in linear algebra and ge-
ometry.

MA 661 Advanced Sampling Theory
3 s.h.
Sampling techniques and the statistical principles underlying their use
are introduced along with some of the more difficult nonsampling
problems that arise in the design and implementation of large scale sample
surveys. Topics include simple random sampling, stratified random sam-
pling, systematic sampling, cluster sampling, ratio estimation, use of sup-
plementary information, sampling from wildlife populations, and sample
size determination. Computer software will be used to facilitate arithmetic
calculations. Prerequisite: MA 564 or consent of the instructor.

MA 663 Nonparametric Statistics
3 s.h.
This course examines statistical procedures valid under unrestrictive
assumptions, scales of measurement, efficiency comparisons, signed rank
procedures, two-sample rank tests, zero ties, order statistics, k-sample
procedures, nonparametric measure of correlation. Prerequisite: MA 564
or consent of the instructor.

MA 665 Applied Regression Analysis
3 s.h.
Regression analysis and its interfaces with multivariate methods are
presented in this course. The student is introduced to least squares, a
matrix approach to linear regression, an examination of residuals, dummy
variables, the polynomial model, best regression equations, multiple
regression and mathematical model building, and multiple regression ap-
plied to analysis of variance and covariance. Computer programs for multi-
variate analysis will be used. Prerequisites: Introductory Linear Algebra
and MA 564 or consent of the instructor.

MA 681-683 Special Topics in Mathematics
3 s.h.
Special topics in graduate mathematics beyond the scope of regularly
offered graduate classes. Offered as student interest and available staff
permit. With approval of the adviser more than one special topics class
may be taken. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.

Programs and Courses -169
Mathematics

MA 684 Topics in Operations Research
3 s.h.
Special topics in operations research beyond the scope of regularly
offered graduate courses. Offered as student interest and available staff
permit. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.

MA 685 Topics in Statistical Methods
3 s.h.
This variable content course is designed for the student who has
knowledge of basic statistical principles including analysis of variance and
covariance, regression,, and nonparametric statistics. Advanced, innova-
tive, or exploratory topics in applied statistics will be introduced. Content
will vary according to the interests of the instructor and students. Prereq-
uisites: MA 661, MA 663, and MA 665.

MA 668 Problems in Applied Mathematics
3 s.h.
The purpose of this course is to involve the students in the solution
of the mathematical problems which arise in real-world applications or to
present topics which apply mathematics to real-world situations. Prerequi-
sites: MA 525, MA 564, MA 545, MA 546, and permission of the in-
structor.

MA 698 Internship
1-6 s.h.
Positions with participating companies or agencies provide students
with experience in mathematics-related work under the supervision of
agencies and faculty.

MA 699 Independent Study in Mathematics
3 s.h.
Under the guidance of faculty member, a student may study some
area of mathematics not included in the regular courses.

MA 850 Thesis
3 s.h.

Master of Education in Mathematics

A minimum of 30 semester hours must be completed by each candidate
for the Master of Education degree, and the following requirements must
be satisfied:

1. One course (3 semester hours) from FE 514, FE 611, FE 612,
FE 613.

2. One course (3 semester hours) from EP 604, EP 573, EP 576,
EP 578, CE 629, CE 639, EX 631.

3. GR 615, Elements of Research (3 semester hours).

4. Six semester hours from MA 650, MA 651, MA 652, MA 654.
With special permission from the adviser, EM 651, EM 652 or
EM 653 are acceptable for fulfillment of this requirement.

770 - The Graduate School at I UP

5. A minimum of 15 s.h. of mathematics content courses. MA 521
and MA 576 are required unless comparable courses have been
completed at the undergraduate level.

For descriptions of FE courses, see section on Foundations of Education;
for EP courses, see Educational Psychology; for CE courses. Counselor
Education; for EX courses. Special Education; for EM courses.
Mathematics for Elementary and Middle School Teachers; and for GR
courses, see entry under General Service Courses.

Master of Education in Elementary

and Middle School Mathematics Education

An integral part of the program will be to familiarize the students with re-
cent developments in curriculum, instruction, and implementation of con-
temporary mathematics programs in elementary and middle schools. Upon
completion of the program, the student will be prepared to serve as a
resource teacher, mathematics teacher in a departmentalized situation,
coordinator, or in other leadership roles in an elementary or middle school
mathematics program. For teachers in public schools, the program meets
the credit requirements for Instructional Level II certification. It does not
provide 7-12 certification for those who hold a K-6 Level I certificate.

Students have three options for the completion of the program leading to
a Master of Education Degree in Elementary and Middle School
Mathematics Education.

Option 1 Primarily designed for those who wish to pursue a degree after
the master's degree. The requirements are 27 hours of course
work and a three-hour committee thesis.

Option 2 Primarily designed for those who will take a leadership role in
the school. The requirements are 30 hours of course work and
written comprehensive examination.

Option 3 Primarily designed for the classroom teacher who wishes to up-
date skills. The requirements are 36 hours of course work with
no thesis or comprehensive examination required.

All students must satisfy the following course requirements.

I. Professional Development

9 to 12 semester hours required from EM 650 and EP 604.
The remaining 3 to 6 semester hours are to be chosen from the gradu-
ate course offerings of the Department of Professional Studies in Edu-
cation and the Department of Special Education and Clinical Services.
Students should consult their adviser concerning prerequisites and ap-
propriateness before scheduling these courses.

II. Educational Research

3 semester hours GR 615

Programs and Courses - 171
Mathematics

III. Curriculum and Instruction in Mathematics Education

6 to 9 semester hours required from EM 651, EM 652, EM 653, EM
654, EM 698, EM 699, and EM 850

IV. Subject Matter Concentration Area

9 to 18 semester hours required from EM 517, EM 520, EM 550, EM
556, EM 557, EM 558, EM 559, EM 571, EM 601, EM 602, EM 603,
and EM 681.

Option 1: 9 to 12 semester hours
Option 2: 9 to 12 semester hours
Option 3: 15 to 18 semester hours

Subject Matter Concentration Areas will generally be chosen from
those having the "EM" department label. Other courses may be
substituted (such as MA 654) only if approved by the student's
adviser.

Students will declare which option they are choosing when they are accept-
ed in the program. In unusual circumstances (to be determined by the stu-
dent's adviser and the Elementary Mathematics Graduate Program
Committee), the student may petition the committee to change options.

Internship Program

lUP in cooperation with a selected school system offers a graduate-level
internship program leading to the Master of Education Degree in Elemen-
tary and Middle School Mathematics Education. This program is intended
to provide a limited number of well-qualified graduate students with
teaching experience in a compensatory K-8 mathematics program while
completing the requirements for the Master of Education Degree Program.

All interns will enroll in EM 698 — Supervised Internship — and may earn 3
hours for professional work experiences that they perform in a cooperat-
ing school district. Credits earned for EM 698 will be counted as part of
the curriculum and instruction component of the degree program.

Course Descriptions

MA 517 Introduction to Probability and Statistics
3 s.h.
Introduces students to elementary concepts of probability which will
enable them to analyze data, make predictions, and determine what con-
cepts may be used with children. Prerequisite: MA 152 or equivalent.

MA 520 Pre-Calculus Mathematics I
3 s.h.
Examines the function concept as applied to elementary real-number
functions and graphing techniques for these functions. Topics include real-
number functions such as absolute value, step, linear quadratic and other

172 - The Graduate School at I UP

polynomial functions, trigonometric and other periodic functions, ex-
ponential logarithmic functions, and all other inverse functions. Students
will examine curricular materials that develop function concepts in grades
K-8. Prerequisite: MA 152 or equivalent.

MA 550 Mathematics for Early Childhood
3 s.h.
Study of child-centered, activity-oriented, mathematics program for
early childhood education. Students gather and construct manipulative
materials and become familiar with commercially produced materials.
Prenumbered activities, number activities, numeration, operations on
whole numbers, fractional numbers, geometry, measurement, problem
solving, study of related research. Prerequisite: MA 152 or equivalent.

EM 556 Principles of Geometry I
3 s.h.
Students become acquainted with an informal, intuitive approach to
geometry. Activities and materials for teaching geometrical concepts to
children are an integral part of the course. Prerequisite: MA 152 or
equivalent.

EM 557 Introduction to Number Theory
3 s.h.
Introduction to topics in elementary number theory, including basic
operations and properties of integers; divisibility properties of integers;
modular arithmetic and congruences; diophantine equations; interesting
relationships among numbers; applications of number theory in elementary
school mathematics. Prerequisite: MA 152 or equivalent.

EM 558 Introduction to Logic and Logical Games
3 s.h.
Introduction to some basic ideas, terminology, and notation of logic.
Topics considered: symbolic logic, with special emphasis on algebra of
propositions; applications of Boolean algebra, such as algebra of sets and
switching circuits; and introduction to quantification theory and its value
in determining validity of mathematical arguments, inference schemes, and
logical puzzles and a consideration of other topics in logic suitable for a
K-8 mathematics curriculum. Prerequisite: MA 152 or equivalent.

EM 559 Computer-Related Topics in the Elementary and Middle School
3 s.h.
This course is intended to provide teachers with the concepts and
techniques necessary to teach computer-related topics to children in the
elementary and middle schools. Prerequisite: MA 152 or equivalent or
consent of instructor.

EM 571 Basic Concepts of Algebra
3 s.h.
Concepts of basic algebraic structure such as group, ring, integral do-
main, field, and vector space are studied within the context of the mathe-

Programs and Courses - 173
Mathematics

matical maturity of the student. Other topics include relations and func-
tions, systems of equations, and inequalities. Consideration given to de-
velopment of these concepts in the mathematics curriculum. F'rerequisite:
MA 152 or equivalent.

EM 581 Special Topics
3 s.h.
Special Topics which go beyond the scope of regular offered courses.
Offered on basis of student interest and available staff. The student may
take more than one Special Topics offering with the written approval of
the adviser. Prerequisite: MA 152 or equivalent.

EM 601 Basic Concepts in Mathematics I
3 s.h.
For students who have not taken MA 151 or an equivalent course as
undergraduates. Will give good understanding of development and struc-
ture of systems of numeration up to and including the set of real
numbers.

EM 602 Basic Concepts in Mathematics II
3 s.h.
For students who, as undergraduates, have not taken MA 152 or an
equivalent course. Will give a basic understanding of algebraic properties
of different mathematical systems and help students to understand how
properties of systems are interrelated. Prerequisite: EM 601 or equivalent.

EM 603 Teaching the Metric System
3 s.h.
A course designed for elementary and/or middle school teachers that
will thoroughly acquaint them with the SI Metric System as the general
public will use it and provide an opportunity to investigate and create ac-
tivities suitable for their students. Secondary teachers familiar with the SI
System or with methods of teaching the system will find this course very
beneficial also. Prerequisite: methods course in teaching mathematics or
consent of instructor.

EM 650 Curriculum and Instruction in Elementary School Mathematics
3 s.h.
The design of this course is to familiarize the elementary/middle
school teacher with the philosophical and psychological issues that guide
the development of mathematics curriculums. Topics include a history of
the development of mathematics curriculum; innovative curriculums that
have had impact on teaching and learning; ways of implementing a con-
temporary program; and criteria for textbook selection. Prerequisite:
methods course in teaching mathematics or consent of instructor.

EM 651 The Laboratory Approach to Teaching Mathematics
3 s.h.
Development of the lab approach to the teaching of mathematics. In-
cludes both an intensive study of techniques, organization and supervision

174 - The Graduate School at IV P

of laboratory activities, and the practical design, construction, and im-
plementation of materials. Prerequisite: methods course in teaching
mathematics or consent of instructor.

EM 652 Diagnosis and Remedial Teaching of Mathematics
3 s.h.
Examines why some children have difficulty in learning mathematical
concepts and presents tools and techniques for diagnosing and remediating
common difficulties in elementary and middle school mathematics. Course
valuable for those teaching in elementary, middle school, or remedial pro-
grams. Prerequisite: methods course in teaching mathematics or consent of
instructor.

EM 653 Mathematics for the Gifted Student
3 s.h.
The course will examine different approaches for mathematically gift-
ed students. As a result, the students will become familiar with resources
and elementary programs designed for use in either regular classrooms or
special classes for the gifted. Prerequisite: methods course in teaching
mathematics or consent of instructor.

EM 654 Teaching Problem Solving in the Elementary and Middle School
3 s.h.
This course is intended to teach teachers how to become better
problem solvers and teaches problem-solving techniques appropriate for
grades K-8. Prerequisite: methods course in teaching mathematics or con-
sent of instructor.

EM 681 Special Topics
3 s.h.
Special topics which go beyond the scope of regular offered courses.
Offered on basis of student interest and available staff. The student may
take more than one Special Topics offering with the written approval of
the adviser. Prerequisite: methods course in teaching mathematics or con-
sent of instructor.

EM 698 Supervised Internship
3 s.h.
A professional work experience in a cooperating school district under
the supervision of designated public school personnel, subject to review
and evaluations by a university faculty member. Registration by permis-
sion only.

EM 699 Elementary Math — Independent Study
1-6 s.h.
Under the guidance of a faculty member, a student may study some
area of mathematics or mathematics education not covered in the regular
courses.

EM 850 Thesis
3 s.h.

Programs and Courses - 1 75
Music

Music

The Department of Music offers a Master of Arts in Music with a choice
of concentration in one of the following areas: History and Literature,
Theory, Performance, and Music Education.

The graduate program in music provides the student with opportunities to
improve his/her skills as teacher, performer, or scholar beyond the
bachelor's degree. Upon acceptance by the Graduate School, each student
consults the director of Graduate Studies in Music who will help to plan
the sequence of courses and who will be responsible for the formation of
the thesis or recital committee.

Admission: Undergraduate degree with major in music or its demonstrated
equivalent is required. Placement examinations will be required in theory,
music history, piano proficiency, and principal performing medium. The
adviser will use the results of the examinations to prescribe specific elec-
tives. Upon completion of course work, each student will schedule a com-
prehensive oral examination with a faculty committee.

Master of Arts in Music

Core Courses: MU 600, MU 516 (MU 618 if concentration is IV) and MU
632 (9 semester hours).

Major Concentration:

I. Music History and Literature — Courses (four) are selected from the
following: MU 503, MU 504, MU 505, MU 507, MU 508, MU 510,
MU 618 (12 semester hours).

IL Music Theory and Concentration — Courses (four) are selected from
the following: MU 511, MU 512, MU 513, MU 514, MU 515, MU
618 (12 semester hours).

IIL Music Performance — Applied music courses in the major perfor-
mance area AM 610-771 (12 semester hours).

IV. Music Education — MU 619 and MU 620 are required; with recital or
thesis, two or three additional courses are selected; without recital or
thesis, up to four additional courses are selected from the following:
MU 501, MU 502, MU 535, MU 628, MU 629, MU 631, MU 633,
MU 634, MU 635, MU 636, MU 537, MU 540-550 (10 to 14
semester hours).

Elective Courses:

If major concentration is I, II, III, courses totaling 6 semester hours are
selected according to student's needs and interests.

If major concentration is IV, select a music theory or history course
(3 semester hours) and applied music study in the student's major or
minor performance area (4 semester hours).

176 - The Graduate School at IV P

Thesis or Recital

MU 850 Thesis — if major concentration is I or II 3-4 s.h.

(Optional if major concentration is IV) 2-4 s.h.
GR 851 Recital — if major concentration is III 4 s.h.

(Optional if major concentration is IV) 2-4 s.h.

For description of GR courses, see entry under "General Service
Courses."

Course Descriptions

MU 501 Advanced Choral Conducting
2 s.h.
Material will include large choral works with and without accompani-
ment. Student will be expected to develop skills in reading score.

MU 502 Advanced Instrumental Conducting

2 s.h.

An intensive study of large instrumental works. Skill development of
each individual will be stressed.

MU 503 Music of the Baroque Era

3 s.h.

A survey of music from about 1600 to 1750.

MU 504 Music of the Classical Era
3 s.h.
A survey of music from about 1725 to about 1827.

MU 505 Music of the Romantic Era
3 s.h.
A survey of music from about 1800 to 1910.

MU 506 Voice Pedagogy
3 s.h.
Techniques in teaching voice.

MU 507 Music of the Twentieth Century
3 s.h.
A survey of the principal stylistic trends in music from 1900 to the
present.

MU 508 Music of the Sixteenth Century
3 s.h.
A survey of music from about 1500 to 1600.

Programs and Courses - 177
Music

MU 509 Piano Pedagogy
3 s.h.
Survey of current and significant past developments in teaching of pi-
ano, both privately and in small and large classes. The various piano
methods are analyzed, compared, criticized, and adapted to each individu-
al's use.

MU 510 Seminar in Music

Subject matter will change each semester. Students will make presen-
tations and write an extensive research paper. Seminar may be repeated
(with departmental approval), provided subject matter is not. An in-depth
study can be made of narrowly defined areas, such as life and/or works
of a specific composer or group of composers.

MU 511 Composition
3 s.h.
Composition of music in various song forms through the rondos and
the larger sonata allegro form. Careful analysis of similar forms of major
composers. Instruction will be highly individualized and will depend con-
siderably on personal interest of the student.

MU 512 Advanced Orchestration
3 s.h.
Consideration to problems of scoring for full symphony orchestra,
string orchestra, and chamber orchestra. Students will produce a full score
and orchestra parts so that orchestra may be tested by actual playing by
the University Symphony.

MU 513 Advanced Band Scoring
3 s.h.
Problems of scoring for modern concert band. In addition, problems
of scoring for brass band, woodwind choir, and percussion ensemble will
be considered.

MU 514 Advanced Choral Arranging

2 s.h.

Four-part writing course. Five-, six-, seven-, and eight-part writing
will constitute large part of the course. Special consideration will be given
to problem of writing for men's and women's voices.

MU 515 Canon, Double Counterpoint, and Fugue

3 s.h.

Application of contrapuntal techniques, through analysis and creative
writing. Included will be study and writing of two- and three-voice can-
ons; two- and three-part inventions; and two-, three-, and four-voice
fugues.

178 - The Graduate School at lUP

MU 516 Analytical Techniques
3 s.h.
Study of representative compositions of various periods, with empha-
sis on formal harmonic and stylistic analysis. Student will develop basic
analytical techniques necessary for analysis of music of any period.

MU 535 Music for the Exceptional Student
3 s.h.
Develops music education skills, techniques, and materials for the
mentally, physically, or neurologically handicapped student and the gifted
student. Designed for majors in music education, special education, or
elementary education.

MU 637 Techniques of the Marching Band
2 s.h.
Theory and practical application of fundamentals of precision drill.
This course also deals with building "half-time shows" and with materials
and instrumentation of the marching band.

MU 540-550 Summer Music Workshop
1-3 s.h.
Concentration in special interest areas. Content varies.

MU 551 Italian/English Diction
2 s.h.

MU 553 French Diction
2 s.h.

MU 554 German Diction

2 s.h.

MU 600 Bibliography of Music

3 s.h.

Introduces graduate students to various types of music, music litera-
ture, and bibliographical tools which exist and which may be used in
research in music. As a project, students will prepare an extensive anno-
tated bibliography of a music subject within their special interest.

MU 618 Comprehensive Musicianship
3 s.h.
Combines undergraduate concepts and skills in music theory, litera-
ture, and performance at an advanced level using an integrated approach.
Prepares student to function in a variety of musical roles.

MU 619 Methods for Comprehensive Musicianship
3 s.h.
Includes learning strategies, experiences, and activities appropriate for
introducing comprehensive musicianship at elementary and secondary
school levels.

Programs and Courses - 179
Music

MU 620 I<'oiinda(ions ol" Music Education
3 s.h.
Study of historical, philosophical, and social foundation of music
education, including educational thought and implications for school mu-
sic programs.

MU 622 Composition 11
3 s.h.

MU 623 Composition III
3 s.h.

MU 628 Contemporary International Approaches to Elementary Education
2 s.h.
An introduction to new developments in elementary music education
practices passed on techniques originated by Carl Orff in Germany, Zoltan
Kodaly in Hungary, and Shinichi Suzuki in Japan. Authentic adaptations
of music and materials in lecture, demonstration, and workshop situ-
ations.

MU 629 Advanced String Pedagogy
2 s.h.
Study of specific techniques and problems of teaching violin, viola,
cello, and double ba''« in both individual and class situations.

MU 631 Administrative Problems in Music Education
2 s.h.
Review of conventional administrative organization of music educa-
tion in public schools. Role of music director, music specialist, consultant,
and music resources teacher will be carefully defined. Consideration of
problems of scheduling in public school. Current issues concerned with
music education and public education in general will be considered, in-
cluding curriculum development.

MU 632 Research Techniques in Music
2 s.h.
Study of techniques appropriate for music and music education, in-
cluding selection of research problem, collection of data, types of
research, survey of current research studies in music, and use of library in
connection with research problems. Elements of statistics are introduced as
needed to interpret research reports. As part of requirements, student will
prepare a written plan for research project or thesis.

MU 633 Comparative Choral Methods
2 s.h.
Materials and procedures of preparation of vocal groups for public
performance. Several accepted, yet contrasting, approaches will be consid-
ered, ranging from the Christiansen technique to that of John Finley Wil-
liamson. Special attention to program building.

180 - The Graduate School at lUP

MU 634 Practicum in Instrumental Music
2 s.h.
Consideration of those materials and procedures which have been
proven by actual use in the United States. These various approaches will
be compared and critically analyzed by the class. Rehearsal techniques, ef-
ficient use of time, and basic motivation will be stressed.

MU 635 Psychology of Music Education
2 s.h.
An analysis of latest evidence produced by field of psychology in
music education as applied in actual classroom situations.

MU 636 Advanced Technology of Music Education
2 s.h.
Examination and application of modern communications media and
their role in music education. Development of an experimental sound lab
and use of electronic devices, synthesizers, and computers. Application of
systems approach and programmed learning to music education.

MU 699 Independent Study in Music
1-6 s.h.

MU 850 Thesis
2-4 s.h.

Applied Music (AM 601-771)
1-4 s.h.
The following courses will be taught in form of private lessons geared
to individual student and aiming at maximum progress of each student,
depending on background of the student and time available. The student
should for any series of lessons use the first number in programming for
the first time, the second number for the second time, etc.

AM 601,

651,

701,

751 Private Piano

AM 602,

652,

702,

752 Private Organ

AM 603,

653,

703,

753 Private Harpsichord

AM 605,

655,

705,

755 Private Voice

AM 606,

656,

705,

756 Private Violin

AM 607,

657,

707,

757 Private Viola

AM 608,

658,

708,

758 Private Cello

AM 609,

659,

709,

759 Private Bass Viol

AM 610,

660,

710,

760 Private Flute

AM 612,

662,

712,

762 Private Oboe

AM 613,

663,

713,

763 Private Bassoon

AM 614,

664,

714,

764 Private Saxophone

AM 615,

665,

715,

765 Private Trumpet

AM 616,

666,

716,

766 Private French Horn

AM 617,

667,

717,

767 Private Trombone

AM 618,

668,

718,

768 Private Baritone Horn

AM 619,

669,

719,

769 Private Tuba

AM 620,

670,

720,

770 Private Percussion

AM 621,

671,

721,

771 Private Guitar

Programs and Courses - 181
Nursing

Nursing

The Masler of Science degree in Nursing is designed to prepare ihe gradu-
ate for the role of nurse educator or nurse administrator and serves as a
foundation for doctoral study. The nurse educator is prepared for a career
in a nursing education program or a nursing staff development setting or
as a patient educator. The nurse administrator is prepared for manage-
ment positions in a variety of health care settings.

On completion of the degree the student is prepared to

• synthesize advanced knowledge and theories to support competent prac-
tice in nursing education or nursing administration

• provide leadership which influences nursing practice and contributes to
the advancement of the nursing profession

• use advanced research knowledge and skills in the identification and
resolution of nursing problems

The Adult Health Clinical Component is required of all students. It is
designed as an adjunct to the study in leadership, nursing education, and
nursing administration. The clinical component builds on the knowledge
and skills of baccalaureate nursing education and provides for the attain-
ment of advanced knowledge and related theories in nursing and their ap-
plication to advanced practice. A variety of primary, secondary, and
tertiary health car*" settings in a wide geographical area are utilized for
clinical practice sites.

This forty-five credit program requires completion of twenty-four credits
in a core of leadership courses which includes an emphasis in research,
nine credits in Adult Health Nursing, and twelve credits in either the nurs-
ing education or nursing administration track. Thesis and non-thesis op-
tions are available. As a culminating activity, the student is required to
pass a written comprehensive examination which requires the student to
analyze and synthesize theory, concepts, and methodologies learned over
the period of study for the degree.

Course Descriptions

NU 615 Advanced Nursing Research
3 s.h.
An exploration of various research methodologies and techniques will
be the focus of this course. The students will be encouraged to develop a
spirit of inquiry in response to nursing problems. Emphasis on the appli-
cation and critique of selected research. Development of a research
proposal will be a requirement. Prerequisite: GR 516.

NU 617 Issues in Health Care
3 s.h.
Study of the ethical, legal, and political dimensions of health care.
Current social issues are addressed as they pertain to professional nurses
and their constituency. Field trips are included.

182 - The Graduate School at lUP

NU 618 Professional Role Development
3 s.h.
Advancement of the discipline through the study of nursing history
and trends. Analysis of the current and changing roles of the nurse. In-
dividual career planning.

NU 619 Leadership Strategies in Nursing
3 s.h.
Characteristics and qualities of leadership in professional nursing. Ef-
fective leadership strategies for the nurse educator, administrator, and
practitioner.

NU 620 Theoretical Foundation for Nursing
3 s.h.
Contemporary theories of nursing, concept formulation, fundamental
theory development, application to nursing practice, and social and politi-
cal issues.

NU 621 Nursing Inquiry
3 s.h.
A research course. Emphasis is placed on various strategies for data
collection and analysis. Students will complete a research project inves-
tigating a nursing problem. Required course for all students electing a
non-thesis option. Prerequisites: GR 516 and NU 615.

NU 640 Dynamics of Health in the Adult
3 s.h.
Study of factors which affect the health of adults. Emphasis on nor-
mal development, physiological and psychosocial changes as the adult
moves through the life span.

NU 641 Nursing Management of Adults Under Stress
3 s.h.
Nursing interventions for adults with common health stressors. Focus
on the most common health problems of our population. Clinical/labora-
tory component provides opportunity to develop advanced assessment and
interview skills. Additional requirements: professional liability insurance,
CPR certification, health screening. Prerequisite: NU 640.

NU 724 Curriculum Development for Nursing Programs
3 s.h.
Development of curriculum philosophy, conceptual framework, objec-
tives, and course content essential to undergraduate education in nursing.
Overview of curriculum philosophies. Prerequisites: NU 615 and NU 620.

NU 725 Teaching Strategies for Nursing Curricula
3 s.h.
Theories of learning, instructional modalities, teaching strategies, and
methods of evaluation as pertaining to nursing education in the classroom
setting. Prerequisites: NU 620 and NU 724.

Programs and Courses - 183
Nursing

NU 726 Clinical instruction in Nursing
3 s.h.
Design of clinical instruction lor nurses. Instructional modalities,
teaching strategics, and methods ol perlormance evaluation as they pertain
to nursing education in various clinical and laboratory settings. Prerequi-
sites: NU 620 and NU 724.

NU 727 Principles of Nursing Management
3 s.h.
Conceptual base for nursing management roles within health care or-
ganizations. Examination of the administrative role by relating behavioral
sciences and organizational and administrative theories to the delivery of
nursing services. Focus on the management process as well as on issues
and trends that impact on nursing management. Prerequisites: NU 620
and MG 613.

NU 728 Administration of Nursing Services
3 s.h.
Administrative role of the nurse executive is examined. Content fo-
cuses on evaluation and quality control within the nursing division, or-
ganizational and division finances, as well as current issues and problems
of concern to nurse administrators. Prerequisites: NU 620, NU 727, and
MG 613.

NU 740 Administration Practicum
3 s.h.
Development of the role as a nurse administrator with guidance of
the nursing faculty and a mentor in a nursing administrative position.
Contact hours with the mentor and weekly conferences are designed to
help the student synthesize previous course material in relation to the
nurse administrator. Additional requirements: professional liability insur-
ance, CPR certification, and health screening. Prerequisites: MG 613, NU
620, NU 727, and NU 728.

NU 741 Education Practicum
3 s.h.
Development of role as a nurse educator with the guidance of the
nursing faculty and a mentor in a nursing education setting. Contact
hours with the mentor and the weekly conferences are designed to help the
student synthesize and apply previous course material. Additional require-
ments: professional liability insurance, CPR certification, and health
screening. Prerequisites: NU 620, NU 724, NU 725, and NU 726.

NU 742 Adult Health Nursing Practicum
3 s.h.
Continued development of advanced clinical practice in adult health
nursing. Clinical experience and conferences provide opportunity for syn-
thesis of knowledge and skills necessary for advanced nursing practice in
primary, secondary, and tertiary health care settings. Special emphasis on
the nurse's role as coordinator of care. Additional requirements: profes-

184 - The Graduate School at lUP

sional liability insurance, CPR certification, and health screening. Prereq-
uisites: NU 640 and NU 641.

NU 850 Thesis
3-6 s.h.
Thesis should be scheduled for the semester in which the student
plans to complete degree requirements. A committee of facuhy members
will provide thesis supervision.

NU 699 Independent Study
3 s.h.
Under the guidance of a faculty member with necessary expertise, the
student may study in depth some aspect of nursing or health care not in-
cluded in required courses.

Philosophy and Religious Studies

The Philosophy and Religious Studies Department does not presently offer
a graduate degree in either area. However, graduate students in other dis-
ciplines and public school teachers will find courses which relate directly
to their fields on a theoretical level. And, in some cases, philosophy
courses are accepted as electives in graduate programs in other disciplines
(see adviser for further information). Research or thesis work may be
done in philosophy or religious studies with approval of the student's
major program adviser.

Course Descriptions

PH 505 Justice and Human Rights
3 s.h.
An analysis of a concept which is the focus of much moral, political,
and legal dispute. Philosophical sources are supplemented by recent social
science research concerning the comparative abilities of human and non-
human animals and by environmental studies which prompt consideration
of the possible rights of future generations.

PH 560 Philosophy of Language
3 s.h.
An investigation in the philosophy of language and related issues in
linguistics (including anthropological linguistics, sociolinguistics, and psy-
cholinguistics). Sample topics include the influence of language on percep-
tion, rationalistic/empiricist perspectives on language acquisition, language
and political control, reference, meaning, and truth.

RS 580 Readings in Religious Thoughts
3 s.h.
An examination of religion as a vital human phenomenon. Treats
both classical and contemporary themes, origin of Western theological

Programs and Courses - 185
Philosophy and Religious Studies

Physics

thinking, alienation, contemporary atheism, definitions of deity in Western
and Eastern religions, the sacred, and origins of religion.

PH/RS 581 Special Topics
3 s.h.

PH 582 Problems of Ethics
3 s.h.
An investigation into the nature of morality by focusing on influential
historical and contemporary ethical theories and issues.

PH 583 American Philosophical Thought
3 s.h.
Study of influential and original philosophies developed in America
from colonial period to present. Topics include the American Enlighten-
ment, Transcendentalism, Evolution, Idealism, Pragmatism, and
Naturalism.

PH/RS 584 Philosophy/Religious Studies Seminar
3 s.h.
Area research in the discipline, considering various facets of a central
problem. Students doing a thesis or research project in philosophy or
religious studies will register for this course.

PH 585 Problems in Logic
3 s.h.
An investigation into issues in deductive and/or inductive logic, falla-
cy analysis, and the nature of critical thinking.

PH/RS 599 Independent Study
1-6 s.h.

Physics

The Department of Physics offers two graduate degrees at the master's
level: the Master of Science and the Master of Arts. The Master of
Science degree program is designed for students who plan to pursue fur-
ther graduate work or to undertake research in an industrial position. The
degree is research oriented, and a thesis is required. The Master of Arts
program will generally be selected by students who wish to strengthen
their physics background in preparation for more advanced graduate study
or to fulfill teaching certification requirements. This program emphasizes
course work, and a thesis is optional.

Because of the wide range of possible courses, students are required to
have the consent of their graduate advisers before selecting a course. An
adviser is assigned to students as soon as they are accepted into the degree
program.

186 - The Graduate School at lUP

Master of Arts in Physics

This program is the more flexible of the two graduate degree programs
offered by the Department of Physics. Each student's program is designed
to meet his or her individual needs by the student and adviser working
together.

The educational goals of students in many categories can be met while
they are working to attain their degree. Several examples of the category
of student who may select this degree program are

l.The student whose undergraduate training is in Physics Education
or Physical Science Education, or Science Education with a strong
professional education component. This student may need more
content than professional education. In this program, the student
may, with the concurrence of his or her adviser, enroll in exactly
that ratio of content courses to professional education courses
which is necessary to attain his or her goals.

2. The student who holds a teaching certificate in a field other than
physics but is a secondary school physics teacher. These students
often require formal course work in a number of areas of physics
in order to have physics added to their certificates. This is nor-
mally a requirement of their school district and/or the common-
wealth. This program allows students to meet this requirement
while working toward a degree.

3. The student who wishes to enroll in a cooperative program, in-
cluding those programs with internship components. Students may
earn 8 to 15 semester hours during a semester while interning un-
der one of the special programs instituted by the university.

Subject Matter — Fifteen semester hours minimum

Required course work in Physics is to be selected from the graduate phys-
ics courses with course numbers of 510 or greater. This selection must
have the prior approval of the student's academic adviser, and a notation
of such approval is to appear in the student's folder.

Electives — Eleven to eighteen semester hours

The student may complete the requirements for an M.A. by selecting, with
the approval of his or her adviser, from among the offerings of the
Graduate School. The number of credits selected for electives depends
upon the option exercised under Research and Thesis.

Research and Thesis Option

Each Master of Arts student must complete degree requirements in one of

the following two ways:

A. Undertake an individual research problem and complete an ac-
ceptable thesis. For this option, the student must schedule PY
600 for 2 semester hours and PY 850 for at least 2 semester

Programs and Courses - 187
Physics

hours. If the student selects this option, he or she will have com-
pleted a minimum of 30 semester hours including these two
courses for the degree.

B. Decide, with the approval of his or her academic adviser, that a
research problem not be undertaken. If this option is exercised,
the student will not do a thesis but must complete a minimum of
33 semester hours of course work.

Master of Science in Physics

I. Admission Requirements

Applicants must have a B.S. or B.A. degree with a major in Physics
and meet the requirements of the Graduate School and the Depart-
ment of Physics. Applicants having other degrees that provide suffi-
cient preparation in physics and mathematics will also be considered
for admission.

II. Subject Matter Concentration

The following courses (or their equivalent as approved by the
Graduate Committee) are required of students pursuing the M.S.
degree: PY 601, PY 641, PY 651, PY 661, and PY 634.

III. Research Requirement

Each Master of Science student is required to undertake an individu-
al research problem and to complete an acceptable thesis under the
supervision of one of the faculty members eligible to teach graduate
courses. The student is expected to choose a research adviser by the
beginning of the second semester in attendance and to submit a
written thesis proposal to his or her Thesis Committee for approval
by the end of the second semester. The Thesis Committee will be
selected by the student in conjunction with his or her research
adviser.

IV. Comprehensive Examination

The student must pass a comprehensive examination.

V. Free Electives

The student may complete the 30-hour requirement by choosing
from among the offerings of the Graduate School, with the advice
and approval of the student's graduate adviser.

Course Descriptions

PY 507 Introduction to Mathematical Physics I
3 s.h.
Designed to provide background needed for most 500-level courses.
Student will acquire skills in problem solving in areas of mechanics and
wave motion utilizing calculus and vectors. Prerequisite: permission of
adviser.

188 - The Graduate School at lUP

PY 508 Introduction to Mathematical Physics II
3 s.h.
A continuation of PY 507. Develops skills in problem solving in areas
of electricity and magnetism utilizing vectors and calculus. Prerequisite:
permission of adviser.

PY 510 Introduction to Theoretical Physics
3 s.h.
Application of mathematical methods to physical theory in area of
mechanics, electricity, and magnetism, including partial differentials, vec-
tor calculus, and non-Cartesian coordinate systems. Prerequisite: permis-
sion of adviser.

PY 511 Secondary School Physics Laboratory Practice
1-3 s.h.
Designed not only to give the student training in use of PSSC and
Harvard Project Physics laboratory materials but also to increase his/her
ability to make the lab a more effective teaching tool.

PY 512 Curriculum Development in Secondary School Physics
3 s.h.
Includes an intensive study of developments, such as PSSC and HPP.
Philosophy, methodology, and cognitive theory behind each curriculum
will be considered. The lab equipment, experiments, and visual aids for
each will be studied in their proper setting.

PY 520 Advanced Laboratory Practice
3 s.h.
Experimental Physics. Experiments are made available to supplement
student's previous training. Data interpretation and experimental tech-
niques are emphasized. Topics can include but are not limited to various
methods of measurement and analysis of radioactivity, interferometry,
spectrometry, microwave optics, NMR, mechanical vibrating systems, and
thermal properties.

PY 531 Modern Physics
3 s.h.
An introduction to particle and wave properties of matter, atomic
structure, quantum mechanics, and the quantum mechanical model of the
atom.

PY 533 Thermal and Statistical Physics
3 s.h.
A unified approach to the study of thermodynamics through use of
statistical methods. Temperature, entropy, chemical potential, and free
energy are introduced and applied to a monatomic ideal gas and systems
of fermions and bosons in quantum and classical regions.

Programs and Courses - 189
Physics

PY 535 Electronics
4 s.h.
DC and AC circuits, diode circuits, and transistor circuits, such as the
common emitter and emitter lollower amphfiers, are extensively covered.
Negative feedback, operational amplifiers, oscillators, and digital logic are
introduced. These topics are discussed in lecture and investigated by the
student in the lab.

PY 536 Advanced Electronics
3 s.h.
Field effect transistors, noise problems, grounding and shielding, ap-
plications of digital logic, digital-to-analog-to-digital conversion tech-
niques, transmission lines, and microprocessor applications. Two 1-hour
lectures and one 3-hour lab. Prerequisite: PY 535.

PY 541 Analytical Mechanics I
2 s.h.
Kinematics, particle dynamics, gravitation, free and forced harmonic
motion. Treatment of these topics utilizes vector calculus and differential
and integral calculus.

PY 542 Analytical Mechanics II

2 s.h.

Central-force motion, high energy collisions.

PY 545 Optics

3 s.h.

Main concepts of modern optics utilized in areas of geometrical, wave
and quantum optics. Includes presentation of illustrative examples in areas
of laser technology, complex optical systems, interferometry, and spec-
troscopy.

PY 551 Electricity and Magnetism I
2 s.h.
Coulomb's law, electrostatic potential. Gauss's law, and dielectrics
will be presented using vector calculus in a modern field formalism.
Prerequisite: PY 510.

PY 552 Electricity and Magnetism II

2 s.h.

Biot and Savart's law, induced emf, vector potential, displacement
current, special relativity, and electromagnetic radiation will be presented
using techniques introduced in PY 551. Prerequisite: PY 551.

PY 561 Quantum Mechanics I

3 s.h.

Introduction to theory of linear vector spaces, linear operators, eigen-
values, eigenvectors and eigenfunction and their application to the har-
monic oscillator, hydrogen atom, electron in a magnetic field, scattering,
and perturbations. Prerequisites: PY 541 and PY 531 or equivalent.

190 - The Graduate School at lUP

PY 565 Introduction to Nuclear Physics
3 s.h.
Survey of introductory nuclear physics including nuclear size, mass,
types of decay, models, forces, elementary particles, reaction theory.

PY 590 Solid State Physics
3 s.h
Reciprocal lattice, crystal structure, the quantization of fields to
produce quasiparticles such as phonons, magnons, and excitons. Fermi gas
of electrons, energy bands, semiconductor crystals, and photo-
conductivity. Prerequisites: PY 531 and 542.

PY 599 Special Studies
1-6 s.h.
A special topic may be offered at the discretion of the department to
fulfill a special necessity.

PY 600 Methods of Research in Physics

2 s.h.

Offers the student practical training in special methods and materials
of research in physics. Emphasis on types of research, use of physics and
physics-related journals and library facilities. Prerequisite: permission of
department.

PY 601 Theoretical Physics I

3 s.h.

Serves as a preparation in mathematical physics for graduate student.
Included will be vector analysis, curvilinear coordinate systems, infinite
series, complex variables and the calculus of residues, and ordinary and
particle differential equations. Prerequisite: permission of department.

PY 602 Theoretical Physics II
3 s.h.
A continuation of PY 601, covering Tensor analysis, matrices, group
theory, Sturm-Liouville theory, special functions, Fourier series, integral
transforms. Green's functions, and integral equations. Prerequisite: PY
601.

PY 634 Statistical Mechanics
3 s.h.
A quantum approach to statistical mechanics. Fermi, Bose, ideal gas
and imperfect gas systems are investigated. Special topics in kinetic theory
of gases, transport phenomena, magnetic systems, and liquid helium. Co-
requisite: PY 561 or its equivalent.

PY 641 Advanced Mechanics I
3 s.h.
Includes the following topics: Lagrange's equations, Hamilton's Prin-
ciple. Two-body central force, Euler's Theorem, small oscillations, Hamil-
ton's equations, canonical transformations. Prerequisite: PY 542 or its
equivalent.

Programs and Courses -191
Physics

PY 642 Advanced Mechanics II
3 s.h.
Rigid body mechanics, including angular momentum, Euler's equa-
tions, precessions, special relativity, covariant four-dimensional formula-
tion, Hamilton-Jacoby Theory, introduction to classical field theory.
Prerequisite: PY 641 or equivalent.

PY 651 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory I
3 s.h.
Solution of boundary value problems using Green's functions and
separation of variables techniques. Cartesian and spherical coordinate sys-
tems, multipole expansions, macroscopic electrostatistics and magneto-
statistics, Maxwell's equations, and plane electromagnetic waves.
Prerequisite: PY 552 or equivalent.

PY 652 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory II
3 s.h.
Solution of electrostatic problems using cylindrical coordinates.
Green's function for time-dependent wave equation, conservation laws,
wave guides and resonant cavities. Special Theory of Relativity, simple
radiating systems, and diffraction. Prerequisite: PY 651.

PY 657 Solid State Theory
3 s.h.
Quantum approach to solid state. Topics include second quantization
of fermion and boson systems, electron theory of metals, electron-phonon
interactions, and superconductivity. Selected subjects in thermal transport,
magnetic phenomena. Co-requisite: PY 561 or its equivalent.

PY 661 Quantum Mechanics II
3 s.h.
Fundamental concepts of quantum mechanics, theory of representa-
tions, and linear vector spaces. Approximation methods for stationary
problems with applications to central potentials and for time-dependent
problems with application to scattering and transition theory.

PY 662 Quantum Mechanics III
3 s.h.
Classical and quantum fields; interactions between Fermi and Bose
fields; relativistic quantum mechanics; and Dirac theory. Introduction to
propagators and Feynman diagrams with application to quantum elec-
trodynamics and many-particle systems.

PY 690 Research Problems in Physics
1-6 s.h.
Introduction to advanced research problems through individual assign-
ment. Prerequisite: permission of department.

192 - The Graduate School at lUP

PY 699 Independent Study
1-6 s.h.
Individualized in-depth study of an area of physics in the student's in-
terest. Work is supervised by a physics faculty member but does not
necessarily involve regular lecture or laboratory hours. The topic must be
approved by the supervising faculty member and by the administration
prior to the semester in which the course is to be taken.

PY 850 Thesis
1-6 s.h.

Sciences Courses

SC 575 The Growth of Science and Its Concepts I
3 s.h.
Traces the development of concepts of science in Western Civilization
from early beginnings to time of Newton. Interaction of science and math
and their impact on growing society of Western Civilization is treated in a
nonmathematical manner. Three hours' lecture per week.

SC 576 The Growth of Science and Its Concepts II

3 s.h.
Influence and development of concepts of science in Western Civilization
are studied from Newton to the present time. While the concurrent de-
velopment of mathematics is considered, stress is placed on nonmathemati-
cal understanding of basic concepts. Three lecture hours per week.

Political Science

The Political Science Department offers the M.A. in Public Affairs
degree, with concentrations in Public Administration and International
Affairs.

Master of Arts in Public Affairs

The M.A. in Public Affairs program is designed for full-time and part-
time students who are seeking or are currently engaged in professional
careers as administrators, project directors, staff analysts, and supervisors
in government and human service agency delivery systems, trade unions,
and interest groups; teachers of the social studies; and those interested in
international and comparative studies or in becoming foreign service
professionals.

The M.A. in Public Administration requires a minimum of thirty to
thirty-six graduate credits, including a research or internship requirement.
The entering student should have sufficient preparation in the social
sciences, or in equivalent professional experiences, necessary for satisfacto-
ry performance in the program. In some cases, this may require specific
courses not for graduate credit. Preparatory requirements, if any, will be

Programs and Courses - 193
Political Science

determined by the l*olilical Science Department and the Graduate School
and may be completed atler admission to the Graduate School but prior
to admission to candidacy tor the degree.

Degree Requirements: Student may elect to concentrate in one of two
areas: (A) Public Administration (thirty-six* credits) or (B) International
Affairs (thirty* credits plus foreign language competence).

A. Public Administration (thirty-six* credits minimum)

1. Research Methods (three to six credits minimum): PS 674 or
other research methodology course as approved by the adviser
and *GR 516 or 517.

2. Required Core Courses (fifteen hours): **PS 570, **PS 671, PS
666, PS 668, PS 673, or PS 555.

3. Directed Research Option (three to six credits):

a. Students must complete an Internship (PS 698), including a
research project for three to six credits at an internship site
appropriate for their specialization. The internship will, when
appropriate, be supervised by the student's specialization ad-
viser or department designee.

b. A Field-Based Research Project, usually as PS 699, Indepen-
dent Study, may be substituted for the internship requirement
upon prior approval by the department and the M.A. in Pub-
lic Administration program director. This option is generally
not appropriate for the International Affairs Concentration.

c. Students may opt to write a thesis (PS 850). The MAPA
Directed-Research Manual may be consulted for requirements
pertinent to each of these three options.

4. Specialization (fifteen credits): Students must select one of the
following with advice from a subfield concentration adviser:
Criminal Justice Management; Planning and Regional Develop-
ment; Human Services Administration; Public Personnel Ad-
ministration; Municipal Management. (See M.A. in Public
Administration program for current list of required courses and
additional options for specialization.)

B. International Affairs Concentration (thirty-credit minimum)

1. Research Methods (three to six credits): See Al.

2. Required Core Courses (twelve credits): PS 670, PS 672, and two
of the following: PS 520, PS 521 and PS 589.

3. Directed Research Option (three to six credits): See A3.

4. Specialization (twelve credits): Students must select a specializa-
tion, with advice from a specialization adviser, from internation-
al, comparative, and public administration courses in this or
other departments such as Comparative Administration, Develop-
ing Nations, and International Studies. (See director of M.A. in
Public Administration program for current list of specializations
and required courses.)

5. Foreign Language Reading Competency, established by examination.

194 - The Graduate School at lUP

* If a student can demonstrate proficiency in statistics, the hours required
to complete the degree will be reduced from thirty-nine to thirty-six or
from thirty-three to thirty, depending on which concentration is selected.
** May be waived if taken as an undergraduate, and another course sub-
stituted.

Course Descriptions

PS 520 International Law
3 s.h.
Study of the development, nature, and function of international law,
including recent trends.

PS 521 International Organizations
3 s.h.
Inquiry into purposes, structures, and actions of contemporary inter-
national political organizations, such as United Nations, regional, and
functional organizations.

PS 544 Science/Technology and Public Policy
3 s.h.
Focuses on the interactions of science/technology and politics as they
impinge on the public decision-making process. Technology-generated
socio-political problems are investigated on local, state, national, and in-
ternational levels; the adequacy of political processes and institutions for
solving problems in the technological age is questioned.

PS 550 The Presidency
3 s.h.
Examines the office of President with attention to Constitutional
foundations, evolution, structure, powers, and functions. Comparisons are
made between Presidential and parliamentary systems and between offices
of President and governor.

PS 551 The Legislative Process
3 s.h.
Legislative process in the U.S. with emphasis on Congress. Focus on
organization and function of legislative bodies, with American legislative
institutions compared with those of other nations.

PS 553 American Political Parties
3 s.h
Role of people, parties, and pressure groups in politics of American
democracy. Attention to sectional and historic roots of national politics,
voting behavior, pressure group analysis, and campaign activities.

PS 554 Metropolitan Problems
3 s.h.
Analyzes multiplicity of problems facing our metropolitan areas, such
as urban renewal, shrinking tax base, federal aid to cities, subsidized mass
transit, municipal authorities, and political consolidation.

Programs unci Courses - 195
Political Science

PS 555 Intergovernmental Relations
3 s.h.
Explores the characteristics of federal system of government with em-
phasis on theories, origins, institutions, and problems in intergovernmental
relations in the U.S.; federal systems in other nations; and trends.

PS 556 Mass Media in American Politics
3 s.h.
Variant theories of the symbiotic relationship between American polit-
ics and the press are examined in the light of American colonial-national
experiences. The special Constitutional rights given to media are explored,
with particular attention to radio and television.

PS 557 Labor and Business in Politics
3 s.h.
An in-depth study and analysis of labor and business involvement in
politics is the focus of the course. Special attention will be given to the in-
volvement of labor and business in Pennsylvania politics as well as to the
relationships between the two competing groups — conflict or cooperation.

PS 558 Judicial Process
3 s.h.
Explores nature and limits of judicial power, courts as policymaking
bodies, selection of judges, decision process, external forces impinging on
the courts, and role of Supreme Court in its relationship with Congress,
the Presidency, and federalism.

PS 559 Constitutional Law and Civil Liberties
3 s.h.
Study of civil liberties and civil rights issues through leading Supreme
Court decisions. Topics include First Amendment rights, procedural due
process, and the Bill of Rights and equal protection problems.

PS 560 Classical Political Thought
3 s.h.
Evolution of Western political tradition of Constitutionalism from
Plato and Aristotle to Locke and Montesquieu; religious and rational
foundations; medieval theories of authority and representation; early
modern theories of state and sovereignty. Concepts of law, natural rights,
liberty, equality, and justice are treated in detail.

PS 561 Modern Political Thought
3 s.h.
Development of Western political thought since the mid-sixteenth cen-
tury; classic liberalism; conservative thought; modern irrational ideologies
such as fascism and national socialism; socialist thought; contemporary
collectivist liberalism.

PS 562 American Political Thought
3 s.h.
Develops an understanding of American political thinkers from the
Puritans through the current Afro-American writers. Political phenomena
are examined relating to past writings, and inferences made for future po-
litical behavior.

196 - The Graduate School at lUP

PS 570 Introduction to Public Administration
3 s.h.
Examines the environment of public administration, organizational
structure, executive functions, the politics and tools of administration, per-
sonnel processes, financial administration, and the problems of democratic
control of bureaucracy.

PS 580 Soviet Politics
3 s.h.
Essential features of Communist party and government of U.S.S.R.,
including geographical and historical background and ideological and the-
oretical foundations.

PS 581 Special Topics
1-3 s.h.
In-depth study of a specific problem or topic not regularly treated in
courses. May be repeated.

PS 582-587 Political Studies
3 s.h.
Comparative study of government and politics of a selected region.

PS 582 Africa

PS 583 Asia

PS 584 Middle East

PS 585 Central and Eastern Europe

PS 587 Latin America

PS 588 Political-Military Strategy
3 s.h.
Deals with national security problems, including decision-making and
budgeting levels of strategy, the utility of force, and the impact of the
military on American society.

PS 589 Developing Nations
3 s.h.
Deals with the political characteristics of emerging nations; the impact
of economic and social change upon political structure; evolving patterns
of political development; and techniques of nation-building.

PS 631 Human Resource Management in Public Sector
3 s.h.
In-depth study of human resources management systems with special
focus on public sector organizations. Emphasized will be the development
of an understanding of traditional functional systems as well as skills
necessary to successfully manage such systems.

Programs and Courses - 197
Political Science

PS 666 Public Policy Analysis
3 s.h.
Examines public policy using analytical tools and policy models. Con-
sidered within this Iramcwork arc values and resources, the cultural-
political environment, the policy-making process, and evaluation methods
and their application to major policy areas.

PS 668 Public Sector Financial Administration
3 s.h.
Concerned with the administration of fiscal and monetary processes
of government on all three levels. Included are topics related to revenue
and expenditure, how the former are calculated and provided for, and
how the latter are prioritized and allocated via the budgetary process; con-
trol systems which are concerned with recordkeeping and the monitoring
of the flow of revenues.

PS 670 Foreign Policy Studies
3 s.h.
Considers selected problems in international affairs. Emphasis on
those problems and conflicts which have evolved in the postwar era, par-
ticularly as they related to position of the United States in world affairs.
Specific problems are approached both in terms of countries involved and
the existing balance in world economic, ideological, and power structure.

PS 671 Seminar in Public Administration
3 s.h.
Intensive study of role of agencies and their administrators in deter-
mining and developing public policy. Public administration in practice is
emphasized by utilizing case studies.

PS 672 Comparative Political Studies
3 s.h.
Theory, structure, and function of state, county, and municipal
governments are analyzed from a cooperative point of view. Special em-
phasis on comparing and contrasting ideas and institutions with those of
the U.S.

PS 673 Regional Public Service Administration in Rural Areas
3 s.h.
Examines structure and function of state, county, and municipal
governments. Emphasizes understanding and analysis of service delivery
problems faced by government at local levels. Pennsylvania governmental
forms are stressed and compared with those of other states.

PS 674 Analytical Techniques
3 s.h.
Exposes the student to approaches, methods, tools, focus, and bound-
ary lines of political science study. As a research methods course in gradu-
ate political science, it should be scheduled early in the program.

198 - The Graduate School at lUP

PS 681 Special Topics
1-3 s.h.
In-depth study of a specific problem or topic not regularly treated in
courses. May be repeated.

PS 698 Political Science Internship
3-6 s.h.
Practical experience in government and politics. Students are individu-
ally assigned to a cooperating local or state government agency, political
party, or interest group or to a federal or international agency when ar-
rangements can be made. Students report periodically to professor in
charge and undertake reading assignments and write such reports and
papers as the professor may require. Prerequisite: must have approval of
instructor and department chairperson.

PS 699 Independent Study
1-3 s.h.
Readings and written assignments on a specific topic determined by
student and instructor in charge. May be repeated.

PS 850 Thesis
3 s.h.

Note: No more than fifty percent of credits counted toward graduate
degree may be in 500-level courses.

Professional Growth

The Professional Growth program leading to an M.A., M.S., or M.Ed, is
a highly restricted and specially structured course of studies determined by
the student and his/her advisory committee. A 4 semester-hour committee
thesis is required, as well as the course GR 615, Elements of Research. An
administrative member from the Graduate School is a mandatory thesis
committee member in addition to at least two members of the faculty
from related academic disciplines. For further information, write Profes-
sional Growth Degree, The Graduate School, lUP, Indiana, PA 15705.

Professional Studies in Education

The Professional Studies in Education Department offers the following
graduate degrees: M.Ed, in Elementary Education, M.Ed, in Early Child-
hood Education, M.Ed, in Reading, and a doctorate in Education. A brief
description of each degree is presented below. (Please see "Reading" for a
description of the offerings in Reading.) Specific lists of courses and re-
quirements can be obtained from the Professional Studies in Education
Department in 303 Davis Hall.

Programs and Courses - 199
Professional Studies in Education

Master of Education in Elementary Education

Students working toward a master's degree in Llementary Lducation
should complete 30 semester hours of work (thesis option) or 36 credit
hours of work (non-thesis option) from the following areas: 9 semester
hours in Professional Development (including a Foundations of Education
course), a Behavioral Studies course, and Elements of Research; 6
semester hours in a Specialization Core; 21 semester hours of Elementary
Education electives. Students selecting the thesis option take 18 semester
hours of electives and EP 616, Seminar in Applied Research, or EL 698,
Reading Research Seminar. With approval of the coordinator, when ap-
propriate, 6 semester hours of workshop credit or graduate electives may
be applied to the master's degree.

Master of Education in
Early Childhood Education

Students pursuing the M.Ed, in Early Childhood must complete 30
semester hours (thesis option) or 36 semester hours (non-thesis option)
from the following areas: 9 semester hours in professional development
(including a Foundations of Education course and a Behavioral Studies
course) and Elements of Research; 6 semester hours in a Specialization
Core; 21 semester hours of Early Childhood Education electives, including
EL and EE courses. Students selecting the thesis option take 18 semester
hours of electives and EP 616, Seminar in Applied Research, or EL 698
Reading Research Seminar. With approval of the coordinator, when ap-
propriate, 6 semester hours of graduate electives may be applied to the
master's degree from Sociology/Anthropology or Child Development/
Family Relations. In addition, an internship in one of the above areas can
be included with the subject area electives with the approval of the
program coordinator.

The Doctorate in Elementary Education

The Doctor of Education degree in Elementary Education is designed for
those who wish to teach at the college or university level or who desire to
work in a teaching, supervisory, or administrative capacity. A candidate
for this degree is expected to acquire a broad knowledge of various
aspects of education and to demonstrate, through the completion of an
acceptable dissertation, the ability to conduct an independent investigation
on a topic approved by an advisory committee. The student will chose a
concentration in one of the three following areas: elementary reading/
language arts, early childhood education, or elementary curriculum. A
doctorate requires 62 semester hours of advanced study beyond the
master's degree program. Using this criterion, students who have already
obtained a master's degree in education (30 semester hours) from an ac-
credited institution of higher learning would be responsible for approxi-
mately 62 remaining semester hours of study and research. In most cases,
approximately 47 semester hours would be allocated to classroom work.

200 - The Graduate School at lUP

The remaining fifteen credits would be allocated in the internship (six
credits) and to the dissertation (nine credits). The exact number of hours
in course work is determined by the director of the doctoral program and
doctoral committee members. Each doctoral applicant's credentials are
evaluated on an individual basis.

A complete description of the Doctor of Education program in Elemen-
tary Education can obtained from the Department of Professional Studies
in Education, 303 Davis Hall.

Course Descriptions

EA 656 School Administration
3 s.h.
Designed as a basic course in school administration, this course is in-
tended to serve as an introduction to the principles and practices of school
administration for students who aspire to a supervisory or administrative
position in public schools. Human aspects of educational administration
are emphasized.

EA 657 School Personnel Administration
3 s.h.
Designed to provide background for potential principals and supervi-
sors in matters pertaining to functions of various types of personnel em-
ployed in schools. Provides knowledge of organizational practices for
proper and effective utilization of personnel and recognition of adminis-
trator's role in providing services to both staff and pupils.

ED 631 Curriculum Development
3 s.h.
Students learn curriculum development by differentiating among
educational goals, objectives, and learning activities. Sources of curricu-
lum goals and objectives, such as needs assessment, philosophical models,
and psychological models are studied. The design and selection of learning
activities, as well as designs for evaluating the effectiveness of curriculum,
are considered.

ED 632 Systematic Observation of Classroom Behavior
3 s.h.
Students learn how to code classroom verbal interaction through actu-
al demonstration, videotapes, and audio recordings, with emphasis on var-
ious teaching strategies, monitoring verbal interaction, and supervisory
sessions. Designed for elementary majors, curriculum supervisors, and stu-
dents majoring in secondary and supervisory behavior.

ED 650 School and Community
3 s.h.
Development and maintenance of a purposeful program of communi-
cation between the school and the community through study of selection,
organization, and functions of citizens advisory committees and coopera-
tive use of various community services.

Programs and Courses - 201
Professional Studies in Education

ED 651 Recent Issues and Innovations in Education
3 s.h.
Newer trends in classroom procedure, equipment, and materials, as
well as problems involved in improvement of instruction. Whenever possi-
ble, sessions are held to demonstrate and use recently developed materials.
Individual research and field trips involve many of the new programs in
elementary education.

ED 652 School Evaluation
3 s.h.
Current models for both formative and summative evaluations are
presented with emphasis on their application to school programs and other
educational projects. Prior knowledge of curriculum development and/or
project proposals is helpful but not required.

ED 658 School Law and Negotiations
3 s.h.
An understanding of legal principles as they pertain to functions of
personnel in public school systems and to persons engaged in education.
Study of statutory enactments, review of court actions through case
studies, and analysis of collective negotiation laws and cases.

EE 660 Early Childhood Study Techniques and Assessment Tools
3 s.h.
Designed to provide the student with a specific method of studying
children from three through eight years. Students learn to observe, record,
and analyze pertinent information and to suggest ways to help children
toward positive self-development.

EE 661 Early Childhood Philosophy, Curriculum, and Materials
3 s.h.
Introduces students to philosophy and historical background of pre-
school education and their influences on current programs and curriculum.
Curriculum patterns and strategies, including available materials, for
schools for the younger child are introduced and evaluated.

EE 664 Early Childhood Curriculum in Primary Grades
3 s.h.
Based on developmental levels of children, students learn the ap-
propriate concepts and strategies which should be included in the primary
grade component of early childhood.

EE 665 Issues in Early Childhood Education
3 s.h.
Focuses on the major controversies facing the early childhood educa-
tor. Opposing viewpoints will be presented for review, reaction, and de-
bate. Students are encouraged to establish priorities and clarify value
systems to arrive at solutions to critical issues.

202- The Graduate School at lUP

EE 762 Early Childhood Field Study Experiences
3 s.h.
Includes direct observation and teaching in early childhood programs.
Seminar sessions are directed toward the study of appropriate strategies
with immediate application to children. Students are expected to meet the
individual needs of children they are teaching. Close supportive relation-
ships with parents and community are stressed. Prerequisites: EE 660, EE
661, and EE 664.

EE 766 Evaluation of Programs for Young Children
3 s.h.
Analysis of extant early childhood programs. Examination of early in-
tervention projects and materials; review of research findings and implica-
tions; cross-cultural comparisons of preschool programs. Prerequisites: EE
661, 664, or permission of the instructor.

EL 510 Seminar in Elementary School Evaluation and Accreditation
3 s.h.
In conjunction with the Assembly of Elementary Schools of the Mid-
dle States Association, provides instruction and field practicum in elemen-
tary school evaluation, planning, and accreditation. Books and supplies
provided by Middle States Association. Provides leadership training for
students interested in developing school evaluation plans and serving on
accreditation teams.

EL 641 Recent Trends in Social Studies
3 s.h.
Specific problems with curriculum, teaching, and learning experiences
and evaluation are stressed. Each student will research a special problem
or area of interest.

EL 642 Mathematics in Elementary School
3 s.h.
Experiences with manipulative materials, games and puzzles, activity
centers, and lab approach to mathematics. Inexpensive mathematics lab
equipment will be constructed. Sources of literature and materials are
presented and used. Opportunities are given to write activity and problem
cards and to plan mathematics activity centers. Psychological foundations
and mathematics structure are used as reference for suggested activities
and curriculum studies.

EL 643 Resource Materials in Elementary Science
3 s.h.
An introduction to underlying philosophy and use of materials of
several of the current national curriculum programs in elementary science.
Emphasis is placed on the following programs: (1) Science: A Process Ap-
proach (SAPA), (2) Elementary Science Study (ESS), (3) Science Curricu-
lum Improvement Study (SCIS), and (4) Conceptually Oriented Program
in Elementary Science (COPES), including microteaching techniques and
teaching strategies, monitoring verbal interaction, and supervisory sessions.
Designed for elementary majors, curriculum supervisors, and students
majoring in secondary and supervisory behavior.

Programs and Courses - 203
Professional Studies in Education

EL 644 Recent Trends in Language Arts
3 s.h.
Designed to help students to direct more effective communication
through study of problems, recent trends, and contributions of research in
the broad fields of listening and oral and written communication.

EL 645 Experimental Studies in Art Education
3 s.h.
Teachers undertake art experiences in various media as they are
adapted to provision of art experiences for the child. Emphasis will be
placed on stages of growth, type of motivation, and ways of administering
stimuli. Perceptual awareness and understanding and appreciation of
visual art forms and their importance in the lives of people in our town
and other cultures are developed, along with a study of the exceptional
child to recognize and encourage evidences of art potentials and whole-
some self-expression.

EL 646 Modern Procedures and Skills in Elementary Music
3 s.h.
New dimensions in thinking about elementary music for children. Em-
phasis is placed on the young student discovering interesting aspects of
music sounds, rhythm through movement, use of percussive and simple
method instruments, and music of countries. (Music staff)

EL 647 Resource Materials in Children's Literature
3 s.h.
Evaluation and selection of literature as a classroom resource for
teaching and learning, including illustrations, folklore, poetry, modern and
traditional fiction, and nonfiction.

EL 648 Creativity and the Elementary School Child
3 s.h.
Includes a study of creative thinking and ways to develop creativity in
children, including strategies and techniques to use in the classroom. Ways
of measuring creativity and analyzing the role of the teacher are included.
Students are encouraged to develop their own creativity.

EL 659 Administration of the Elementary School
3 s.h.
Principles and techniques of elementary school administration. Ad-
ministrators are viewed as leaders of teachers, children, nonprofessional
staff, and the community to develop and maintain the best educational
system possible.

EL 678 Seminar in Elementary Education
3 s.h.
Provides opportunities for in-depth study in special areas in elemen-
tary education. Designed primarily for doctoral and post-master's candi-
dates. Registration by permission only.

204 - The Graduate School at lUP

EL 681 Special Topics in Education
3 s.h.
Designed for the students who wish to do independent research in
special areas.

EL 698 Supervised Internship
6 s.h.
A carefully planned, field-based, internal work experience proposed
by the advanced graduate student to extend professional competence, sub-
ject to approval by advisory committee. Registration by permission only.

EL 699 Independent Study in Elementary Education
1-3 s.h.
Students select one or more topics which are of critical importance in
elementary education and meet staff members for independent reading,
study, analysis, and evaluation. Registration only by permission of Gradu-
ate Committee.

EL 700 Writing for Professional Publication
3 s.h.
Designed to enhance the scholarly writing skills of doctoral students
in education. Each student will write a book review, a conference
proposal, and a professional journal article. Manuscripts authored by the
students will be submitted for peer review and for presentation or publi-
cation.

EL 710 Critical Analysis of Issues and Innovations in Education
3 s.h.
Students analyze and evaluate current issues and innovations in the
field of education. Reformers and their critics are analyzed in terms of
their role as change agents. Programmatic and systematic reforms in edu-
cation are studied and relationships drawn between research, policy mak-
ing, and implementation. Prerequisites: two of FE 611, FE 612, or FE
613, or the equivalents.

EL 715 Recent Trends in Human Development and Learning
3 s.h.
Students synthesize, analyze, and evaluate developmental theory, par-
ticipate in a research project dealing with human development, and author
a publishable, high-quality manuscript in which developmental the-
ory/research is used to address an educational issue.

EL 720 Curriculum Analysis
3 s.h.
Provides students with a framework for the systematic analysis of
curriculum from the context of social, historical, and philosophical foun-
dations and theory and research in the field. Emphasis will be on curricu-
lar evaluation in the context of the theoretical foundations of curriculum.
Prerequisite: EL 631 or equivalent.

Programs and Courses - 205
Professional Studies in Education

EL 725 Analysis of Effective Instructional and Supervisory Techniques
3 s.h.
Emphasizes critical review and analyses of relevant theory and
research. Topics include theory and research on learning styles, observa-
tion of classroom behavior, analysis of teaching strategies, and knowledge
of content.

EL 735 Elementary Education Doctoral Seminar

1 s.h.

A forum for the discussion of student/faculty research and contem-
porary issues in education. Students assume responsibility for presenting
and critiquing research and facilitating a research-based discussion of con-
temporary issues in education. Taken for one credit in two different
terms. Prerequisite: Candidacy for the degree.

EL 740 Pluralism, Culture, and the Elementary School Child

2 s.h.

Provides students with a philosophical and sociological understanding
of a pluralistic society and how pluralism and the phenomenon of culture
affect the education of elementary school children.

EL 741 Elementary Education in Urban Environments
1 s.h.
Develops understanding of particular social and cultural systems of
urban settings and provides a systematic way of using knowledge to ad-
dress educational problems that are unique to urban environments. Prereq-
uisite or corequisite: EL 740.

EL 742 Elementary Education in Rural Environments
1 s.h.
Provides students with the opportunity to analyze ethnocentrism, cul-
tural isolation, and belief systems typical of rural settings. Focus will be
on implications for curriculum and instruction in rural settings. Prerequi-
site or corequisite: EL 740.

EL 743 Elementary Education in Bilingual/Multilingual Settings
1 s.h.
Examines educational models and research on bilingual and multilin-
gual education. Students are encouraged to formulate a conceptual frame-
work for bilingual or multilingual education in a designated school or
district. Prerequisite or corequisite: EL 740.

EL 750 The Acquisition of Literacy

3 s.h.

Examines the concept of literacy and how it is acquired. Evaluation
of research and theory regarding strategies used to support a developmen-
tal view of literacy. Emphasis given to whole language processes of litera-
cy acquisition. Prerequisites: ED 600 and ED 601.

206 - The Graduate School at lUP

EL 755 Reading Theory and the Elementary School Reading Teacher
3 s.h.
Study of the psychological bases that affect and influence the process
of reading. Cognitive processes in reading are analyzed along with their
applications at various stages of learning. Prerequisites: ED 600 and ED
601.

EL 760 Issues and Processes in Curricular Change
3 s.h.
Provides students with processes to initiate and develop curriculum
change. Course focuses on understanding of theory as applied through ex-
amination of relevant case studies and examples within particular school
settings. Prerequisite: EL 720.

EL 770 Seminar in Special Problems in Reading
3 s.h.
Students explore such topics as reading disabilities, preschool reading
instruction, adult literacy, evaluation of compensatory programs, implica-
tions of current reading research findings, reading in-service programs,
whole language and reading, and the reading/writing connection. Prereq-
uisites: ED 600 and ED 601.

EL 780 Seminar in Advanced Research Methods
3 s.h.
Doctoral students refine and apply advanced knowledge and skills
toward the design of the doctoral dissertation. Emphasizes the appUcation
of quantitative and qualitative approaches within school or educational
settings.

EL 798 Supervised Doctoral Internship
3 s.h.
Applied field experience chosen by doctoral students with the ap-
proval of the dissertation advisory committee. Prerequisite: permission
only.

EL 850 Thesis
3 s.h.
For the student writing the thesis. Should be scheduled for the
semester in which the student plans to complete his/her work. All thesis
writing involves a committee composed of the student's adviser and two
additional faculty members.

EL 950 Dissertation
1-12 s.h.
Students preparing a doctoral dissertation for credit must register for
this course. Number of credits assigned and the extent of time for which
research activity is scheduled depend on nature and scope of student's
research problem and his/her general doctoral program.

Programs and Courses - 207
Professional Studies in Education
Psychology

Note: Credits for both thesis and dissertation, if not completed during the
semester scheduled, are recorded as a grade of "R," research in progress.
They remain so until the project is approved. They do not automatically
revert to the grade "F" in a specific length of time. Also, thesis and dis-
sertation credits can be programmed above the regular load.

Psychology

The Psychology Department offers a Doctor of Psychology degree in Clin-
ical Psychology (Psy.D.). The Psy.D. includes special emphasis in Be-
havioral Medicine, Child-Clinical, and Family Relations. The program is
designed to meet the academic requirements of licensure and provide the
background to immediately assume responsibilities in appropriate profes-
sional settings.

The department also offers a program of respecialization in clinical psy-
chology for persons holding a doctoral degree in a nonclinical area of psy-
chology. The training program follows a practitioner model of training
with a generalist's approach. Psychologists wishing to enter the respeciali-
zation program must plan to acquire a broad base of knowledge, skills,
and attitudes through an individualized plan of study including course
work and practica. This program usually requires two years of campus
course work and practica followed by a year-long internship.

Doctorate in Clinical Psychology

Admission to the Psy.D.

The following criteria are used in the evaluation of application materials:
(a) overall grade point average and grades in psychology courses (3.0 mini-
mum in both areas); (b) scores on the Aptitude and Advanced sections of
the GRE (average of 500 on all sections); (c) training in research metho-
dology; (d) prior clinical experience in practicum or employment; (e) the
applicant's statement of goals; (f) letters of recommendation; and, (g)
results of a personal interview.

Breadth of undergraduate training is preferable to narrow specialization.
Weaknesses in one area may be offset by strengths in another area,
although the Admissions Committee gives preference to applicants with
some demonstrated strengths in all areas. Students may be required to
make up deficiencies.

The deadline for receipt of all application materials is January 10. The
Admissions Committee will then select a pool of qualified applicants who
will be invited to the campus for personal interviews. Announcements of
final admissions decisions will be made around April 1.

208 - The Graduate School at IVP

Philosophy

The Psy.D. program follows a practitioner or applied model of training of
clinical psychologists. Emphasis is placed on professional applications of
psychology to a wide variety of human problems. Students receive exten-
sive supervision in the development of skills in interpersonal relations, psy-
chological assessment, psychotherapy, community outreach, and program
evaluation and a solid grounding in the scientific knowledge base of psy-
chology.

Curriculum

The Psy.D. program can be completed in three calendar years of full-time
study plus an additional year of full-time internship, although most stu-
dents take five years. The curriculum requires a minimum of 93 semester
hours of acceptable graduate credit. Each student must complete require-
ments for (a) core course work; (b) special proficiency requirements; (c)
practicum. Internship and Professional Issues; (d) doctoral project; (e)
comprehensive academic and professional examinations; and, (0 master's
and doctoral candidacy. In addition, a course in History and Systems in
Psychology is required for graduation.

A. Core Course Work

The core courses are required of all students. These courses cover several
areas of psychology and provide the scientific basis for professional
practice.

1. Methods of Behavior Change: PC 630, PC 631, PC 633, PC 634.

2. Methods of Assessment and Evaluation: PC 641, PC 642, PC 743.

3. Research and Methodology: PC 601, PC 704.

4. Individual Differences: PC 635, PC 636, PC 637.

5. Physiological Bases of Behavior: PC 646, PC 647.

6. Community and Systems Level of Intervention: PC 603.

B. Special Proficiency: three courses

Special proficiencies are available in Behavioral Medicine, Child Clinical,
Family Relations, and general practice.

C. Practicum, Internship, and Professional Issues: (twenty-four credits)
PC 770, PC 798, PC 799. Students will typically register for practicum ex-
perience throughout their program with sampling from diverse settings.
During the final year, a full-time professional internship emphasizing
depth and long-term involvement is required.

D. Doctoral Project: (nine credits) PC 950

E. Comprehensive Academic and Professional Examinations: (no credit)
At the end of each year, an evaluation of clinical and professional compe-
tence will be made. This evaluation data will be shared with the student as
feedback, and a joint effort will be made to remediate any deficiencies.

Programs and Courses - 209
Psychology

Students must also pass a preliminary examination covering basic
knowledge api)ropriate Tor a professional psychologist. This examination
will cover material related to all of the core course work areas.

The Clinical Proficiency Hvaluation is completed during the final year on
campus. Students present assessment and therapy work samples to a com-
mittee of faculty members.

Satisfactory performance on both the preliminary examination and the
professional evaluations must be achieved before candidacy for the doc-
torate will be recommended. Serious deficiencies may result in recommen-
dations for remedial work, re-examination, delay of candidacy, or
termination from the program.

F. Master's and Doctoral Candidacy

Students will routinely obtain the master's degree enroute to the doctorate.
Requirements for candidacy for the M.A. degree include the successful
completion of twenty-four credits of approved graduate course work with
a grade point average of 3.0 and the recommendation of the Clinical
Training Committee based on satisfactory academic and professional
evaluations. The fifty-four credits for the M.A. must include 9 hours of
practicum and 45 hours of the core course work of the Psy.D. degree.

The candidacy for the Psy.D. will be awarded following the completion of
all M.A. requirements plus a minimum of an additional 9 credits, success-
ful performance on the preliminary examination, and satisfactory annual
academic and professional evaluations. A grade point average of 3.0 is re-
quired for candidacy.

G. Transfer of Graduate Credit

Applicants who have completed course work at other institutions may re-
quest transfer of credit. A maximum of 36 semester hours of credit may
be approved. A portion, but not all, of the practicum requirements may
be transferred for equivalent supervised experience.

H. Part-time Study and Residency

Students must complete two semesters or one summer plus one semester
of full-time study to meet residency requirements. At other times students
may complete part-time studies. All students complete a Plan of Study
which will include a detailed semester-by-semester outline of proposed
course work and completion dates for exams, doctoral project, and intern-
ship. An average of 15 semester hours must be completed each year, and
all requirements must be completed within seven years.

Course Descriptions

PC 510 Historical Trends in Psychology
3 s.h.
Comprehensive overview of historical antecedents of contemporary
psychology. Prerequisite: permission.

210 - The Graduate School at lUP

PC 554 Developmental Psychology
3 s.h.
A comprehensive study of human growth and development from con-
ception to death. Major research findings and developmental theories will
be considered.

PC 556 The Psychology of Personality
3 s.h.
An overview of the integration of the major theories of personality.

PC 557 Abnormal Psychology
3 s.h.
Theories of pathological behavior with reference to clinical and ex-
perimental data.

PC 561 Motivation
3 s.h.
A systematic study of how behavior is initiated, sustained, directed,
and terminated. Lab projects are conducted. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 562 Physiological Psychology
3 s.h.
The relationship between behavior and the anatomy and physiology of
the nervous system. Lab projects are conducted. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 563 Human Cognition
3 s.h.
The interaction of sensory and cognitive events in production of
awareness of the world. Lab projects are conducted. Prerequisite: per-
mission.

PC 564 Psychopharmacology
3 s.h.
Survey of the theoretical and empirical foundations of psychopharma-
cology. Topics include discussions of basic principles of pharmacology,
theories of drug action, and structure and function of the nervous system
with special emphasis on current findings on neurotransmitters and the site
of action of psychoactive drugs. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 565 Conditioning and Learning
3 s.h.
The focus is on animal research with discussion of classical and oper-
ant conditioning, discrimination learning, and aversive control of be-
havior. Lab projects are conducted. Prerequisites: courses in experimental
psychology or permission.

PC 566 Human Cognition: Memory and Thinking
3 s.h.
The methodology employed in areas of verbal learning and retention,
encoding, storage, and retrieval processes. Lab projects are conducted.
Prerequisite: permission.

Programs and Courses -211
Psychology

PC 567 Animal Behavior
3 s.h.
Behavior of various animal species and humankind are examined
from the position of" evolution of behavior as adaptation to a changing
ecology.

PC 569 Industrial/Organizational Psychology
3 s.h.
Study of psychological principles in an organizational setting of be-
havior; application of psychological principles to individual behavior and
experience in organizations.

PC 574 Adult Development and Aging
3 s.h.
A review of theories and research which apply to young, middle, and
later adulthood, with particular emphasis on old age.

PC 578 Psychology of Death and Dying
3 s.h.
Emphasizes the theories and research which delineate the psychologi-
cal factors affecting the dying person as well as those people close to
someone who is dying. Psychological, social, and cognitive factors affect-
ing one's attitude toward death and approaches to coping with dying and
death are studied. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 581 Special Topics
3 s.h.
Designed to examine a special topic in depth. Students prepare
presentations representing selected research areas. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 600 Introduction to Human Cognition
3 s.h.
The methodology employed in areas of verbal learning and retention,
encoding, storage, and retrieval processes. Lab projects are conducted.
Prerequisite: permission.

PC 601 Research Methods in Psychology I
3 s.h.
The design, statistical analysis, and report of laboratory experiments
will be studied. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 602 Research Methods in Psychology II
3 s.h.
An intuitive presentation of the methods, the use of computer pro-
grams, and applications of psychological research of selected multivariate
techniques. Prerequisite: PC 601 or equivalent familiarity with analysis of
variance and correlation or regressional techniques.

212 - The Graduate School at lUP

PC 603 Evaluation Research
3 s.h.
Introduction to the methodological issues involved in validly assessing
the effectiveness of intervention programs relevant to psychology (e.g., hu-
man service programs), including a consideration of how the results of
evaluation research can be used to improve such programs. Students will
participate in either actual or simulated evaluation research projects.
Prerequisite: permission, PC 601 or equivalent.

PC 630 Methods of Intervention I
3 s.h.
Methods of studying and improving competency in interpersonal skills
as a necessary ingredient of most models of therapy, such as psychoanaly-
sis, client centered, and behavior modification. Emphasis is placed on the-
ory, research, and personal competence in communication. Prerequisite:
permission.

PC 631 Methods of Intervention II
3 s.h.
Emphasis is placed upon the systematic study and application of so-
cial influence techniques to the modification of clinical problems. A broad
spectrum of cognitive, physiological, and behavior change procedures are
studied and evaluated with regard to their cost and effectiveness. A gener-
al problem-solving model for decision making, case evaluation, and ac-
countability is advanced. Prerequisites: PC 630 and permission.

PC 632 Models of Learning
3 s.h.
Several learning paradigms are described. Emphasis is on the theoreti-
cal assumptions underlying the models and their strengths and weaknesses.
Applications of the models to changing maladaptive behavior are dis-
cussed. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 633 Clinical Group Techniques
3 s.h.
Provides instruction and experience in a variety of group techniques.
Includes lectures, demonstrations, and participation in group exercises use-
ful in the clinical psychology profession. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 634 Family Therapy
3 s.h.
Introduction to family and marital therapy. Both system theory ap-
proaches and behavioral approaches will be considered. Process and out-
come research will be reviewed. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 635 Advanced Psychopathology
3 s.h.
An in-depth study of the description, causes, and treatment of be-
haviors considered abnormal by our society. The course integrates and ex-
tends previous materials in abnormal behavior, assessment, therapy,

Programs and Courses - 213
Psychology

research methodology, and professional practice. Prerequisites: previous
undergraduate course in Abnormal Psychology and permission.

PC 636 Personality Theory and Systems of Psychotherapy
3 s.h.
Several major personality theories are reviewed in a comparative man-
ner with emphasis placed upon issues such as the assumptions about the
basic nature of man, personality development, normal and pathological
development, and philosophy of treatment for each theory. Prerequisite:
permission.

PC 637 Issues in Developmental Psychology
3 s.h.
The processes and structures of life span development are studied.
Cognitive, emotional, social, and physical development will be explored,
emphasizing the interactive effects of the person's environment, develop-
mental level, and psychological state. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 641 Psychological Assessment I
3 s.h.
Beginning course in theoretical issues and development of skills in as-
sessing psychological functioning and in report writing. Beginning empha-
sis on intellectual assessment, followed by the development of an
increasing variety of assessment tools. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 642 Psychological Assessment II
3 s.h.
Continuation of PC 641 with increased emphasis on development of
skills in areas of objective and projective tests, behavioral observations,
self-report measures, and other assessment techniques. Prerequisites: PC
641 and permission.

PC 646 Drugs and Behavior
3 s.h.
Introduction to various aspects of drugs and behavior. Includes explo-
ration of factors influencing drug effects, problems in drug research, ther-
apeutic use of drugs, legal use and abuse of drugs, and social aspects of
drug experience. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 647 Clinical Psychology
3 s.h.
The study of the relationship between human brain dysfunction and
abnormal behavior. Includes assessment techniques used to diagnose brain
damage. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 650 Community Psychology
3 s.h.
An introduction to community psychology as an ecological approach
to the understanding and changing of behavior. Emphasizes prevention
rather than treatment of disorders and a concern with the development of
programs to deal with a wide variety of human problems.

214 - The Graduate School at lUP

PC 651 Planned Social Change
3 s.h.
Comparative evaluation of strategies for changing human behavior.
Emphasis on techniques which alter the environmental context in which
behavior occurs.

PC 652 Environmental Psychology
3 s.h.
The relationship between human behavior and its environmental con-
text. Emphasis on the role of physical and social environments in creating
and perpetuating social problems.

PC 654 Theory and Research in Organizational Psychology

3 s.h.
The study of the effects of the work situation and of personal, interper-
sonal, and structural variables upon individual behavior and experience in
organizations. Prerequisites: industrial psychology or industrial sociology,
introductory course work in psychology and in behavioral science
statistics.

PC 660 Child Clinical Psychology
3 s.h.
Approaches unique to child psychopathology; assessment and inter-
vention are explored. Ages from birth to adolescence are covered. Prereq-
uisite: permission.

PC 661 Psychology and Medicine I
3 s.h.
The area of health psychology and its role in behavioral medicine are
introduced. Psychophysiology, which provides much of the foundation for
health psychology, is studied through readings, lectures, and hands-on ex-
periences with psychophysiological recording equipment. Prerequisite: per-
mission.

PC 699 Independent Study in Psychology
1-6 s.h.
Individual students develop and conduct research studies in consulta-
tion with a faculty member. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 704 Clinical Research Methods
3 s.h.
Introduction to data analysis techniques and methodological problems
commonly encountered in clinical research. Methods appropriate for single
subjects as well as groups are explored. Prerequisites: PC 601 and PC 641.

PC 743 Psychological Assessment 111
3 s.h.
Continuation of PC 642 with emphasis on nontraditional assessment
methods such as family observations, mental status ratings, and social

Programs and Courses - 215
Psycho logy

skills assessment. Topics in clinical judgment and inference and a combi-
nation of assessment data and report writing are covered. Prerequisite: PC
642 or permission.

PC 758 Advanced Social Psychology
3 s.h.
Advanced survey of the relationship between the social environment
and human behavior. Topics include social influence, attitude formation
and change, attribution and social cognition, interpersonal attraction, ag-
gression, altruism, small group interaction, and environmental psychology.
Prerequisite: permission.

PC 760 Advanced Psychotherapy with Children
3 s.h.
Theories and treatment interventions used in therapy with children are
explored. Opportunities to practice basic psychotherapeutic skills in inter-
viewing, treatment planning, and intervention provided under intensive su-
pervision. Prerequisite: PC 660 or permission.

PC 761 Psychology and Medicine II
3 s.h.
The roles of psychological and environmental variables in the develop-
ment, maintenance, and recovery from disease are studied. Approaches to
studying relationships between stress, coping, and disease are emphasized.
Prerequisite: PC 661.

PC 762 Biofeedback Procedures in Behavioral Medicine
3 s.h.
Procedures used to help individuals increase voluntary control of
physiological activities are reviewed and evaluated as regards their clinical
potential for treating a variety of psychosomatic and somasomatic illness-
es. Theory and research from the fields of medicine, biomedical engineer-
ing, psychophysiology, and cognitive-behavior therapy are incorporated in
developing therapeutic applications of biofeedback techniques. Prerequi-
site: permission.

PC 763 Advanced Family Therapy
3 s.h.
The course concerns current family therapy theories and methods with
an emphasis on brief, problem-focused models of assessment and interac-
tion. Integrative approaches and family systems consultation also will be
considered. Prerequisite: PC 634 or its equivalent.

PC 770 Professional Issues
3 s.h.
An examination of professional problems in the field of clinical psy-
chology. Includes topics such as training philosophies, licensure, legal is-
sues such as involuntary commitment and expert witness, ethical
standards, and professional organizations. Prerequisite: permission.

216 - The Graduate School at I UP

PC 781 Special Topics
1-6 s.h.

PC 791 Family and Couples Clinic
3 s.h.
Students will be assigned clients of the Family and Couples Clinic. All
therapy will be carried out under the close supervision of the instructor. A
team training model will be used, wherein students will observe the work
of their peers and participate in pre-session and post-session conferences.
Prerequisites: course work in family therapy, successful supervised clinical
experience, and permission of the instructor.

PC 798 Advanced Psychological Practicum
1-18 s.h.
Provides supervised experience in applied settings. Variable credit de-
pending on setting. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 799 Internship
3 s.h.
An in-depth supervised experience designed to assure a professional
level of competence in several skill areas and to assist in developing an
identity as a health care professional. May be taken full-time for twelve
months or half-time for twenty-four months. Prerequisite: permission.

PC 850 Thesis
1-6 s.h.
A supervised research project approved by a committee of faculty
members. A thesis proposal must be approved by the end of the third full
semester of graduate work, and the finished thesis must be defended within
the following year. Enrolled as three semester hours during two semesters.

PC 950 Doctoral Project (Dissertation)
3-9 s.h.
A culminating scholarly activity requiring the mastery of an area of
professional interest. It requires a review of relevant literature and the col-
lection and analysis of data. An oral presentation of the proposal and an
oral defense of the finished product are required.

Other Policies

The Psychology Department has established guidelines for the registration
and completion of the thesis and doctoral project, academic good stand-
ing, full-time student status, an appeals process, and other academic mat-
ters. These guidelines are explained in the Psychology Graduate Student
Handbook.

Programs and Courses -217
Reading

Reading

lUP provides and directs the formal learning experiences of the reading
specialist at the graduate level. These learning experiences entail classroom
and clinical instruction and field experiences by faculty members, in addi-
tion, the faculty members represent a marked balance with a variety of
backgrounds and areas of expertise — reading, elementary and secondary
education, psychology, educational research, and computers in education.

Students seeking a Master of Education degree with a major in reading,
and who desire certification as reading specialists, are required to complete
a minimum of 36 semester hours of course work selected from the curricu-
lum designed for the preparation of reading specialists.

A student who wishes to secure reading specialist certification and does
not desire a Master of Education degree may do so by completing a mini-
mum of 27 semester hours of course work. The program for each student
will be formulated based on the student's needs and educational and
teaching experiences. All students who desire certification are required to
take either the required courses as outlined in Program for Reading
Specialists or demonstrate or document the competencies required for the
program.

Criteria for final recommendation for certification of program enrollees
are as follows:

1. Overall grade point average of "B"; in both ED 702 and ED 703,
a minimum grade of "B" is required.

2. Recommendation of reading faculty. Graduate students may also
earn a doctorate in Elementary Education with an emphasis in Reading.

Procedure for Admission

An applicant must first be admitted to the Graduate School as a qualified
student. As part of this process, applicants may be requested to report for
an interview with the reading faculty. Upon admission to the Reading
Program, each student should arrange to meet with his/her adviser to for-
mulate an approved program of courses.

Masters In Reading/Reading Specialist Program

Certification Program: Courses

Students seeking certification as a Reading Specialist must complete a
minimum of 27 semester hours or its equivalent.

A. Reading Required (21 semester hours)

(3 semester hours each) ED 508, ED 600*, ED 601, ED 605, ED 702,
ED 703, EL 644

B. **Research — Required (3 semester hours)
ED 698

218 - The Graduate School at lUP

C. Related Area — (3 semester hours)
EP 573 (or an approved substitute)

D. ***Computer Literacy

Students who wish a master's degree in Reading must complete nine
additional credits from the following areas:

E. Research — (3 semester hours)
GR 615

F. Humanistic Studies — Select one (3 semester hours)
FE 611, FE 612, FE 613, FE 514

G. If thesis option is selected, no elective is required from F or G.

For description of FE courses, see section on Foundations of Education;
for EP courses, Educational Psychology; for EL courses, Elementary Edu-
cation; for EN courses, English; and, for GR courses, see entry under
"General Service Courses."

* Students who have educational experiences teaching reading and com-
pleted undergraduate reading methods courses within the past five years
and who achieved a minimum grade of "B" may have ED 600 waived. IF
ED 600 is waived and students wish to pursue an M.Ed, degree, students
must take an approved elective in order to fulfill the 33- or 36-semester-
hour thesis or non-thesis requirements.

** ED 698 is not required for students doing a thesis.

***Students who do not have computer literacy either through under-
graduate or graduate courses, in-service education, etc., will be required to
complete a computer course.

Course Descriptions

ED 508 Reading in the Content Areas
3 s.h.
Provides techniques for reading specialists to work with teachers in
both elementary and secondary schools for developing competencies in
subject matter areas as part of the regular classroom instruction. Open,
also, to classroom teachers — elementary and secondary levels.

ED 510 The Teaching of Reading in the Secondary School
3 s.h.
Emphases include reading improvement practices with developmental,
corrective, and remedial readers in the middle and junior and senior high
schools. Attention to both college preparatory students and those needing
survival skills as well as to work with related professional personnel. A
mini-practicum in developmental reading is included.

ED 600 Basic Foundations of Reading Education
3 s.h.
Emphases on nature of reading process, nature of learner, advance-
ment of pupil's reading skills, how pupils learn to read, what teachers can
do when pupils fail to learn to read.

Programs and Courses -219
Reading

ED 601 Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading Disabilities
3 s.h.
Students appraise reading diHiculties ol individuals with emphases on
general principles and types of diagnosis appropriate to classroom and
clinic. Examination and administration of diagnostic instruments as well as
methods and materials used in remediation at the elementary and secon-
dary level are presented and demonstrated. Prerequisite: ED 600 (applied
to reading majors only).

ED 604 Remediation of Severe Reading Disability Cases
3 s.h.
Analysis and treatment of severely disabled readers under the supervi-
sion of specially prepared university personnel. Prerequisite: permission of
coordinator.

ED 605 Organization and Administration of Reading Programs
3 s.h.
Emphasis on patterns of organization, approaches to instruction, and
use of appropriate materials which can be adopted to operation of a total
school reading program in meeting individual, group, and special needs of
students.

ED 607 Instruction Materials in Reading for Children and Youth
3 s.h.
Designed to guide teachers, librarians, principals, reading specialists,
and other curriculum workers in viable choices of appropriate materials
for reading instruction.

ED 620 Reading Instruction for the Culturally Different
3 s.h.
Emphasizes the sociological, psychological, linguistic, and educational
variables that affect the culturally and linguistically different reader.

ED 697 Seminar in Special Problems in Reading
3 s.h.
Topics such as reading disability, preschool reading instruction, and
adult literacy programs are covered.

ED 698 Research Seminar in Reading
3 s.h.
Designed to ensure that students will be able to read and understand
reading research and statistical applications related to the field of reading.
Students will interpret "t" test, AOV, repeated measures, and correla-
tions. Emphasis is on understanding and application of statistical informa-
tion and not on solving mathematical formulas.

ED 699 Independent Study in Reading Education
1-3 s.h.
The student, with cooperation of the reading faculty member with
whom he/she expects to works and his/her reading faculty adviser, en-

220 - The Graduate School at lUP

gages in a study individually or with a sn>all group on some problem or
field not clearly defined in existing courses. Prerequisite: permission of
coordinator.

ED 702 Reading Practicum: Diagnostic Case Studies (Clinical Experience I)
3 s.h.
Students administer and interpret a battery of diagnostic instruments,
both formal and informal, to a small group of children. Emphasis is on
interview and observation techniques as well as on diagnostic teaching. A
needs assessment for each child is completed. All work is done under the
supervision of the Reading Specialist Program faculty. Prerequisites: ED
600, ED 601, and ED 508.

ED 703 Reading Practicum: Remedial Case Studies (Clinical Experience II)
3 s.h.
Students complete an in-depth needs assessment as well as design and
implement a remedial program for a small group of children. Emphasis is
on the application of specialized remedial techniques. All work is done un-
der the supervision of Reading Specialist Program faculty. Prerequisites:
ED 600, ED 601, ED 508, and ED 702.

Safety Sciences

The Department of Safety Sciences offers a program of studies leading to
a Master of Science degree in Safety Sciences. A thesis or non-thesis cur-
riculum is available.

Students have the opportunity to choose from a wide selection of course
offerings or select a specialized area. In addition, students may choose
elective courses, with approval of adviser, in fields directly related to safe-
ty sciences. The program is designed for individuals with relevant ex-
perience in safety sciences and those with appropriate undergraduate
preparation who are interested in pursuing careers in the profession.

Department Admission Requirements

In addition to meeting the requirements for admission to the Graduate
School, a student intending to work toward a Master of Science in Safety
Sciences will be required to have the following prerequisite professional
preparation:

Entry-level competency in the four subdisciplines: Safety Manage-
ment, Occupational Safety, Occupational Health, and Fire Protec-
tion through relevant education, documented work experience,
certifications, or other means acceptable to the Safety Sciences
Graduate Committee.

Programs unci Courses - 22 J
Safety Sciences

Relevant education would include the student's undergraduate prepa-
ration which, in general, should include a minimum of six semester-
hour credits in each of the following: Chemistry, Physics, and
Mathematics.

When the Safety Sciences Graduate Committee determines that a deficien-
cy in work experience or relevant education exists, a student will be re-
quired to complete additional studies to eliminate the deficiency.

Master of Science in Safety Sciences

All students are required to take a total of 36 hours, of which 18 hours
are core courses: SA 601, SA 602, SA 603, SA 604, SA 605, and SA 606.
The student must choose the remaining 18 hours in a specialized or gener-
alized option. Students may choose between a thesis or non-thesis cur-
riculum.

Degree Requirements (Thesis) — For the additional 18 required hours, 3 to
6 of these may consist of a thesis. Students in the specialized option must
complete a minimum of 6 to 9 hours (not including thesis) in courses
offered by the Safety Sciences Department, plus 6 hours of electives ap-
proved by the student's adviser. Students pursuing the generalist option
must complete a minimum of 12 hours of safety sciences graduate course
work (one 3-hour course in each subdiscipline). The remaining hours con-
sist of electives which must be approved by the student's adviser.

Degree Requirements (Non-thesis) — Of the additional 18 required hours,
students enrolled in a specialized option must complete 6 hours of safety
sciences courses in one chosen subdiscipline. In addition, 12 hours of ap-
proved electives must be completed. Students pursuing the generalist op-
tion must complete 12 hours of safety sciences courses (one 3-hour course
in each subdiscipline) and 6 hours of approved electives.

Course Descriptions

SA 541 Accident Investigation
3 s.h.
Focuses on the various aspects of accident investigation such as recent
theories associated with accident causes, investigative techniques, data ac-
quisition, structure of investigative reports, management responsibilities,
and remedial actions. Particular emphasis is placed on determining se-
quence of events to develop management actions which will prevent recur-
rence of accidents. Prerequisite: permission of instructor.

SA 561 Air Pollution
3 s.h.
Focuses on the various major aspects of the air pollution problem.
These include sources of pollution, evaluation and engineering control of
pollutants, government regulations, atmospheric chemistry and dispersion.

222 - The Graduate School at lUP

and human and nonhuman effects. Particular emphasis is placed on infor-
mation that is practical for the safety sciences and industrial health profes-
sionals. Prerequisites: CH 101 and 102 or equivalent and SA 301 or
equivalent courses or permission of the instructor.

SA 562 Radiological Health
3 s.h.
This course involves the study of problems associated with ionizing
radiation in the human environment. Emphasis is given to biological ef-
fects, radiation measurement, dose computational techniques, exposure
control, and local and federal regulations. The study and use of various
radiological instruments is included. Prerequisite: SA 301, PY 111, PY
112, or permission of instructor.

SA 581 Special Topics
3 s.h.
A dual-level elective offering in which the specific topic may vary
from one term to the next. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.

SA 601 Concepts of Risk Assessment
3 s.h.
The concept of risk is implicit in every justification for hazard control
measures and is an important criterion in the evaluation of hazards. This
course provides definitions and methods for risk measurement in various
contexts. Rationale are developed for establishing acceptable risk levels
and for safety management decision making.

SA 602 Quantitative Methods in Safety Management
3 s.h.
The objective of this course is to prepare individuals for the conduct
of research in safety and its numerous subspecialties. Research paradigms,
experimental design, data sources and collection, and statistical methods
are covered in detail. The emphasis throughout is on quantitative ap-
proaches likely to produce valid new knowledge in the discipline of safety
management. Prerequisites: SA 345 and MA 217 or permission of the in-
structor.

SA 603 Human Relations in Safety Management
3 s.h.
Integrates various behavioral science theories into the practice of safe-
ty management. Areas covered are motivation, communications, manageri-
al interactions, and controlling worker behavior as it relates to accident
causation. Prerequisites: PC 101 and MG 642 or permission of instructor.

SA 604 Industrial Toxicology
3 s.h.
Principles and techniques for evaluating toxicological properties of
chemical substances are studied with particular emphasis on extrapolation
of information to determine permissible exposure limits in the workplace.
The student is acquainted with requirements for operating an animal toxi-

Programs and Courses - 223
Safety Sciences

cology facility as well as means of obtaining relevant human experience
data. Prerequisites: CH 101, CH 102, MA 217, or permission of in-
structor.

SA 605 Advanced Principles of Safety Engineering
3 s.h.
This course prepares the student with a fundamental understanding of
those hazards which can contribute to accidental injury and damage.
These hazards are studied in an engineering context; their physical and
chemical characteristics are studied in depth in order to make the ap-
propriate hazard control measures better understood. Prerequisites: SA
111, SA 211, and PY 112, or permission of the instructor.

SA 606 Hazardous Materials Management
3 s.h.
This course offers the student a logical approach to the problem of
hazardous materials management. Emphasis is on legislative controls with
which industry must comply in shipping, storing, using, and disposing of
hazardous materials. Program development in hazardous materials is cov-
ered in detail. Prerequisites: SA 311, CH 101, and CH 102, or permission
of instructor.

SA 620 Safety Data Management
3 s.h.
Covered are design of loss incident source documents and code dic-
tionaries; procedures to collect accident cost and cause data; accident
cause analysis; and data for management accountability and decision mak-
ing. Prerequisites: SA 412 and FS 241 or permission of instructor.

SA 623 Advanced Safety Administration
3 s.h.
Analyzes the management structure for its procedures, organizations,
policies, and departmental competencies as they relate to safety. Ways to
audit and improve management's safety effectiveness are covered. Prereq-
uisites: SA 412 and FS 360, or permission of instructor.

SA 642 Advanced Mine Safety Engineering
3 s.h.
Provides an understanding of advanced subjects concerned with mine
health and safety. Details the cost-benefit analysis of each phase of the
mineral industry and the design features of various mining operations of
the United States. Prerequisites: SA 232 and SA 401, or permission of in-
structor.

SA 643 Construction Safety
3 s.h.
This course provides an in-depth treatment of hazard recognition,
evaluation, and control principles used in the construction industry. Exten-
sive coverage of federal standards is given, together with the means by
which a construction safety program can be developed and administered.
Prerequisite: SA 211 or permission of the instructor.

224 - The Graduate School at lUP

SA 663 Industrial Hygiene Laboratory Methods
3 s.h.
Laboratory methods germane to industrial hygiene sampling and ana-
lytical methods are studied in depth. The student is introduced to a variety
of laboratory procedures as well as biological monitoring. Sampling and
analytical statistics are also emphasized. Prerequisites: SA 302 and SA
303, or permission of instructor.

SA 672 Process Safety in the Chemical Industries
3 s.h.
This course is designed to cover all important aspects of loss preven-
tion as it is practiced in the chemical process industries. Its objective is to
prepare the safety professional so that he/she may be able to work more
effectively with chemists and chemical engineers in joint hazard identifica-
tion, evaluation, and control projects. Prerequisite: SA 311 or equivalent,
or permission of instructor.

SA 673 Disaster Preparedness
3 s.h.
Principles and techniques for preparing for various types of disasters.
The students are acquainted with requirements necessary to develop work-
able plans for natural and industrial types of disasters. Loss prevention
measures are discussed, directed toward preservation of organization
resources. Prerequisite: SA 311 or equivalent, or permission of instructor.

SA 674 Fire Safety in Building Design
3 s.h.
The student is provided with the necessary concepts and principles for
the safe design of buildings from a fire hazard standpoint. Emphasis is
given to adequate understanding of fire properties as they influence selec-
tion of materials for construction, fire prevention facilities, and fire sup-
pression considerations. Prerequisite: SA 311 or equivalent, or permission
of instructor.

SA 681 Special Topics
3 s.h.
A graduate-only elective offering in which the specific topics may
vary from one term to the next. Prerequisite: permission of instructor.

SA 699 Independent Study
3 s.h.
Study in depth of a topic not available through other course work.
Student works with supervising faculty member on carefully planned, stu-
dent initiated project. Prior approval is necessary. Prerequisite: permission
of instructor.

SA 850 Thesis

3 s.h.
The thesis will require a committee review with one faculty member
serving as the student's adviser. The committee will also include two addi-

Programs and Courses - 225
Safety Sciences
Sociology

tional faculty members and a representative of the dean of the College of
Human Ikology and Health Sciences. Prerequisite: permission of in-
structor.

Sociology

Advanced training in sociology should enable students to think insightfully
and critically about society and human relationships and more effectively
to serve in a variety of professions. Sociology graduate students may be
employed in human services, government agencies, corporate personnel
departments, or social research organizations. The Master of Arts in So-
ciology is designed to prepare students for such opportunities with two
programs of study: General Sociology and Applied Sociology in Human
Services.

Students may also choose one of four specializations: Administration and
Evaluation of Human Services, Community and Social Policy, Individual
and Family Services, or Alcohol and Drug Abuse Studies. The specializa-
tion enables the student to select a combination of three to five courses
from various departments focusing on a particular area of interest. Com-
plementary courses are offered in Women's Studies, Clinical Psychology,
Counselor Education, Criminology, Public Administration, and Adult and
Community Education departments or majors. However, no more than
nine credits may be selected from outside the Sociology-Anthropology
Department, and no more than one-third of a student's total credit hours
may be dual-level (500) courses. Furthermore, students who enrolled for
dual-level courses while undergraduates at lUP may not repeat the same
courses for credit as graduate students.

In addition to Graduate School admissions requirements, the applicants to
the Sociology M.A. program should have completed at least 12 hours of
undergraduate social science courses with an average of "B" or better.
Students not meeting this requirement may be admitted if they agree to
take additional undergraduate sociology courses designated by the
department.

Master of Arts in Sociology

General Sociology

The General Sociology Program is designed especially for those students
preparing for research professions, doctoral studies, or teaching in the so-
cial sciences. Students in the General Sociology Program are required to
complete three basic core courses: SO 664, SO 665, and SO 667. In addi-
tion to these core courses, students have two options: Thesis or Non-
Thesis. Those students electing to do a thesis (SO 850) will select an addi-
tional 15 credit hours, of which a maximum of nine credits may be select-
ed from outside the sociology offerings. Students selecting the Non-Thesis

226 - The Graduate School at lUP

option will select an additional 27 credit hours, of which nine credits may
be in subjects other than sociology. The Thesis option requires a total of
30 credit hours; the Non-Thesis option requires a total of 36 credit hours,
plus the successful completion of a two-part comprehensive exam.

Applied Sociology in Human Service

The Human Services Program is designed to prepare students to work in a
variety of human service fields and to offer advanced training to those al-
ready employed in a human service profession. The Human Services Pro-
gram offers specializations for those interested in service delivery to
special client groups like the aging, the abused, and the alcohol depen-
dent. This program also offers a specialization for those interested in hu-
man service administration or evaluation. Students in the Human Services
Program are required to complete five core courses: SO 610, SO 611, SO
664, SO 665, and SO 667. All students are also required to complete an
internship in an approved human service of their choice.

Students may also select to take a Thesis or Non-Thesis option in the Hu-
man Services Program. Thesis students, besides completing a thesis under
the supervision of department faculty, will select 9 credit hours from vari-
ous departments in an area of specialization. Students in the Non-Thesis
option will select an additional fifteen credits of courses of which no more
than nine credits may be outside the department. The Non-Thesis option
also requires successful completion of a two-part comprehensive examina-
tion. Both options amount to a total of 36 credit hours.

Course Descriptions

so 527 Spouse Abuse
3 s.h.
Considers the range of theoretical explanations for the pervasive vio-
lence between husband and wife, cohabitating partners, or dating couples.
Research on spouse abuse and its implications for treatment programs,
criminal justice intervention, and social policy is discussed.

SO 528 Child Abuse
3 s.h.
The prevalence, etiology, and social implications of physical, sexual,
and emotional abuse and child neglect are examined. Intervention strate-
gies for individual perpetrator and victim and for the family unit and
prevention strategies for the community are also presented and critiqued.

SO 542 Social and Cultural Aspects of Health and Medicine
3 s.h.
Review of fields of medical sociology and anthropology; focuses on
such topics as social background of illness, folk medicine, cultural differ-
ences in perceptions of health, and social organization of health facilities.

Programs and Courses - 227
Sociology

SO 543 Development of Social Theory
3 s.h.
Examination of historical development of social theory with special
attention to the classical theorists and theoretical ideas which have con-
tributed most significantly to modern sociology.

SO 581 Special Topics in Sociology
3-6 s.h.
See SO 681 for course description.

SO 610 Sociology of Human Services
3 s.h.
Introduction to the theoretical and applied roles of human services in
our society. Organizational theories, delivery systems models, and im-
plementation issues are discussed.

SO 611 Human Services Administration
3 s.h.
Examines the management of human service agencies, including per-
sonnel supervision, financial planning, public relations, and social policy
issues. Evaluation design, program monitoring, and social impact measure-
ment are also discussed.

SO 621 Sociology of Health Care
3 s.h.
Examines the contrasting perspectives in the field of medical sociolo-
gy, the structure of health care institutions, and the operation of health
care providers. The social, environmental, and occupational factors in
health and disease are considered as well.

SO 630 Seminar in Alcohol and Drug Abuse
3 s.h.
The social and personal problems associated with alcohol and drug
abuse are considered. Attention will be given to the etiology, social fac-
tors, and economics of abuse, as well as to prevention and intervention
issues.

SO 632 Addiction and the Family
3 s.h.
Assesses the impact of alcohol or drug addition on the individuals
and their families. Research on addiction patterns, codependency, and fa-
mily treatment are discussed. Special attention is given to gender and ra-
cial difference in addiction and its impact on the family.

SO 640 Community Development and Social Policy
3 s.h.
Considers strategies to improve communities economically and social-
ly. Social policy implementation, technical assistance, and community or-
ganizing are examined, along with conflict resolution.

228 - The Graduate School at lUP

SO 642 Industrial Sociology
3 s.h.
Examines structure and exercise of corporate power. Attention is
given to relationships between industry, government, and communities and
the transformation of the workplace in the twentieth century.

SO 654 Social Inequality
3 s.h.
Examines central theoretical perspectives on inequality. Considers
such topics as nature of social classes and inequality in the U.S., charac-
teristics of working class, poor, and super-rich, and sexual inequality.

SO 656 Social Change
3 s.h.
Explores nature and consequences of social change, types of changes
individuals might want in U.S., and how these might be implemented.
Also discusses lessons to be learned from various social change efforts.

SO 657 Aging and Society
3 s.h.
Focuses on the social problems encountered by aging individuals in
various societies. The impact of sociological factors, such as social class,
ethnicity, and technological change, on the lives of the elderly are studied.
The institutional structures and services designed to cope with changing
demographics are also discussed.

SO 662 The Sociology of Deviance
3 s.h.
Relationship between individual deviance and social and cultural fac-
tors is examined. How different groups set limits for acceptable behavior
is analyzed in comparative and historical context.

SO 664 Research Seminar in Sociology
3 s.h.
Examination of diverse research designs in the social sciences. Focuses
on understanding and critique of designs in the social sciences and on in-
tegration of theory and research. Special attention given to development
of thesis proposal. Required for M.A. in Sociology.

SO 665 Microcomputing Applications in Sociology
3 s.h.
Analysis of data for human services management and research. Stu-
dents develop database management systems for client information and
spreadsheets for program budgeting, evaluation, and forecasting. The use
of computed statistics for program decision-making is also discussed.
Prerequisite: CO 200 or equivalent.

Programs and Courses - 229
Sociology
Special Education and Clinical Services

SO 667 Contemporary Sociological Theory
3 s.h.
Examination of major systems of sociological theory and major theo-
retical controversies vying for attention in contemporary sociology. Em-
phasis given to theories in macrosociology, especially functionalism,
neo-Marxian conflict theory, and societal evolutionism. Required for M.A.
in Sociology.

SO 681 Special Topics in Sociology
3-6 s.h.
Seminar focuses on specialized areas in the discipline not covered by
regular courses. Students will do extensive reading in the area. Courses
may be repeated under different subtitles.

SO 690 Readings in Sociology
3 s.h.
Students report and develop extensive bibliographies on assigned read-
ings for in-depth understandings of a specific sociological concept,
process, or problem.

SO 698 Internship
3-6 s.h.
Supervised experience in public or private organizations that extends
and complements classroom instruction. Students apply their analysis and
skills to human service agencies and gain practical experience. Prerequisite:
permission.

SO 699 Independent Study in Sociology
1-3 s.h.
Students wishing to specialize beyond course work are encouraged to
work on a one-to-one basis with faculty members in independent study.
Students may elect up to a total of 6 semester hours of independent study.

Special Education and Clinical Services

The Department of Special Education and Clinical Services offers a gradu-
ate program leading to the Master of Education degree in Education of
Exceptional Children. The department also offers the Master of Science
degree in Exceptionality or in Speech-Language Pathology. A graduate
level of competency in these major areas is in accord with national stan-
dards now emphasized by professional organizations such as the Council
for Exceptional Children and the American Speech-Language-Hearing As-
sociation.

The M.Ed, degree requires a course in foundations of education and prac-
ticum experience in appropriate settings. The Master of Science degree is
based upon an individual program which integrates academic as well as
practicum experience with selected community agencies. For details on the
supervisory certificate, applicants should contact the department chair-
person.

230 - The Graduate School at lUP

Master of Education in Education of
Exceptional Children

This graduate program offers majors Master of Education options in one
of the following areas of concentration: (1) Mentally Retarded, (2) Emo-
tionally Disturbed, (3) Learning Disabled. As a prerequisite for completion
of the M.Ed, degree, the three majors require Pennsylvania comprehensive
teaching certification in Education of Mentally and/or Physically Han-
dicapped. Candidates with teaching certification in other fields will be re-
quired to complete additional undergraduate and/or graduate semester
hours toward such certification, depending on individual background. All
three concentration areas require 9 semester hours in Professional De-
velopment selected from the approved list, including 3 semester hours in
foundations of education, 3 semester hours selected from the course list in
Behavioral Studies, and 3 semester hours in research (GR 615). The degree
programs also require 6 semester hours in Specialization Core, including
EX 640, as well as specialization courses in each area: EX 623 for the
Mentally Retarded, EX 655 for the Emotionally Disturbed, and EX 666
for the Learning Disabled.

Each degree requires a minimum of 21 semester hours in Subject Area
course work unless the thesis option is selected. Advisement is required for
course selection. The department does not accept credits earned in work-
shops toward graduation.

For description of GR courses, see entry under "General Service
Courses."

Master of Science in Exceptionality

Professional training is provided for those who wish to gain competency
for working with mentally and/or physically handicapped adults and their
families in the community or in various agencies and organizations. Ad-
viser recommendation should be obtained prior to enrollment. Course
selection and degree candidacy are based upon individual background and
employment goals. Candidates for the Master of Science degree will select
a minimum of 21 semester hours in Subject Matter Concentration, includ-
ing 6 semester hours in EX 685, Practicum, EX 630, EX 631, and PC 640
or EX 645. They will also complete a minimum of 3 semester hours in GR
615, Elements of Research, as well as 3 to 6 hours of Interrelated Study
selected according to student needs.

For description of PC course, see section on Psychology. For description
of GR courses, see entry under "General Service Courses."

Programs and Courses - 231
Special Education and Clinical Services

Course Descriptions

EX 500 Education of Exceptional Children in Regular Classes
3 s.h.
Intended for graduate students who are teaching regular classes and
other school personnel who do not have a background of formal course
work in the general area of exceptionality. Included will be specific
vocabulary and etiology of handicapping conditions as they relate to regu-
lar class teachers in understanding the nature of problems. Concepts of
mainstreaming and resource room teaching will be included.

EX 524 Language Disabilities and the Language Processes
3 s.h.
Designed for students pursuing the concentration in learning disabili-
ties. Skills are taught to help the student evaluate learning disabled chil-
dren, with a major emphasis on language processes.

EX 530 Physical Disabilities and Psychological Handicaps
3 s.h.
Provides for in-depth study of the most prevalent physical disabilities,
indicates coping mechanisms used by some of the afflicted, and shows
how the physically disabled who do not develop coping strategies become
psychologically handicapped. Adaptation of teaching materials, equipment,
and facilities is discussed. Rationale for placements in the various educa-
tional environments is included.

EX 557 Severe and Profound Retardation and Multiple Disabilities
3 s.h.
Provides guidelines and methods for working with the extremely disa-
bled in educational settings. Emphasizes methods of providing stimulation
of basic skill development in areas of motor, perceptual, cognitive, lan-
guage, and social skills.

EX 564 Preschool Education of the Handicapped
3 s.h.
Development of intervention strategies, assessment of prescriptive
planning, and curricular problems of the preschool aged handicapped child
from infancy to five years of age. Prepares needed teachers for preschool
programs for the handicapped. Satisfies state and federal priorities where
the emphasis is being placed on the education of preschool handicapped.

EX 580 Selected Problems and Research
1-3 s.h.
Students will review critically recent developments in the field. Oppor-
tunity is afforded for independent readings and limited research reports. A
student may identify a topic for subsequent development as his/her thesis
or research project. Prerequisites: EX 631, EX 639, and EX 640.

232 - The Graduate School at lUP

EX 599 Independent Study in Special Education
1-3 s.h.
Individual students develop research studies in consultation with a
faculty member. Departmental consent required.

EX 623 Curriculum and Methods
3 s.h.
Designed to provide an in-depth understanding of current curriculum
levels for all exceptional students. Curriculum guides are evaluated and
analyzed in relation to present and future programs. Some consideration
of subject matter at elementary and secondary levels and of relationship
between academic subjects and vocational skills; emphasis on clinical and
diagnostic approach in curriculum design.

EX 625 Vocational and Career Opportunities for the Handicapped
3 s.h.
Designed to develop competencies in the areas of pre-vocational edu-
cation of the handicapped. Reviews career and occupational alternatives
for the handicapped, as well as techniques and skills required for obtain-
ing and maintaining employment.

EX 630 Organization and Administration of Programs for Exceptional
Children

3 s.h.
Principles, practices, and problems of administration and supervision
as they relate to developing and maintaining special education problems.
Criteria are analyzed for use in evaluation of local programs. Functions of
administrators and supervisors in school systems are compared according
to rural, urban, or statewide responsibilities. Prerequisites: EX 623 and
640. (Required for administrators and supervisors.)

EX 631 Psychology of Exceptional Children and Youth
3 s.h.
Designed as a basic course in the psychosocial and psychoeducational
adjustment of exceptional individuals. Consideration given to general
needs assessment of all exceptional persons as well as to specific needs of
those with unique mental and/or physical conditions.

EX 632 Guidance and Adjustment for Parents of the Exceptional
3 s.h.
Home, school, and community influences are analyzed in family ad-
justment to the presence of an exceptional child. Family reactions are con-
sidered in behavioral differences among children with various degrees of
exceptionalities. Emphasis on guidance skills and knowledge needed by
teachers and other professional workers in the field of exceptionality.

EX 638 Psychology of the Gifted Child
3 s.h.
Characteristics of the bright, fast-learning child along with implica-
tions for education. Emphasis on measurement techniques, motivational
factors, and personality dynamics.

Programs and Courses - 233
Special Education and Clinical Services

EX 639 Psychology of the Mentally Retarded
3 s.h.
Characteristics of the mentally retarded are analyzed with applications
for educational, vocational, and personal adjustment. The various levels
of mental retardation are considered in relation to etiology, learning and
behavior, development, measurement, social factors, and interpersonal and
family relations. Consideration given to changing outlook and recent
trends in the field.

EX 640 Diagnostic Techniques in Special Education
3 s.h.
Diagnostic procedures and appropriate test materials are selected for
use in assessment of pupils with mental, physical, emotional, and learning
disabilities. Observations and demonstrations, reporting and interpreting
results of diagnostic procedures are integrated with remedial or develop-
mental recommendations in individuals case studies. Prerequisites: EX 631
and EX 639.

EX 641 Interpretation of Results of Psychological Tests
3 s.h.
Results of psychometric tests are analyzed and interpreted. Various
standardized psychological instruments and test batteries are considered in
the light of their purpose and usage. Both individual and group test results
are examined.

EX 645 Community and Agency Planning for the Exceptional
3 s.h.
Selected professional, governmental, and community organizations are
studied for their contributions to comprehensive planning toward educa-
tional, personal-social, and occupational adjustments. Social, educational,
economic, and cultural aspects are analyzed.

EX 664 Curriculum Planning for the Gifted/Talented
3 s.h.
Utilization of existing hierarchal presentations to aid with curricular
decision making by teachers, supervisors, and administrators for the gift-
ed/talented, nursery school through twelfth grade. Emphasis on four
major areas: social studies, mathematics and science, language arts, and
creative arts. Considerations for integrating other disciplines and for going
beyond the scope of the course will be presented. Prerequisite: EX 638.

EX 665 Education of Children with Social and Emotional Maladjustments
3 s.h.
Examines reactions of children in the schools who deviate in their
emotional or social behavior. Consideration is given to children who
habitually exhibit overcontrolled, undercontrolled, or immature reactions.
Identification, characteristics, educational provisions, and preventative
measures are emphasized.

234 - The Graduate School at I UP

EX 666 Education of Children with Learning Disabilities
3 s.h.
Emphasizes curriculum and remedial instruction for children with spe-
cial learning disabilities who exhibit a disorder in one or more of the basic
psychological processes involved in understanding or using spoken and
written language. These may be manifested in disorders of listening, think-
ing, talking, reading, writing, spelling, or arithmetic.

EX 685 Practicum and Internship
3-9 s.h.
Advanced students are offered guided practicum experiences in select-
ed schools, residential institutions, clinics, or agencies. Internships or su-
pervised student teaching are planned individually. Students analyze,
evaluate, and report on their experiences.

Speech-Language Pathology

The Speech-Language Pathology program culminates in a Master of
Science degree. A minimum of 36 semester hours is required for the
degree. The program provides for the completion of the academic and
practicum requirements for the Certificate of Clinical Competence from
the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association. Those students who
have not completed an undergraduate major comparable to that offered
by lUP in the discipline may be provisionally admitted and, upon comple-
tion of the deficiencies, may apply for full graduate status. Workshops are
not to be considered applicable for degree requirements. The thesis option
is available with approval of the adviser.

Master of Science in Speech-Language
Pathology

Candidates for the Master of Science degree will select a minimum of 24
semester hours in the Subject Matter Concentration, including SH 610, SH
630, SH 640, SH 650, SH 661, SH 662, SH 663, and SH 681. They will
also complete 3 to 6 semester hours of research and register for one elec-
tive (3 semester hours) approved by the adviser.

Course Descriptions

SH 512 Cleft Palate
3 s.h.
Problems associated with the phenomenon of cleft lip and palate with
special emphasis in areas of speech, hearing, and language. Included in
course will be human embryology, physical remediation, the effects of
clefts on structure and function of speech and hearing mechanism, and the
role of speech correctionist in the cleft palate team.

Programs and Courses - 235
Speech-Language Pathology

SH 604 Diagnostic Methods
3 s.h.
Evaluation of tests and techniques of diagnosis of speech and lan-
guage disorders; interpretation of results and planning appropriate subse-
quent case management. Interviewing techniques appropriate to case
history taking. Writing of diagnostic and case-history reports.

SH 610 Articulation
3 s.h.
Linguistic approach to articulatory process and analysis of misarticu-
lation as symptoms of language dysfunction; variables related to articula-
tory mastery; programmed, traditional, and sensory-motor methods of
modifying articulatory behavior.

SH 614 Neuropathologies of Speech
3 s.h.
Investigation of symptoms and etiologies associated with deviant neu-
ral transmission and muscular contraction. Examination of diagnostic
techniques employed in neuromuscular conditions resulting from palsies,
progressive degenerative diseases, dysarthrias, tumors, and paralytic or
paretic involvement. Emphasis on treatment approaches.

SH 616 Stuttering
3 s.h.
Nature and causes of stuttering. Emphasis on diagnosis and manage-
ment. Counseling and learning theory application as two main approaches
to treatment. Consideration of the person as a stutterer. Review of perti-
nent and recent research topics.

SH 618 Voice
3 s.h.
Scientific principles of voice production and modification with em-
phasis on physiology, pathologies, or malfunctioning which produce voice
defects; relationship between disorders of voice and personality; diagnostic
and therapeutic considerations for both organic and psychogenic disorders,
including the laryngectomized.

SH 624 Principles of Speech-Language Pathology in the Schools
3 s.h.
Advanced study of legal and social factors affecting service delivery in
the public schools. Models of service delivery for classroom and individual
programs. Models of supervision for staff, paraprofessionals, and trainees.

SH 630 Language Disorders of Children
3 s.h.
Anatomical, physiological, psychological, neurological, and environ-
mental factors related to language delay or disordered language acquisi-
tion. An inventory of language skills and means of fostering their
development or compensating for inadequacies; a holistic versus specific
approach to programs of remediation.

236 - The Graduate School at lUP

SH 631 Seminar in Language Acquisition
3 s.h.
Advanced study of the processes and sequences of normal language
acquisition. Special emphasis placed upon a comprehensive review of re-
cent theories and research related to cognitive-perceptual and social-
pragmatic variables. Trends in language acquisition will be studied in rela-
tionship to other developmental sequences.

SH 632 Aphasia
3 s.h.
Consideration of language, speech, and related problems resulting
from neurological insult. Neurological functioning and dysfunctioning will
be highlighted. Diagnosis and management of persons with aphasia, agno-
sias, or apraxias will be emphasized. Role of family in rehabilitation and
family counseling.

SH 635 Seminar in Communication
1-3 s.h.
Intensive study of one or more areas of speech science, speech and
language pathology, or audiology. Topics vary to meet the student's needs
and interests. Course may be repeated for credit with a change in area
considered. Prerequisites: Speech-Language Pathology major, admission to
degree candidacy, and adviser approval.

SH 640 Diagnostic Audiology
3 s.h.
Identification and description of types of hearing impairment by stan-
dard audiometric procedures including pure tone, speech, and site of le-
sion batteries. Testing of special populations as well as evaluation for
fitting of amplification.

SH 645 Pediatric Audiology
3 s.h.
Study of audiological procedures used from infancy through adoles-
cence. Special emphasis on evoked response audiometry, impedance audi-
ometry/tympanometry, and behavioral procedures in addition to standard
audiological procedures. Interpretation of findings on children and their
Students will review critically recent developments in the field. Opportuni-
ty is afforded for independent readings and limited research reports. A
student may identify a topic for subsequent development as his/her thesis
or research project. Prerequisites: EX 631, EX 639, and EX 640.

SH 650 Advanced Speech Science
3 s.h.
Physiologic, acoustic, and perceptual characteristics of speech with
special emphasis on speech monitoring and controls. Major lab instrumen-
tation and research techniques in current use are described and demon-
strated. Status of present knowledge is summarized and discussed.

Programs and Courses - 237
Speech- Language Pathology
Theater

SH 661 Advanced Clinical Practicum I
2-6 s.h.
Supervised practicum experience in the University Speech and Hearing
Clinic with individuals exhibiting speech, language, and/or hearing dys-
function. Planning and administration of programs of therapy plus inter-
viewing, diagnosing, counseling, and report writing.

SH 662 Diagnostic Clinic
1 s.h.
Supervised practicum experience in performing in-depth diagnostic
evaluations with individuals exhibiting any type of speech, hearing, or lan-
guage dysfunction. Experience in taking case histories, conferring with pa-
tients, and report writing.

SH 663 Hearing Testing Clinic
1 s.h.
Supervised practicum experience in performing diagnostic audiological
tests.

SH 681 Advanced Clinical Practicum II
1-6 s.h.
Similar to SH 661; students assume more responsibility, and ex-
perience may take place at approved off-campus sites.

SH 850 Thesis
3 s.h.

Theater

The Theater Department does not offer a graduate degree program.

TH 586 Practicum in Production
1-6 s.h.
An opportunity with academic credit for students to make significant
contributions to campus productions augmenting theater course work in
the areas of assistant directing or directing, stage management, technical
direction, sound design, lighting, costuming, scene design, properties and
set decoration, scene building, and painting and make-up design. May be
repeated for a maximum of six credits. Prerequisite: permission.

TH 693 Internship
1-12 s.h.
Supervised working experience in the context of a professional theater
environment in a company employing professional actors, directors,
and/or designers. Prerequisite: permission.

238 - The Graduate School at lUP

The Graduate School
Deadlines

The following dates are deadlines for application to graduate study, appli-
cations for graduation, and submission of thesis/dissertation materials.

Summer Session, 1991

April 1 Students who plan to take graduate work during the 1991

Summer Session must have an application for graduate
study approved on or before this date.

June 1 Prospective August, 1991, graduates must have filed an ap-

plication for graduation.

July 15 Prospective August graduates must have submitted archival

copies of signed thesis/dissertation and necessary forms to
Graduate School.

Fall Semester, 1991

July 1 Students who plan to take graduate work during the fall

semester must have an application for graduate study ap-
proved on or before this date.

October 1 Prospective December, 1991, graduates must have filed an

application for graduation.

November 15 Prospective December graduates must have submitted ar-
chival copies of signed thesis/dissertation and necessary
forms to Graduate School.

Spring Semester, 1992

November 1 Students who plan to take graduate work during the Spring
Semester must have an application for graduate study

Graduate School Deadlines - 239

approved on or before this date.

March 1 Prospective May, 1992, graduates must have filed an appli-

cation for graduation.

April 15 Prospective May graduates must have submitted archival

copies of signed thesis/dissertation and necessary forms to
Graduate School.

Summer Session, 1992

April 1 Students who plan to take graduate work during 1992 Sum-

mer Sessions must have an application for graduate study
approved on or before this date.

June 1 Prospective August, 1992, graduates must have filed an ap-

plication for graduation.

July 15 Prospective August graduates must have submitted archival

copies of signed thesis/dissertation and necessary forms to
Graduate School.

Fall Semester, 1992

July 1 Students who plan to take graduate work during the Fall

Semester must have an application for graduate study ap-
proved on or before this date.

October 1 Prospective December, 1992, graduates must have filed an

application for graduation.

November 15 Prospective December graduates must have submitted ar-
chival copies of signed thesis/dissertation and necessary
forms to Graduate School.

Spring Semester, 1993

November 1 Students who plan to take graduate work during the Spring
Semester must have an application for graduate study ap-
proved on or before this date.

March 1 Prospective May, 1993, graduates must have filed an appli-

cation for graduation.

April 15 Prospective May graduates must have submitted archival

copies of signed thesis/dissertation and necessary forms to
Graduate School.

Summer Session, 1993

April 1 Students who plan to take graduate work during 1993 Sum-

mer Sessions must have an application for graduate study
approved on or before this date.

240 - The Graduate School at IVP

June 1 Prospective August, 1993, graduates must have filed an ap-

plication for graduation.

July 15 Prospective August graduates must have submitted archival

copies of signed thesis/dissertation and necessary forms to
Graduate School.

Please note: Dates for filing "Research Topic Approval Form" prepara-
tory to writing a thesis/dissertation are listed in the Thesis/
Dissertation Manual available in the Graduate School.

Index - 241

Index

Academic Credits 40

Academic Good Standing 40

Administrative Officers 248

Admission 13

Admission Classifications 15

Admission Procedures 14

Admission Requirements 13

Advisement 24

Anthropology 54

Art 55

Assistantships 26

Auditing, Course 41

Biology 60

Business 66

Cancellation, Class 41

Candidacy Examination, Doctoral 37

Career Services 10

Centers and Institutes 8

Chemistry 84

Communications Media 90

Comprehensive Examination, Doctoral 37

Computer Center 7

Computer Science 94

Consumer Services 96

Continuous Registration 25

Counselor Education 97

Course Abbreviation Key 50

Course Numbering 41

242 - The Graduate School at lUP

Course Overlaps in Degree Programs 42

Course Withdrawal 20

Credit Requirements, Doctoral 36

Credit Transfers 36

Criminology 106

Degree Candidacy, Doctoral 36

Degree Candidacy, Master's 43

Disabled Student Services 11

Discrete Course Withdrawal 44

Dissertation 38

Dissertation Committee 37

Dissertation Process 38

Dissertation Publication 38

Doctoral Degree Programs 35

Drop/Add Policy 25

Economics 113

Educational Psychology 117

Elementary Education 199

Eligibility, lUP Teaching Staff 44

Employment Programs 28

English 122

Examinations, GRE and other 15

Final Credits Policy 44

Final Registration 24

Financial Aid 26

Food and Nutrition 134

Foreign Languages 137

Foreign Language/Research Tool Options, Doctoral 37

Foreign Student Applicants 16

Foreign Student Candidacy Test 16

Foundation for lUP 9

Foundations of Education 138

General Information 5

General Service Courses 51

Geography and Regional Planning 140

Geoscience 1 44

Grading System 44

Graduate Management Admission Test 9

Graduate Record Examination 15

Graduate Scholars Program 27

Graduate School Deadlines 238

Graduate Student Assembly 45

Graduate Student Handbook 11

Graduate Study Beyond Master's Degree 45

Graduation 46

Graduation Application 39

Health Insurance 29

Health and Physical Education 148

History 151

Home Economics Education 156

Housing 11

Index - 243

Independent Study/Individual Instruction Maximum 46

Industrial and labor Relations 159

Internship Policy 46

Journal Publications 9

Law School Admission Test 10

Library 6

1 -oan Programs 28

Locat ion 6

Master's Degree Programs 31

Mathematics 163

Medical College Admission Test 10

Miller Analogies Test 9

Music 175

National Teacher Examination 10

Nursing 181

Off-Campus Graduate Programs Withdrawal and Refund Policy 22

Penn, The 11

Philosophy and Religious Studies 184

Physics 185

Political Science 192

Principal Certification 47

Professional Growth 198

Professional Studies in Education 198

Program Changes 47

Programming and Registration 24

Psychology 207

Reading 217

Refund Policy 19

Religious Life 12

Repeat Policy, Course 42

Requirements, Doctoral Degree 35

Research Courses 51

Research Proposal, Doctoral 37

Residency Requirement 36

Rights and Responsibilities, Student 47

Safety Sciences 220

Scheduling by Undergraduates, Graduate Courses 42

Scholarships 28

Sociology 225

Special Credits 49

Special Education and Clinical Services 229

Specialist for Supervisory Certification Program 16

Speech-Language Pathology 234

Sport Sciences 148

Statistics Courses 52

Student Affairs in Higher Education 98

Student Handbook 11

Student Status 40

Student Teaching 53

244 - The Graduate School at lUP

Supervised Laboratory Experience 53

Teacher Certification 48

Telephone Numbers 245

Telephone Registration (TELREG) 24

Theater 237

Thesis/Dissertation Manual 32

Thesis/No-Thesis Option — Master's Programs 32

Time Limitations 48

Transfer Credit, Doctoral 36

Trustees 247

Tuition and Fees 18

University Testing Services 9

University Withdrawal 48

Veterans 29

Withdrawal, University 48

Workshops 49

Telephone Numbers - 245

Telephone Numbers

If you have a question concerning a sfecific graduate program at lUP,
please contact the department chairper.on. Telephone numbers are listed
below for your convenience. The area :ode for lUP is 412.

Academic Departments:

Adult and Community Education 357-2470

Art 357-2530

Biology 357-2352

Business 357-2522

Chemistry 357-2361

Communications Media 357-2493

Computer Science 357-2524

Consumer Services 357-2336

Counselor Education 357-2306

Criminology 357-2720

Economics 357-2640

Educational Psychology 357-2445

English 357-2261

Food and Nutrition 357-4440

Foreign Languages 357-2325

Foundations of Education 357-2225

Geography and Regional Planning 357-2250

Geoscience 357-2379

Health and Physical Education 357-2770

History 357-2284

Home Economics Education 357-2563

Industrial and Labor Relations 357-4470

Mathematics 357-2608

Music 357-2390

Nursing 357-7647

Philosophy 357-2310

Physics 357-2370

Political Science 357-2290

Professional Growth 357-2222

Professional Studies in Education 357-2400

246 - The Graduate School at lUP

Psychology 357-2426

Reading 357-2400

Safety Sciences 357-3017

Sociology/Anthropology 357-2730

Special Education and Clinical Services 357-2450

Sport Sciences 357-2770

Student Affairs in Higher Education 357-2306

Theater 357-2965

Other Frequently Called Numbers:

(All numbers are within the 412 area code)

University Operator 357-2100

Graduate Admissions 357-2222

Campus Dining (ARA) 357-2570

Campus Police and Parking/Traffic Control 357-2141

Career Services 357-2235

Co-Op Store (Bookstore) 349-1 194

Financial Aid 357-2218

Graduate School 357-2222

Office of Housing and Residence Life 357-5639

Pechan Health Center 357-2550

Registrar 357-2217

Stapleton Library 357-2330

lUP Council of Trustees - 247

lUP Council of Trustees

Miriam K. Bradley Pittsburgh

Susan S. Delaney Indiana

Roy R. Fairman Dubois

Franic Gorell Indiana

David L. Johnson Havertown

Kim E. Lyttle Titusville

Thomas J . O'Donnell Scranton

William R. Shane Indiana

Patrick J. Stapleton Indiana

Gealy W. Wallwork Kittanning

248 - The Graduate School at lUP

Administrative Officers

Charles Fuget Interim President

Hilda Richards Academic Vice President and Provost

C. Edward Receski Vice President for Administration

Edward Norberg Vice President, Finance

Peter Smits Vice President, Institutional Advancement

David DeCoster Vice President, Student and University Affairs

Robert Camp Dean, College of Business

Nicholas Kolb . . .Dean, School of Continuing and NonResident Education

John Butzow Dean, College of Education

John Heyer Dean, College of Fine Arts

David Lynch Dean, The Graduate School and Research

Harold Wingard . . .Dean, College of Human Ecology and Health Sciences

Rachel Fordyce Dean, College of Humanities and Social Sciences

William Cale Dean, College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics

6560

The Graduate School

Indiana University of Pennsylvania

101 Stright Hall

Indiana, Pennsylvania 15705-1081

Non-profit Org.
U.S. Postage

Paid

Permit No. 198

Indiana, PA 15701

160000

Wert
Bookbinding j

Grantville. PA
JAN-MAR 1999

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Graduate catalog"

See other formats